Volume 3B: System Programming Guide, Part 2", CPUs with family 0x6 and model
above or 0xE and CPUs with family 0xF and model above or 0x3 have invariant
TSC.
Volume 3B: System Programming Guide, Part 2", CPUs with family 0x6 and model
above or 0xE and CPUs with family 0xF and model above or 0x3 have invariant
TSC.
Change types used in the linux' struct msghdr and struct cmsghdr
definitions to the properly-sized architecture-specific types.
Move ancillary data handler from linux_sendit() to linux_sendmsg().
Submitted by: dchagin
Add a custom version of copyiniov() to deal with the 32-bit iovec
pointers from userland (to be used later).
Adjust prototypes for linux_readv() and linux_writev() to use new
l_iovec32 definition and to match actual linux code. In particular,
use ulong for fd (why ?).
Submitted by: dchagin
Bring in updated jail support from bz_jail branch.
This enhances the current jail implementation to permit multiple
addresses per jail. In addtion to IPv4, IPv6 is supported as well.
Due to updated checks it is even possible to have jails without
an IP address at all, which basically gives one a chroot with
restricted process view, no networking,..
SCTP support was updated and supports IPv6 in jails as well.
Cpuset support permits jails to be bound to specific processor
sets after creation.
Jails can have an unrestricted (no duplicate protection, etc.) name
in addition to the hostname. The jail name cannot be changed from
within a jail and is considered to be used for management purposes
or as audit-token in the future.
DDB 'show jails' command was added to aid debugging.
Proper compat support permits 32bit jail binaries to be used on 64bit
systems to manage jails. Also backward compatibility was preserved where
possible: for jail v1 syscalls, as well as with user space management
utilities.
Both jail as well as prison version were updated for the new features.
A gap was intentionally left as the intermediate versions had been
used by various patches floating around the last years.
Bump __FreeBSD_version for the afore mentioned and in kernel changes.
Special thanks to:
- Pawel Jakub Dawidek (pjd) for his multi-IPv4 patches
and Olivier Houchard (cognet) for initial single-IPv6 patches.
- Jeff Roberson (jeff) and Randall Stewart (rrs) for their
help, ideas and review on cpuset and SCTP support.
- Robert Watson (rwatson) for lots and lots of help, discussions,
suggestions and review of most of the patch at various stages.
- John Baldwin (jhb) for his help.
- Simon L. Nielsen (simon) as early adopter testing changes
on cluster machines as well as all the testers and people
who provided feedback the last months on freebsd-jail and
other channels.
- My employer, CK Software GmbH, for the support so I could work on this.
Reviewed by: (see above)
MFC after: 3 months (this is just so that I get the mail)
X-MFC Before: 7.2-RELEASE if possible
to the fs, but before a vnode on the fs is locked, unmount may free fs
structures, causing access to destroyed data and freed memory.
Introduce a vfs_busymp() function that looks up and busies found
fs while mountlist_mtx is held. Use it in nfsrv_fhtovp() and in the
implementation of the handle syscalls.
Two other uses of the vfs_getvfs() in the vfs_subr.c, namely in
sysctl_vfs_ctl and vfs_getnewfsid seems to be ok. In particular,
sysctl_vfs_ctl is protected by Giant by being a non-sleeping sysctl
handler, that prevents Giant-locked unmount code to interfere with it.
Noted by: tegge
Reviewed by: dfr
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 1 month
- Print flags in hex.
- Note that flags can be fine and panic can be due unexpected error condition.
- Remove redundant new line character.
Eventhough panic message excess 80 characters keep it in one line so it is
easier to grep.
In file included from /src/sys/modules/powermac_nvram/../../dev/powermac_nvram/powermac_nvram.c:38:
@/dev/ofw/ofw_bus.h:36:24: error: ofw_bus_if.h: No such file or directory
I am not sure for how long this had not worked and if it was just the
latest vimage commit that had revealed this or if nobody had built
universe successfully in a while. Btw, the tinderbox did not complain
either so that is probably the reason noone had noticed.
underneath #ifdef VIMAGE blocks.
This change introduces some churn in #include ordering and nesting
throughout the network stack and drivers but is not expected to cause
any additional issues.
In the next step this will allow us to instantiate the virtualization
container structures and switch from using global variables to their
"containerized" counterparts.
Reviewed by: bz, julian
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
The mqfs_search() routine uses strncmp() to match message queue objects
by name. This is because it can be called from environments where the
file name is not null terminated (the VFS for example).
Unfortunately it doesn't compare the lengths of the message queue names,
which means if a system has "Queue12345", the name "Queue" will also
match.
I noticed this when a student of mine handed in an exercise using
message queues with names "Queue2" and "Queue".
Reviewed by: rink
IPv6 socket by comparing a constant inp vflag.
This is expected to help to reduce extra locking.
Suggested by: rwatson
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 6 weeks
IPsec change in r185366 only differed in two additonal IPv6 lines.
Rather than splattering conditional code everywhere add the v6
check centrally at this single place.
Reviewed by: rwatson (as part of a larger changset)
MFC after: 6 weeks (*)
(*) possibly need to leave a stub wrapper in 7 to keep the symbol.
Ignoring different names because of macros (in6pcb, in6p_sp) and
inp vs. in6p variable name both functions were entirely identical.
Reviewed by: rwatson (as part of a larger changeset)
MFC after: 6 weeks (*)
(*) possibly need to leave a stub wrappers in 7 to keep the symbols.
and Core Duo), models 0xF (Core2), model 0x17 (Core2Extreme) and
model 0x1C (Atom).
In these CPUs, the actual numbers, kinds and widths of PMCs present
need to queried at run time. Support for specific "architectural"
events also needs to be queried at run time.
Model 0xE CPUs support programmable PMCs, subsequent CPUs
additionally support "fixed-function" counters.
- Use event names that are close to vendor documentation, taking in
account that:
- events with identical semantics on two or more CPUs in this family
can have differing names in vendor documentation,
- identical vendor event names may map to differing events across
CPUs,
- each type of CPU supports a different subset of measurable
events.
Fixed-function and programmable counters both use the same vendor
names for events. The use of a class name prefix ("iaf-" or
"iap-" respectively) permits these to be distinguished.
- In libpmc, refactor pmc_name_of_event() into a public interface
and an internal helper function, for use by log handling code.
- Minor code tweaks: staticize a global, freshen a few comments.
Tested by: gnn
controllers. ICH based controllers are treated as 82559. 82557,
earlier revision of 82558 and 82559ER have no WOL capability.
o WOL support requires help of a firmware so add check whether
hardware is capable of handling magic frames by reading EEPROM.
o Enable accepting WOL frames only when hardware is about to
suspend or shutdown. Previously fxp(4) used to allow receipt of
magic frame under normal operation mode which could cause
hardware hang if magic frame is received by hardware. Datasheet
clearly states driver should not allow WOL frames under normal
operation mode.
o Disable WOL frame reception in device attach so have fxp(4)
immunize against system hang which can be triggered by magic
packets when the hardware is not in fully initialized state.
o Don't reset all hardware configuration data in fxp_stop()
otherwise important configuration data is lost and this would
reset WOL configuration to default state which in turn cause
hardware hang on receipt of magic frames. To fix the issue,
preserve hardware configuration data by issuing a selective
reset.
o Explicitly disable interrupts after issuing selective reset as
reset may unmask interrupts.
Tested by: Alexey Shuvaev < shuvaev <> physik DOT uni-wuerzburg DOT de >
will sometimes fail to initialize problem due to a lock
contention with management hardware. However, in order to
deliver that fix it was necessary to take a shared code
update as a whole, and this required scattered changes in
the core code to be compatible.
The em driver now has VLAN HW support added as the igb
driver had previously.
MFC after: ASAP - in time for 7.1 RELEASE
-This version has header split, and as a result a number of
aspects of the code have been improved/simplified.
- Interrupt handling refined for performance
- Many small bugs fixed along the way
MFC after: ASAP - in time for 7.1
whitespace) macros from p4/vimage branch.
Do a better job at enclosing all instantiations of globals
scheduled for virtualization in #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS blocks.
De-virtualize and mark as const saorder_state_alive and
saorder_state_any arrays from ipsec code, given that they are never
updated at runtime, so virtualizing them would be pointless.
Reviewed by: bz, julian
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
instead of "puts" which prints whatever is at %si, followed by a CRLF.
It was not noticed during tests because at that point %si points
to a partition entry whose first byte is 0x80, which is both a
terminator for the string and a non printable character.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon
as in_pcbdetach() and we don't need the code twice.
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 6 weeks (*)
(*) possibly need to leave a stub wrapper in 7 to keep the symbol.
boot code. The bug was introduced in rev.1.13, and went unnoticed
because FreeBSD's boot1 does not use it, but other systems might.
(I have been struggling for almost a full day trying to figure out
why a syslinux'ed partition would not boot when started with the
FreeBSD /boot/boot0, only to realize that the bug was ours!)
The space for the two extra bytes (push %si and pop %si) is reclaimed
by removing an extra CRLF that is printed before booting.
The bug is not a major one but if there is time it might be a good
thing to merge it into the upcoming releases.
- Bugfix: Don't excede static number of ports allowed when iterating
over endpoints within an interface.
- u3g_speeds contains speeds in baud, not bytes per second, so divide
the buffer size by 10.
throttle. My SMP kernel hangs when one of those is selected by
powerd. Errata AA21 here:
ftp://download.intel.com/design/PentiumXE/specupdt/31030717.pdf
MFC after: 2 weeks
o Configure controller to use dynamic TBD as TSO requires that
operation mode.
o Add a dummy TBD to tx_cb_u as TSO can access one more TBD in TSO
operation.
o Increase a DMA segment size to 4096 to hold a full IP segment
with link layer header.
o Unlike other TSO capable controllers, 82550/82551 does not
modify the first IP packet in TSO operation so driver should
create an IP packet with proper header. Subsequent IP packets
are generated from the header information in the first IP packet
header. Likewise pseudo checksum also should be computed by
driver for the first packet.
o TSO requires one more TBD to hold total TCP payload. To make
code simple for TSO/non-TSO case, increase the index of the
first available TBD array.
o Remove KASSERT that checks the size of a DMA segment should be
less than or equal to MCLBYTES as it's no longer valid in TSO.
o Tx threshold and number of TBDs field is used to store MSS in
TSO. So don't set the Tx threshold in TSO case.
82559 or later controllers added simple checksum calculation logic
in RU. For backward compatibility the computed checksum is appended
at the end of the data posted to Rx buffer. This type of simple
checksum calculation support had been used on several vendors such
as Sun HME/GEM, SysKonnect GENESIS and Marvell Yukon controllers.
Because this type of checksum offload support requires parsing of
received frame and pseudo checksum calculation with software
routine it still consumes more CPU cycles than that of full-fledged
checksum offload controller. But it's still better than software
checksum calculation.
Rx buffer and loads DMA map. Also add a function
fxp_discard_rfabuf that handles reusing Rx buffer/DMA map. With
this change fxp_add_rfabuf just handles appending a new RFA to
existing chain.
o Initialize mbuf length in fxp_new_rfabuf.
o Don't reset rnr and have fxp(4) handle received frames even if
it couldn't allocate new Rx buffer. This will make fxp(4) reload
updated RFA under rnr case. The rnr would still be reset to 0 if
polling is active and fxp(4) processed number of allowed Rx
events.
o Update if_iqdrops if fxp(4) couldn't allocate Rx buffer.
Previously fxp(4) used to try to reuse Rx buffer when new buffer
allocation is failed. But fxp(4) didn't take into account loaded
DMA map such that the same DMA map was loaded again without
unloading the map. There is no reason to unload the loaded map and
reload the same map again, just reusing the map is enough. I
believe the spare DMA map in softc was introduced to implement this
behaviour. Also fxp(4) used to stop Rx processing if once Rx buffer
allocation or DMA map load fails which in turn resulted in losing
incoming frames under heavy network load. With this change fxp(4)
should survive from resource shortage condition.
practice, but it is a good programming practice and allows the kernel to not
depend on userland correctness.
- While there, make sizeof usage match the rest of the code.
Found with: Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID: 660, 662
practice, but it is a good programming practice nontheless and it allows the
kernel to not depend on userland correctness.
Found with: Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID: 655-659, 664-667
o Copy kb920x_machdep.c to at91_machdep.c
o Move board_init to new board_kb920x.c
o rename ramsize to at91_ramsize and make it accessible to board_* files.
o Delete files.kb920x. We can do this selection with the new boards.
o Add a stub for the tsc4370 board init, which will be added in
a future commit.
o Add new 'devices' at91_board_kb920x and at91_board_tsc4370. More are
needed and will be added in future commits.
Reviewed by: stass, cognet
advance of teaching vn_fullpath1() how to query file systems for
vnode-to-name mappings when cache lookups fail.
Thanks to kib for guidance and patience on this process.
Reviewed by: kib
Approved by: kib
Fix some issues about re-scanning of the devices.
src/lib/libusb20/libusb20_ugen20.c
Fix issue about libusb20 having to release the
USB transfers before doing a SET_CONFIG, else
the kernel will kill the file handle.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_device.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_generic.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_generic.h
Add support for U3G devices.
Improve and cleanup FIFO free handling.
Improve device re-enumeration.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_msctest.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_msctest.h
Fix some problems in the USB Mass Storage Test.
Add Huawei vendor specific quirks.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_request.c
Improve device re-enumeration.
src/sys/dev/usb2/ethernet/if_aue2.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devid.h
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devtable.h
src/sys/dev/usb2/quirk/usb2_quirk.c
Integrate changes from the old USB driver.
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_standard.h
Add definition of USB3.0 structures from USB.org.
src/sys/dev/usb2/serial/u3g2.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/serial/ugensa2.c
src/sys/modules/usb2/Makefile
src/sys/modules/usb2/serial_3g/Makefile
Import U3G driver.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky (usb4bsd)
many bugs fixes, many more performance improvements.
Submitted by: Danny Braniss
M sbin/iscontrol/iscsi.conf.5
M sbin/iscontrol/iscontrol.8
M sbin/iscontrol/iscontrol.h
M sbin/iscontrol/config.c
M sbin/iscontrol/fsm.c
M sbin/iscontrol/login.c
M sbin/iscontrol/pdu.c
M sbin/iscontrol/misc.c
M sbin/iscontrol/auth_subr.c
M sbin/iscontrol/iscontrol.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_cam.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsi.h
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_soc.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsi_subr.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsivar.h
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_subr.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsi.c
M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_sm.c
IFF_DRV_OACTIVE to note resource shortage to upper stack.
- Don't count number of mbuf chains. Default 32 DMA segments for a
frame is enough for most cases. If bus_dmamap_mbuf_sg fails use
m_collapse(9) to collapse the mbuf chain instead of relying on
expensive m_defrag(9).
- Move bpf handling to fxp_start_body() which is supposed to be
more appropriate place.
- Always arm watchdog timer whenever a new Tx request is made.
Previously fxp(4) used to arm watchdog timer only when
FXP_CXINT_THRESH-th Tx request is made. Because fxp(4) does not
rely on Tx interrupt to reclaim transmitted mbufs it's better to
arm watchdog timer to detect potential lockups.
- Add more aggresive Tx buffer reclaiming in fxp_start_body to make
room for new Tx requests. Since fxp(4) does not request Tx
completion interrupt for every frames it's necessary to clean
TXCBs in advance to saturate link.
- Make fxp(4) try to start more packets transmitting regardless of
interrupt type in fxp_intr_body.
patch the RX/TX performance becomes about 17~18 Mbps comparing with
the previous whose values were RX 7~8Mbps and TX 13~14Mbps.
- improve AL2230 RF handling in zd1211b
- support AL2230S RF that PV2000 is renamed to AL2230S
- use register ZYD_CR244, ZYD_CR243, ZYD_CR242 when the driver writes
values on RF. This routine is more faster than the original one
- use private TX lock to avoid LOR at zyd_raw_xmit()
- increase TX slots from 1 to 5
- needs to set the channel at IEEE80211_S_AUTH not IEEE80211_S_RUN
- detailed error handling. In previous the next command was sent to the
device even if there was errors
- setting ZYD_MAC_RX_THRESHOLD value should be different between 1211
and 1211b
- only try to stop the device at zyd_init_locked() if the device is
UPed
- do not use MTX_RECURSE
- do not try to grap Giant lock when the channel is changing
- move the device initialization routines from zyd_attach to zyd_init to
give a device full-reset chance to the driver.
- code cleanup at zyd_raw_xmit()
- simplify zyd_attach() routines
- resort functions and clean up variables
- DPRINTF style change.
- style(9)
Reviewed by: sam
check to fxp_txeof(). While I'm here unarm watchdog timer only if
there are no pending queued Tx requests.
Previously the watchdog timer was unarmed whenever Tx interrupt is
raised. This could be resulted in hiding root cause of watchdog
timeouts.
checksum offload configuration. Now checksum offload can be
controlled by ifconfig(8).
While I'm here add an additional check for interface capabilities
before applying user's request.
configured, change the message to let people know this is a
possibility. I've slightly changed the message from the one
submitted by Pekka to keep the printf on one line.
Submitted by: Pekka Savola <pekkas@netcore.fi>
the comparison between c and val and then compare val to _POSIX_VDISABLE.
This avoids comparing c (which is usually of type char) to
_POSIX_VDISABLE (which has value 0xff and may not be representable
as a char).
Reviewed by: ed
nodes capabilities. Add "Analog"/"Digital" marks to the pcm device names.
I hope it will help new users easier accept concept of several PCM devices
and understand exact purposes of that devices.
mnt_lock is before lock of any vnode on the mp, it uses LK_NOWAIT. Since
MNTK_UNMOUNT may be transient, pdp lock is dropped when vfs_busy()
failed, and operation is retried after some time. This way, ffs_vget()
is not called on the mp that may be in the process of being destroyed by
unmount.
Check for the VI_DOOMED flag on pdp after its lock is reacquired, to
better detect some situations where directory containing ".."
entry is removed during the lookup.
Reviewed by: tegge, attilio (previous version)
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 1 month
of the ABI of the currently executing image. Change some places to test
the flags instead of explicit comparing with address of known sysentvec
structures to determine ABI features.
Discussed with: dchagin, imp, jhb, peter
- invert sense of hw.cxgb.singleq tunable to hw.cxgb.multiq
- don't wake up transmitting thread by default
- add per tx queue ifaltq to handle ALTQ
- remove several unused functions in cxgb_multiq.c
- add several sysctls: multiq_tx_enable, coalesce_tx_enable,
and wakeup_tx_thread
- this obsoletes the hw.cxgb.snd_queue_len as ifq is replaced
by a buf_ring
and ifnet functions
- add memory barriers to <machine/atomic.h>
- update drivers to only conditionally define their own
- add lockless producer / consumer ring buffer
- remove ring buffer implementation from cxgb and update its callers
- add if_transmit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m) to ifnet to
allow drivers to efficiently manage multiple hardware queues
(i.e. not serialize all packets through one ifq)
- expose if_qflush to allow drivers to flush any driver managed queues
This work was supported by Bitgravity Inc. and Chelsio Inc.
1) Fix a bug in dealing with the Alerus 1006 PHY which prevented the
device from ever coming back up once it had been set to down.
2) Add a kernel tunable (hw.cxgb.snd_queue_len) which makes it possible
to give the device more than IFQ_MAXLEN entries in its send queue. The
default remains 50.
3) Add code to place the card'd identification and serial number into
its description (%desc) so that users can tell which card they have
installed.
and XMITS has to be basically done in the same manner as for
the Sabres, i.e. only for devices behind PCI-PCI-bridges and
after a PIO read on the far side of the farest PCI-PCI-bridge.
Given that the Tomatillo documentation mentions no difference
to the Schizo bridges in this regard and this is also still
part of the procedure described Schizo documentation this
seems about right so adjust accordingly (the unconditional
CDMA flushing/syncing previously done was based on how Linux
behaves).
- Implement CDMA flushing/syncing for Schizo version >= 5,
which requires the workaround described in Schizo Errata I-23.
According to Schizo Errata I-13 it's just unusable with
version < 5 though. [1]
- Don't register the Schizo streaming buffer for now until it's
usage is sorted out according to the erratas.
- Register our interrupt filters with the revived INTR_FAST so
they these interrupts can even interrupt filters of device
drivers as necessary.
- Remove the comment regarding lack of newbus'ified bus_dma(9)
as being able to associate a DMA tag with a device would
allow to implement CDMA flushing/syncing in bus_dmamap_sync(9)
but that would totally kill performance. Given that for devices
not behind a PCI-PCI bridge the host-to-PCI bridges also only
do CDMA flushing/syncing based on interrupts there's no
additional disadvantage for polling(4) callbacks in the case
schizo(4) has to do the CDMA flushing/syncing but rather a
general problem.
Reported by: Michael Moll [1]
above) exhibits some misbehaviours on machines with AMD64 CPUs,
which at least in some cases I have tracked down to a heap overflow.
It is unclear whether it depends on the CPU or on the pxe bios
itself which may use more memory on AMD machines.
Noticeably a pxeboot compiled from 6.x sources works fine on all
machines I have tried so far, while a pxeboot compiled from 7.x
sources does not.
This patch is a first step in reducing the amount of memory used
while processing the configuration files read by the loader at boot
(some of them are quite large, 1700+ lines), and it does so by:
+ moving a buffer to static memory instead of allocating in the heap;
+ skipping empty lines;
+ reducing the amount of memory used for line descriptors;
Unfortunately there are several changes between 6.x and above,
affecting the compiler, the loader code itself, and libstand,
and it is not so straightforward to
These changes fix the behaviour on one motherboard with a
single-core AMD cpu, but are still not enough e.g on an Asus
M2N-VM (with a dual-core CPU).
I need to investigate the problem a bit more before figuring
out what should be committed to RELENG_7
PR: kern/118222
filters instead of PIL_FAST and allow special filters and handlers
for interrupts which need to be able to interrupt even filters, f.e.
bus error interrupts, to be registered with the revived INTR_FAST
at PIL_FAST.
and output, set BUS_DMA_COHERENT when creating the DMA map used for
loading the buffer. As a side-effect this solves locking issues on
sparc64 when dcons(4) calls bus_dmamap_sync(9) while in an interrupt
filter, which are executed in a critical section, and iommu(4) has
to use a sleep lock when taking advantage of the streaming buffer.
Reported and tested by: kensmith
Approved by: simokawa
For some reason the nmdm(4) driver doesn't use CALLOUT_MPSAFE, even
though we live in the MPSAFE TTY era. Add the CALLOUT_MPSAFE flags.
System survives.
- Only non-sliced bsdlabel style partitioning is currently supported (but provisions
are made towards GPT support, which should follow soon)
- Enable storage support in loader on ARM
Obtained from: Semihalf
to gptboot, i.e. installed in a freebsd-boot partition using /sbin/gpart or
/sbin/gpt.
Tweak the /boot/loader ZFS support so that it can find ZFS pools that are
contained in GPT partitions.
for virtualization.
Instead of initializing the affected global variables at instatiation,
assign initial values to them in initializer functions. As a rule,
initialization at instatiation for such variables should never be
introduced again from now on. Furthermore, enclose all instantiations
of such global variables in #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS blocks.
Essentialy, this change should have zero functional impact. In the next
phase of merging network stack virtualization infrastructure from
p4/vimage branch, the new initialization methology will allow us to
switch between using global variables and their counterparts residing in
virtualization containers with minimum code churn, and in the long run
allow us to intialize multiple instances of such container structures.
Discussed at: devsummit Strassburg
Reviewed by: bz, julian
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usbdevs
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/urio2_ioctl.h
src/sys/dev/usb2/storage/ustorage2_fs.h
These files are not used any more.
src/usr.sbin/Makefile
src/etc/mtree/BSD.include.dist
src/include/Makefile
src/lib/Makefile
src/share/man/man7/hier.7
src/share/mk/bsd.libnames.mk
src/etc/mtree/BSD.include.dist
Make "usbconfig" and "libusb20" a part of the default build.
src/sys/dev/usb/rio500_usb.h
src/sys/dev/usb2/storage/urio2.c
Use common include file.
src/sys/dev/usb2/bluetooth/ng_ubt2.c
Make USB bluetooth depend on "ng_hci" module.
src/sys/dev/usb2/controller/ehci2.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/controller/ehci2.h
Patches for Marvell EHCI.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_busdma.c
Bugfix for 64-bit platforms. Need to unload the previously loaded DMA
map and some cleanup regarding some corner cases.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_core.h
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_dev.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_dev.h
Bugfix for libusb filesystem interface.
New feature: Add support for filtering device data at the expense of the
userland process.
Add some more comments.
Some minor code styling.
Remove unused function, usb2_fifo_get_data_next().
Fix an issue about "fifo_index" being used instead of "ep_index".
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_device.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_generic.c
Bugfix for Linux USB compat layer. Do not free non-generic FIFOs when
doing an alternate setting.
Cleanup USB IOCTL and USB reference handling.
Fix a corner case where USB-FS was left initialised after
setting a new configuration or alternate setting.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_hub.c
Improvement: Check all USB HUB ports by default at least one time.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_request.c
Bugfix: Make sure destination ASCII string is properly zero terminated
in all cases.
Improvement: Skip invalid characters instead of replacing with a dot.
src/sys/dev/usb2/core/usb2_util.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/image/uscanner2.c
Spelling.
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/Makefile
Share "usbdevs" with the old USB stack.
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devid.h
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devtable.h
Regenerate files.
Alfred: Please fix the RCS tag at the top.
src/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_ioctl.h
Fix compilation of "kdump".
src/sys/dev/usb2/serial/ubsa2.c
src/sys/dev/usb2/serial/ugensa2.c
Remove device ID's which will end up in a new 3G driver.
src/sys/dev/usb2/sound/uaudio2.c
Correct a debug printout.
src/sys/dev/usb2/storage/umass2.c
Sync with old USB stack.
src/lib/libusb20/libusb20.3
Add more documentation.
src/lib/libusb20/libusb20.c
Various bugfixes and improvements.
src/usr.sbin/usbconfig/dump.c
src/usr.sbin/usbconfig/usbconfig.c
New commands for dumping strings and doing custom USB requests from
the command line.
Remove keyword requirements from generated files:
"head/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devid.h"
"head/sys/dev/usb2/include/usb2_devtable.h"
ask NDINIT to return a locked vnode instead of letting it drop the
lock and return a referenced vnode and then relock the vnode a few
lines down. This matches the behavior of other filesystem mount routines.
- An "at" hint now reserves a device name.
- A new BUS_HINT_DEVICE_UNIT method is added to the bus interface. When
determining the unit number of a device, this method is invoked to
let the bus driver specify the unit of a device given a specific
devclass. This is the only way a device can be given a name reserved
via an "at" hint.
- Implement BUS_HINT_DEVICE_UNIT() for the acpi(4) and isa(4) bus drivers.
Both of these busses implement this by comparing the resources for a
given hint device with the resources enumerated by ACPI/PnPBIOS and
wire a unit if the hint resources are a subset of the "real" resources.
- Use bus_hinted_children() for adding hinted devices on isa(4) busses
now instead of doing it by hand.
- Remove the unit kludging from sio(4) as it is no longer necessary.
Prodding from: peter, imp
OK'd by: marcel
MFC after: 1 month
This bring huge amount of changes, I'll enumerate only user-visible changes:
- Delegated Administration
Allows regular users to perform ZFS operations, like file system
creation, snapshot creation, etc.
- L2ARC
Level 2 cache for ZFS - allows to use additional disks for cache.
Huge performance improvements mostly for random read of mostly
static content.
- slog
Allow to use additional disks for ZFS Intent Log to speed up
operations like fsync(2).
- vfs.zfs.super_owner
Allows regular users to perform privileged operations on files stored
on ZFS file systems owned by him. Very careful with this one.
- chflags(2)
Not all the flags are supported. This still needs work.
- ZFSBoot
Support to boot off of ZFS pool. Not finished, AFAIK.
Submitted by: dfr
- Snapshot properties
- New failure modes
Before if write requested failed, system paniced. Now one
can select from one of three failure modes:
- panic - panic on write error
- wait - wait for disk to reappear
- continue - serve read requests if possible, block write requests
- Refquota, refreservation properties
Just quota and reservation properties, but don't count space consumed
by children file systems, clones and snapshots.
- Sparse volumes
ZVOLs that don't reserve space in the pool.
- External attributes
Compatible with extattr(2).
- NFSv4-ACLs
Not sure about the status, might not be complete yet.
Submitted by: trasz
- Creation-time properties
- Regression tests for zpool(8) command.
Obtained from: OpenSolaris
read before we configure the card, so we can implement
/dev/cardbus*.cis. Also, do this on a per-child basis, so we now have
a different name than before. I think i'll have to fix that for some
legacy tools to keep working.
I can now do a dumpcis on my running atheros card and have it still work!
kern_unlinkat(), that expects that vn_start_write() actually fills the mp
even when the call failed.
As Tor noted, that pattern relies on the the type stability of the mount
points, as well as that suspended mount points are never freed and
V_XSLEEP is always passed to vn_start_write() when called on a freed
mount point.
Reported by: stass
Reviewed by: tegge
PR: 123768
rerun of the streaming cache for silicon bug workarounds.
- Announce the presence of a streaming cache on attach for
informational purposes.
- For performance reasons don't do unnecessary flushes of the
streaming cache when coherent mappings are synced.
- Fix some minor style issues.
class CPUs. In theory one could also use versions additionally
taking advantage of the prefetch cache with cheetah-class CPUs,
in my worldstone runs these either didn't provide extra speedup
(USIII+) in comparison to the existing spitfire versions or were
even slightly slower (USIIIi) though, so they aren't committed
for now.
The basic problem leading to the VIS-based copy/zero functions
being initially disabled for cheetah-class CPUs was solved by
letting cheetah_init() clear DCR_IFPOE.
redundant malloc/free. Add comments about how this should really be
done. Fix an overly verbose comment about under 1MB mapping: go ahead
and set the bits, but we ignore them.
- If the flag is set and auto-select fails, assume disk is not present.
- Set disk empty flag only when the floppy controller reset is needed.
It fixes regression introduced in r1.311, which prevented it from ignoring
errors. Now fdformat(1) and dd(1) with conv=noerror option can continue
when read/write errors occur as they should.
- Do not retry disk probing as it is extremely slow and pointless.
- Move the disk probing code into a separate function.
- Do not reset disk empty flag if write-protect check fails somehow.
PR: kern/116538[1]
I have fixed the reported problems - if you still have trouble with it, please
contact me with as much detail as possible so that I can track down any other
issues as quickly as possible.
In my commit that moved uname(), setdomainname() and getdomainname() to
COMPAT_FREEBSD4, I also removed PRIV_SETDOMAINNAME, because it was
already protected by userland_sysctl(). We'd better keep the number 20
reserved, to prevent it from being used again.
Requested by: rwatson
pointer in a local thread. While this is unlikely to significantly
improve performance given modern compiler behavior, it makes the code
more readable and reduces diffs to the Mac OS X version of the same
code (which stores things in creds in the same way, but where the
cred for a thread is reached quite differently).
Discussed with: sson
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Apple Inc.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
the softc is reset a few times during probing.
Print 'changing to modem mode' messages if booting verbose to show the
reason for the time delay. Note: Some devices (Huawei for one) take 20
seconds to appear on the USB bus).
up space. If the buffer cache fills up then the disk systems can
grind to a halt. Better tuning can be figured out later.
Tested by: Tim, others and work
Reviewed by: Kostik Belousov
PR: 128832
the nfsd problems that some people have with the new code.
Add support for the vfs.nfsrv.nfs_privport sysctl which denies access unless
the client is using a port number less than 1024. Not really sure if this is
particularly useful since it doesn't add any real security.
fix the problems a few people have noticed with the new code. People who want
to continue testing the new code or who need RPCSEC_GSS support should use
the new option NFS_NEWRPC to select it.
can be controlled by ifconfig(8). Note, VLAN hardware tagging
controls still lacks required handler but it requires more driver
cleanups so I didn't touch that part.
PR: kern/128766
queue length variables as well, avoiding storing the limit in a larger
type than the length.
Submitted by: sson
Sponsored by: Apple Inc.
MFC after: 1 week
changes since the last imported OpenBSM release:
OpenBSM 1.1 alpha 2
- Include files in OpenBSM are now broken out into two parts: library builds
required solely for user space, and system includes, which may also be
required for use in the kernels of systems integrating OpenBSM. Submitted
by Stacey Son.
- Configure option --with-native-includes allows forcing the use of native
include for system includes, rather than the versions bundled with OpenBSM.
This is intended specifically for platforms that ship OpenBSM, have adapted
versions of the system includes in a kernel source tree, and will use the
OpenBSM build infrastructure with an unmodified OpenBSM distribution,
allowing the customized system includes to be used with the OpenBSM build.
Submitted by Stacey Son.
- Various strcpy()'s/strcat()'s have been changed to strlcpy()'s/strlcat()'s
or asprintf(). Added compat/strlcpy.h for Linux.
- Remove compatibility defines for old Darwin token constant names; now only
BSM token names are provided and used.
- Add support for extended header tokens, which contain space for information
on the host generating the record.
- Add support for setting extended host information in the kernel, which is
used for setting host information in extended header tokens. The
audit_control file now supports a "host" parameter which can be used by
auditd to set the information; if not present, the kernel parameters won't
be set and auditd uses unextended headers for records that it generates.
OpenBSM 1.1 alpha 1
- Add option to auditreduce(1) which allows users to invert sense of
matching, such that BSM records that do not match, are selected.
- Fix bug in audit_write() where we commit an incomplete record in the
event there is an error writing the subject token. This was submitted
by Diego Giagio.
- Build support for Mac OS X 10.5.1 submitted by Eric Hall.
- Fix a bug which resulted in host XML attributes not beingguments so that const strings can be passed
as arguments to tokens. This patch was submitted by Xin LI.
- Modify the -m option so users can select more then one audit event.
- For Mac OS X, added Mach IPC support for audit trigger messages.
- Fixed a bug in getacna() which resulted in a locking problem on Mac OS X.
- Added LOG_PERROR flag to openlog when -d option is used with auditd.
- AUE events added for Mac OS X Leopard system calls.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: Apple Inc.
- Fix to ioctl path in which the length could be 0 which means
no data in/out from LSI.
- Fix to ioctl path in which the data in the sense data space
of the ioctl packet is a really a pointer to some location in
user-space. From LSI re-worked a bit by me.
- Add HW support for next gen cards from LSI.
Thanks to LSI for their support!
Submitted by: jhb, LSI
MFC after: 3 days
-Improvement: panic() on INVARIANTS kernels if memory allocation
fails for a tagblock in sctp_add_vtag_to_timewait().
-Bugfix: Protect code in sctp_is_in_timewait() by
SCTP_INP_INFO_WLOCK/SCTP_INP_INFO_WUNLOCK.
-Cleanup: Get rid of unused variable now in sctp_init_asoc().
-Bugfix: Reuse the correct vtag in sctp_add_vtag_to_timewait().
-Cleanup: Get rid of unused constant SCTP_TIME_WAIT_SHORT
in sctp_constants.h.
-Improvement: Use all hash buckets of the vtag hash table.
-Cleanup: Get rid of then unused constant SCTP_STACK_VTAG_HASH_SIZE_A.
-Bugfix: Handle SHUTDOWN;SACK packet correctly.
-Bugfix: Last TSN in a gap ack block was not being "ack'd"
in the internal scoreboard.
Obtained from: (with help from Michael Tuexen)
The same (vendor, product) tuple is used for aue(4) adapters,
but I am not sure if the quirk is correct. I'm using the USB
device 'release' info to skip aue(4) detection right now, but
if there's a better way to differentiate between USB-LAN and
USB Bluetooth we should update the quirk.
Reviewed by: imp, rink
MFC after: 2 weeks
controller. The controller is also known as L1E(AR8121) and
L2E(AR8113/AR8114). Unlike its predecessor Attansic L1,
AR8121/AR8113/AR8114 uses completely different Rx logic such that
it requires separate driver. Datasheet for AR81xx is not available
to open source driver writers but it shares large part of Tx and
PHY logic of L1. I still don't understand some part of register
meaning and some MAC statistics counters but the driver seems to
have no critical issues for performance and stability.
The AR81xx requires copy operation to pass received frames to upper
stack such that ale(4) consumes a lot of CPU cycles than that of
other controller. A couple of silicon bugs also adds more CPU
cycles to address the known hardware bug. However, if you have fast
CPU you can still saturate the link.
Currently ale(4) supports the following hardware features.
- MSI.
- TCP Segmentation offload.
- Hardware VLAN tag insertion/stripping with checksum offload.
- Tx TCP/UDP checksum offload and Rx IP/TCP/UDP checksum offload.
- Tx/Rx interrupt moderation.
- Hardware statistics counters.
- Jumbo frame.
- WOL.
AR81xx PCIe ethernet controllers are mainly found on ASUS EeePC or
P5Q series of ASUS motherboards. Special thanks to Jeremy Chadwick
who sent the hardware to me. Without his donation writing a driver
for AR81xx would never have been possible. Big thanks to all people
who reported feedback or tested patches.
HW donated by: koitsu
Tested by: bsam, Joao Barros <joao.barros <> gmail DOT com >
Jan Henrik Sylvester <me <> janh DOT de >
Ivan Brawley < ivan <> brawley DOT id DOT au >,
CURRENT ML
Peter Holm just discovered this funny bug inside the TTY code: if
uiomove() in ttydisc_write() returns an error, we forget to relock the
TTY before jumping out of ttydisc_write(). Fix it by placing
tty_unlock() and tty_lock() around uiomove().
Submitted by: pho
regular header tokens. The extended header tokens contain an IP
or IPv6 address which makes it possible to identify which host an
audit record came from when audit records are centralized.
If the host information has not been specified, the system will
default to the old style headers. Otherwise, audit records that
are created as a result of system calls will contain host information.
This implemented has been designed to be consistent with the Solaris
implementation. Host information is set/retrieved using the A_GETKAUDIT
and A_SETKAUDIT auditon(2) commands. These commands require that a
pointer to a auditinfo_addr_t object is passed. Currently only IP and
IPv6 address families are supported.
The users pace bits associated with this change will follow in an
openbsm import.
Reviewed by: rwatson, (sson, wsalamon (older version))
MFC after: 1 month
- Use `fildes[2]' instead of `*fildes' to make more clear that pipe(2)
fills an array with two descriptors.
- Remove EFAULT from the manual page. Because of the current calling
convention, pipe(2) raises a segmentation fault when an invalid
address is passed.
- Introduce kern_pipe() to make it easier for binary emulations to
implement pipe(2).
- Make Linux binary emulation use kern_pipe(), which means we don't have
to recover td_retval after calling the FreeBSD system call.
Approved by: rdivacky
Discussed on: arch
This prevents a panic which occurs when a driver attempts to load
firmware at boot via firmware_get() when the firmware module has not
been preloaded. firmware_get() will enqueue a task using a struct
taskqueue allocated on the stack, and the machine will crash much
later in the firmware taskq thread when taskqs are started and the
struct taskqueue is garbage.
Not objected to by: sam
- Do not let individual KLD module unregister firmware image loaded by ispfw
or vice versa.
- Make 'kldunload ispfw' actually unregister all firmware images loaded by
ispfw, not just 'isp_1040'.
- Print which KLD module actually loaded the firmware image.
- Remove unused return value from do_load_fw() and do_unload_fw() and remove
duplicate sys/param.h while I am here.
dependencies. A 'struct pmc_classdep' structure describes operations
on PMCs; 'struct pmc_mdep' contains one or more 'struct pmc_classdep'
structures depending on the CPU in question.
Inside PMC class dependent code, row indices are relative to the
PMCs supported by the PMC class; MI code in "hwpmc_mod.c" translates
global row indices before invoking class dependent operations.
- Augment the OP_GETCPUINFO request with the number of PMCs present
in a PMC class.
- Move code common to Intel CPUs to file "hwpmc_intel.c".
- Move TSC handling to file "hwpmc_tsc.c".
Looking at our source code history, it seems the uname(),
getdomainname() and setdomainname() system calls got deprecated
somewhere after FreeBSD 1.1, but they have never been phased out
properly. Because we don't have a COMPAT_FREEBSD1, just use
COMPAT_FREEBSD4.
Also fix the Linuxolator to build without the setdomainname() routine by
just making it call userland_sysctl on kern.domainname. Also replace the
setdomainname()'s implementation to use this approach, because we're
duplicating code with sysctl_domainname().
I wasn't able to keep these three routines working in our
COMPAT_FREEBSD32, because that would require yet another keyword for
syscalls.master (COMPAT4+NOPROTO). Because this routine is probably
unused already, this won't be a problem in practice. If it turns out to
be a problem, we'll just restore this functionality.
Reviewed by: rdivacky, kib
On RELENG_6 (and probably RELENG_7) we see our syscons windows and
pseudo-terminals have the following buffer sizes:
| LINE RAW CAN OUT IHIWT ILOWT OHWT LWT COL STATE SESS PGID DISC
| ttyv0 0 0 0 7680 6720 2052 256 7 OCcl 1146 1146 term
| ttyp0 0 0 0 7680 6720 1296 256 0 OCc 82033 82033 term
These buffer sizes make no sense, because we often have much more output
than input, but I guess having higher input buffer sizes improves
guarantees of the system.
On MPSAFE TTY I just sent both the input and output buffer sizes to 7
KB, which is pretty big on a standard FreeBSD install with 8 syscons
windows and some PTY's. Reduce the baud rate to 9600 baud, which means
we now have the following buffer sizes:
| LINE INQ CAN LIN LOW OUTQ USE LOW COL SESS PGID STATE
| ttyv0 1920 0 0 192 1984 0 199 7 2401 2401 Oil
| pts/0 1920 0 0 192 1984 0 199 5631 1305 2526 Oi
This is a lot smaller, but for pseudo-devices this should be good
enough. You need to do a lot of punching to fill up a 7.5 KB input
buffer. If it turns out things don't work out this way, we'll just
switch to 19200 baud.
from one parent directory to another, in addition to the usual access checks
one also needs write access to the subdirectory being moved.
Approved by: rwatson (mentor), pjd
still valid. We were checking the state of the header and
not the table.
PR: 119868
Based on a patch from: Jaakko Heinonen <jh@saunalahti.fi>
MFC after: 1 week
tcp_mss() and tcp_mss_update() so that tcp_mtudisc() could
re-use the same code.
Move the TSO logic back to tcp_mss() and out of tcp_mss_update().
We tried to avoid that initially but if were are called from
tcp_output() with EMSGSIZE, we cleared the TSO flag on the tcpcb
there, called into tcp_mtudisc() and tcp_mss_update() which
then would reenable TSO on the tcpcb based on TSO capabilities
of the interface as learnt in tcp_maxmtu/6().
So if TSO was enabled on the (possibly new) outgoing interface
it was turned back on, which lead to an endless loop between
tcp_output() and tcp_mtudisc() until we overflew the stack.
Reported by: kmacy
MFC after: 2 months (along with r182851)
tcp_mss() and tcp_mss_update() so that tcp_mtudisc() could
re-use the same code.
In case we return early and got a metricptr to pass the hostcache
info back to the caller we need to initialize the data to a defined
state (zero it) as tcp_hc_get() would do if there was no hit.
Without that the caller would check on random stack garbage which
could lead to undefined results.
This only affected tcp_mss() if there was no routing entry for the peer,
tcp_mtudisc() was not affected.
MFC after: 2 months (along with r182851)
NATM needs 'struct in_addr' to compile, which is a problem on its own
but include in.h for now if we have NATM but neither INET or INET6.
MFC after: 2 months
the sc does not have 'an_have_rssimap' variable.
Add an ANCACHE check to poperly hide the case and make an(4)
compile without INET.
MFC after: 2 months
Because the TTY hooks interface was not finished when I imported the
MPSAFE TTY layer, I had to disconnect the snp(4) driver. This snp(4)
implementation has been sitting in my P4 branch for some time now.
Unfortunately it still doesn't use the same error handling as snp(4)
(returning codes through FIONREAD), but it should already be usable.
I'm committing this to SVN, hoping someone else could polish off its
rough edges. It's always better than having a broken driver sitting in
the tree.
To prevent it from compiling without INET and INET6 we should put
an explicit #error in there like we have in other files,
but not rely on an unused variable.
MFC after: 2 months
Note that these changes will not make the driver work on powerpc, but it should fix at least the i386/amd64 cases.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/usb/src/sys/dev/usb2/wlan/if_zyd2.c#20
Noticed by: jeli, ed
vnode in question does not need to be held. All the data structures used
during the name lookup are protected by the global name cache lock.
Instead, the caller merely needs to ensure a reference is held on the
vnode (such as vhold()) to keep it from being freed.
In the case of procfs' <pid>/file entry, grab the process lock while we
gain a new reference (via vhold()) on p_textvp to fully close races with
execve(2).
For the kern.proc.vmmap sysctl handler, use a shared vnode lock around
the call to VOP_GETATTR() rather than an exclusive lock.
MFC after: 1 month
flag. Specifically, if two threads race to create a dirhash for a
directory, then one might already have created a private dirhash
structure (and locked it) when it realizes the directory now has a
structure and tries to lock that one.
that includes significant features and SMP safety.
This commit includes a more or less complete rewrite of the *BSD USB
stack, including Host Controller and Device Controller drivers and
updating all existing USB drivers to use the new USB API:
1) A brief feature list:
- A new and mutex enabled USB API.
- Many USB drivers are now running Giant free.
- Linux USB kernel compatibility layer.
- New UGEN backend and libusb library, finally solves the "driver
unloading" problem. The new BSD licensed libusb20 library is fully
compatible with libusb-0.1.12 from sourceforge.
- New "usbconfig" utility, for easy configuration of USB.
- Full support for Split transactions, which means you can use your
full speed USB audio device on a high speed USB HUB.
- Full support for HS ISOC transactions, which makes writing drivers
for various HS webcams possible, for example.
- Full support for USB on embedded platforms, mostly cache flushing
and buffer invalidating stuff.
- Safer parsing of USB descriptors.
- Autodetect of annoying USB install disks.
- Support for USB device side mode, also called USB gadget mode,
using the same API like the USB host side. In other words the new
USB stack is symmetric with regard to host and device side.
- Support for USB transfers like I/O vectors, means more throughput
and less interrupts.
- ... see the FreeBSD quarterly status reports under "USB project"
2) To enable the driver in the default kernel build:
2.a) Remove all existing USB device options from your kernel config
file.
2.b) Add the following USB device options to your kernel configuration
file:
# USB core support
device usb2_core
# USB controller support
device usb2_controller
device usb2_controller_ehci
device usb2_controller_ohci
device usb2_controller_uhci
# USB mass storage support
device usb2_storage
device usb2_storage_mass
# USB ethernet support, requires miibus
device usb2_ethernet
device usb2_ethernet_aue
device usb2_ethernet_axe
device usb2_ethernet_cdce
device usb2_ethernet_cue
device usb2_ethernet_kue
device usb2_ethernet_rue
device usb2_ethernet_dav
# USB wireless LAN support
device usb2_wlan
device usb2_wlan_rum
device usb2_wlan_ral
device usb2_wlan_zyd
# USB serial device support
device usb2_serial
device usb2_serial_ark
device usb2_serial_bsa
device usb2_serial_bser
device usb2_serial_chcom
device usb2_serial_cycom
device usb2_serial_foma
device usb2_serial_ftdi
device usb2_serial_gensa
device usb2_serial_ipaq
device usb2_serial_lpt
device usb2_serial_mct
device usb2_serial_modem
device usb2_serial_moscom
device usb2_serial_plcom
device usb2_serial_visor
device usb2_serial_vscom
# USB bluetooth support
device usb2_bluetooth
device usb2_bluetooth_ng
# USB input device support
device usb2_input
device usb2_input_hid
device usb2_input_kbd
device usb2_input_ms
# USB sound and MIDI device support
device usb2_sound
2) To enable the driver at runtime:
2.a) Unload all existing USB modules. If USB is compiled into the
kernel then you might have to build a new kernel.
2.b) Load the "usb2_xxx.ko" modules under /boot/kernel having the same
base name like the kernel device option.
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky hselasky at c2i dot net
Reviewed by: imp, alfred
Also: Change the initialisation of the command string to a static
initialiser. Verify it against the output of umass.c when being sent a
command using 'camcontrol eject da0' to a Bulk-Only device.
This should make those devices work that need a SCSI eject command to
switch to modem mode (Novatel 950D and others).
chdir(), chroot(), eaccess(), fpathconf(), fstat(), fstatfs(), lseek()
(when figuring out the current size of the file in the SEEK_END case),
pathconf(), readlink(), and statfs() system calls.
Submitted by: ups (mostly)
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 1 month
Really, the concept of holdcnt in the struct mount is rappresented by
the mnt_ref (which prevents the type-stable structure from being
"recycled) handled through vfs_ref() and vfs_rel().
On this optic, switch the holdcnt acquisition into an emulated vfs_ref()
(and subsequent release into vfs_rel()).
Discussed with: kib
Tested by: pho
The smb library in userspace already knows how to deal with this type of
cloning.
This also corrects a leak in which the netsmb kernel module could not be
unloaded if device nodes had been stat'd but not open'd.
Discussed with: kib
and server. This replaces the RPC implementation of the NFS client and
server with the newer RPC implementation originally developed
(actually ported from the userland sunrpc code) to support the NFS
Lock Manager. I have tested this code extensively and I believe it is
stable and that performance is at least equal to the legacy RPC
implementation.
The NFS code currently contains support for both the new RPC
implementation and the older legacy implementation inherited from the
original NFS codebase. The default is to use the new implementation -
add the NFS_LEGACYRPC option to fall back to the old code. When I
merge this support back to RELENG_7, I will probably change this so
that users have to 'opt in' to get the new code.
To use RPCSEC_GSS on either client or server, you must build a kernel
which includes the KGSSAPI option and the crypto device. On the
userland side, you must build at least a new libc, mountd, mount_nfs
and gssd. You must install new versions of /etc/rc.d/gssd and
/etc/rc.d/nfsd and add 'gssd_enable=YES' to /etc/rc.conf.
As long as gssd is running, you should be able to mount an NFS
filesystem from a server that requires RPCSEC_GSS authentication. The
mount itself can happen without any kerberos credentials but all
access to the filesystem will be denied unless the accessing user has
a valid ticket file in the standard place (/tmp/krb5cc_<uid>). There
is currently no support for situations where the ticket file is in a
different place, such as when the user logged in via SSH and has
delegated credentials from that login. This restriction is also
present in Solaris and Linux. In theory, we could improve this in
future, possibly using Brooks Davis' implementation of variant
symlinks.
Supporting RPCSEC_GSS on a server is nearly as simple. You must create
service creds for the server in the form 'nfs/<fqdn>@<REALM>' and
install them in /etc/krb5.keytab. The standard heimdal utility ktutil
makes this fairly easy. After the service creds have been created, you
can add a '-sec=krb5' option to /etc/exports and restart both mountd
and nfsd.
The only other difference an administrator should notice is that nfsd
doesn't fork to create service threads any more. In normal operation,
there will be two nfsd processes, one in userland waiting for TCP
connections and one in the kernel handling requests. The latter
process will create as many kthreads as required - these should be
visible via 'top -H'. The code has some support for varying the number
of service threads according to load but initially at least, nfsd uses
a fixed number of threads according to the value supplied to its '-n'
option.
Sponsored by: Isilon Systems
MFC after: 1 month
allocating resources to read the CIS. I'm not sure when this changed,
but it is totally wrong. Also, add a minor improvement to the
debugging.
This should help everybody trying to run dumpcis on atheros wireless
card as well.
MFC after: 2 days
right... Good thing the size was ignored...
Where this macro is used, there's no reason to do it anyway. There
seems to have been some old-time confusion between the CIS pointer
definition, and the BAR definitions at the base of this bug.
compiled into the main AMR driver. It's code that is nice to have but not
required for normal operation, and it is reported to cause problems for some
people.
usable for newer CPUs. The new value allows 2 x quad core configuration
dumps to fit within the initial buffer without reallocations.
Approved by: gnn (mentor) (older version)
Pointed out by: rdivacky
dropping the connection when the requested service isn't available, or
we may try to release a lock that isn't locked.
This prevents an assertion failure when trying to mount a non-present
share using smbfs with INVARIANTS; a lock order reversal warning that
immediately follows is not yet fixed.
Reported by: attilio
MFC after: 3 days
For an unknown reason the touch pad of my PowerBook generates button 5
events when you operate it. This causes the adb_mouse code to convert
them to button 2 events, which is not what we want.
Add a new flag, AMS_TOUCHPAD, which is used to distinguish the touch
pad. When set, don't convert button events of unknown buttons to the
last button.
There are still three problems left with respect to user input:
- The mouse button events are not properly processed when the touch pad
isn't touched.
- The arrow keys on the keyboard don't work inside X11.
- The power button isn't handled by the kernel, similar to the ACPI
power button on i386/amd64.
Approved by: nwhitehorn
Make the ISA bus keep track of more PNP details. Plus a minor style
fix while I'm here. More could be done here, but except for some SBCs
that don't have ACPI, there's limited value to anybody in doing so.
use process ID as ACPI thread ID. Concurrent requests with equal thread
IDs broke ACPI mutexes operation causing unpredictable errors including
AE_AML_MUTEX_NOT_ACQUIRED that I have seen.
Use kernel thread ID instead of process ID for ACPI thread.
- Implement real draining for vfs consumers by not relying on the
mnt_lock and using instead a refcount in order to keep track of lock
requesters.
- Due to the change above, remove the mnt_lock lockmgr because it is now
useless.
- Due to the change above, vfs_busy() is no more linked to a lockmgr.
Change so its KPI by removing the interlock argument and defining 2 new
flags for it: MBF_NOWAIT which basically replaces the LK_NOWAIT of the
old version (which was unlinked from the lockmgr alredy) and
MBF_MNTLSTLOCK which provides the ability to drop the mountlist_mtx
once the mnt interlock is held (ability still desired by most consumers).
- The stub used into vfs_mount_destroy(), that allows to override the
mnt_ref if running for more than 3 seconds, make it totally useless.
Remove it as it was thought to work into older versions.
If a problem of "refcount held never going away" should appear, we will
need to fix properly instead than trust on such hackish solution.
- Fix a bug where returning (with an error) from dounmount() was still
leaving the MNTK_MWAIT flag on even if it the waiters were actually
woken up. Just a place in vfs_mount_destroy() is left because it is
going to recycle the structure in any case, so it doesn't matter.
- Remove the markercnt refcount as it is useless.
This patch modifies VFS ABI and breaks KPI for vfs_busy() so manpages and
__FreeBSD_version will be modified accordingly.
Discussed with: kib
Tested by: pho
a little refinement, but is good enough to commit as is.
# Should look to see if I should move swab(3) into the kernel or just
# provide the unoptimized routine here.
Reviewed by: marcel@
whatever template was used to create this driver. It is not
necessary, and wouldn't work anyway since (a) this device will never
be in a cardbus tin-can and (b) the driver isn't even PCI, but instead
a built-in NIC on the IDT RC32434 on its internal bus.
record queue, so move the offset field from the per-record
audit_pipe_entry structure to the audit_pipe structure.
Now that we support reading more than one record at a time, add a
new summary field to audit_pipe, ap_qbyteslen, which tracks the
total number of bytes present in a pipe, and return that (minus
the current offset) via FIONREAD and kqueue's data variable for
the pending byte count rather than the number of bytes remaining
in only the first record.
Add a number of asserts to confirm that these counts and offsets
following the expected rules.
MFC after: 2 months
Sponsored by: Apple, Inc.
We often run into these very high column numbers when we run curses
applications, because they don't print any newlines. This messes up the
table output of `pstat -t'. If these numbers get really high, they
aren't of any use to the reader anyway. Convert them to `99999' when
they run out of bounds.
One of the pieces of code that I had left alone during the development
of the MPSAFE TTY layer, was tty_cons.c. This file actually has two
different functions:
- It contains low-level console input/output routines (cnputc(), etc).
- It creates /dev/console and wraps all its cdevsw calls to the
appropriate TTY.
This commit reimplements the second set of functions by moving it
directly into the TTY layer. /dev/console is now a character device node
that's basically a regular TTY, but does a lookup of `si_drv1' each time
you open it. d_write has also been changed to call log_console().
d_close() is not present, because we must make sure we don't revoke the
TTY after writing a log message to it.
Even though I'm not convinced this is in line with the future directions
of our console code, it is a good move for now. It removes recursive
locking from the top half of the TTY layer. The previous implementation
called into the TTY layer with Giant held.
I'm renaming tty_cons.c to kern_cons.c now. The code hardly contains any
TTY related bits, so we'd better give it a less misleading name.
Tested by: Andrzej Tobola <ato iem pw edu pl>,
Carlos A.M. dos Santos <unixmania gmail com>,
Eygene Ryabinkin <rea-fbsd codelabs ru>
Right now ams_read() uses cv_wait() to wait for new data to arrive on
the mouse device. This means that when you run `cat /dev/ams0', it
cannot be interrupted directly. After you press ^C, you first need to
move the mouse before cat will quit. Make this function use
cv_wait_sig(), which allows it to be interrupted directly.
Reviewed by: nwhitehorn
cable tuning. This has helped in some installations for hardware
deployed by a former employer. Made optional because the lists aren't
full of complaints about these cards... even when they were wildly
popular.
Reviewed by: attilio@, jhb@, trhodes@ (all an older version of the patch)
read(2), which meant that records longer than the buffer passed to read(2)
were dropped. Instead take the approach of allowing partial reads to be
continued across multiple system calls more in the style of streaming
character device.
This means retaining a record on the per-pipe queue in a partially read
state, so maintain a current offset into the record. Keep the record on
the queue during a read, so add a new lock, ap_sx, to serialize removal
of records from the queue by either read(2) or ioctl(2) requesting a pipe
flush. Modify the kqueue handler to return bytes left in the current
record rather than simply the size of the current record.
It is now possible to use praudit, which used the standard FILE * buffer
sizes, to track much larger record sizes from /dev/auditpipe, such as
very long command lines to execve(2).
MFC after: 2 months
Sponsored by: Apple, Inc.
processes exits at the same time. The linux_emuldata structure is freed
but p->p_emuldata is left as a dangling pointer to the just freed memory.
The check for W_EXIT in the loop scanning the child processes isn't safe
since the state of the child process can change right afterwards. Lock
the process and check the W_EXIT before delivering signal.
Submitted by: tegge
Reviewed by: davidxu
MFC after: 1 week
within an object that a mapping refers to. fileid and fsid are inode/dev
for vnodes. (Linux procfs has these and valgrind is really unhappy
without them.) I believe I didn't change the size of the struct.
on G4 machines. On the assumption that most people using FreeBSD on Apple
hardware are not using serial consoles, set boot1's output to screen. This
should be revisited. While here, reduce verbosity of boot1.
pipe has overflowed, drop the newest, rather than oldest, record. This
makes overflow drop behavior consistent with memory allocation failure
leading to drop, avoids touching the consumer end of the queue from a
producer, and lowers the CPU overhead of dropping a record by dropping
before memory allocation and copying.
Obtained from: Apple, Inc.
MFC after: 2 months
protecting the list of audit pipes, and a per-pipe mutex protecting the
queue.
Likewise, replace the single global condition variable used to signal
delivery of a record to one or more pipes, and add a per-pipe condition
variable to avoid spurious wakeups when event subscriptions differ
across multiple pipes.
This slightly increases the cost of delivering to audit pipes, but should
reduce lock contention in the presence of multiple readers as only the
per-pipe lock is required to read from a pipe, as well as avoid
overheading when different pipes are used in different ways.
MFC after: 2 months
Sponsored by: Apple, Inc.
mutex, as it's rarely changed but frequently accessed read-only from
multiple threads, so a potentially significant source of contention.
MFC after: 1 month
Sponsored by: Apple, Inc.
capabilities reported by the ap. These need to be cross-checked
against the local configuration in the vap. Previously we were
only checking the ap capabilities which meant that if an ap reported
it was ff-capable but we were not setup to use them we'd try to do
ff aggregation and drop the frame.
There are a number of problems to be fixed here but applying this
fix immediately as the problem causes all traffic to stop (and has
not workaround).
Reported by: Ashish Shukla
access control checks in mac_bsdextended are not in the same
namespace as the MBI_ flags used in ugidfw policies, so add an
explicit conversion routine to get from one to the other.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
sdhci supports up to 65535 blocks transfers, at91_mci - one block.
Enable multiblock operations disabled before to follow at91_mci driver
limitations.
Reviewed by: imp@
dump of detected ULE CPU topology. This dump can be used to check the
topology detection and for general system information.
An example of CPU topology dump is:
kern.sched.topology_spec: <groups>
<group level="1" cache-level="0">
<cpu count="8" mask="0xff">0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7</cpu>
<flags></flags>
<children>
<group level="2" cache-level="0">
<cpu count="4" mask="0xf">0, 1, 2, 3</cpu>
<flags></flags>
</group>
<group level="2" cache-level="0">
<cpu count="4" mask="0xf0">4, 5, 6, 7</cpu>
<flags></flags>
</group>
</children>
</group>
</groups>
Reviewed by: jeff
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
while doing the block store workaround so we restore the correct
floating-point registers state in case of nested floating-point
operations resulting from nested interrupts. This allows the
VIS-based block copy/zero functions to be used on machines
requiring this workaround. Alternatively, we could take care of
saving the floating-point registers here, which would be more
inefficiently though and also involves turning off interrupts.
- It turns out that the SCZ_PCI_DMA_SYNC register doesn't work
like the TOMXMS_PCI_DMA_SYNC_PEND one (but more like the
corresponding register in of Hummingbird and Sabre bridges)
and writing the INO of the respective device to it causes a
Safari bus error. However, due to the Schizo errata I-23,
SCZ_PCI_DMA_SYNC can't be used as intended either, so remove
consistent DMA syncing for Schzio bridges for now, which means
that add-on cards with non-"sun4u compliant" (whatever that
means exactly) PCI-PCI-bridges should be avoided until the
proper workaround is implemented. [1]
Reported by: Michael Moll [1]
This should fix q_time overflow, which happens after 2^32/(86400*hz) days of
uptime (~50days for hz = 1000).
q_time overflow cause following:
- traffic shaping may not work in 'fast' mode (not enabled by default).
- incorrect average queue length calculation in RED/GRED algorithm.
NB: due to ABI change this change is not applicable to stable.
PR: kern/128401
to add more V* constants, and the variables changed by this patch were often
being assigned to mode_t variables, which is 16 bit.
Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
memory mappings when the MAC label on a process changes, to
mac_proc_vm_revoke(),
It now also acquires its own credential reference directly from the
affected process rather than accepting one passed by the the caller,
simplifying the API and consumer code.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
vpollinfo with vnode interlock. Fully initialize vpollinfo before putting
pointer to it into vp->v_pollinfo.
Discussed with: dwhite
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 1 week
that they operate directly on credentials: mac_proc_create_swapper(),
mac_proc_create_init(), and mac_proc_associate_nfsd(). Update policies.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
be a no-op request, and why this might have to change if we want to allow
leaving a partition someday.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
MFC after: 3 days
"ticks" goes negative. This breaks the signed comparison in softclock.
This causes sleep() to never wake up, tcp to stop, etc etc. This is
bad(TM). Use the SEQ_LT() method from tcp's sequence number comparisons.
driver (rev 1.3), by Joerg Sonnenberger.
Note: This change is untested as I do not own the hardware. Let me know
if things work or do not work for you by sending me the output dmesg (and
usbctl -f /dev/usbX if possible). Thanks.
for the BCM5714 revision A0 when in a multi-port configuration
and unconditionally for the remainder of the class of BCM575X
and beyond chips.
This was prodded by mav and is based on a suggestion and a
patch submitted by jhb.
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 2 months
V9 stack bias so we no longer need to add it in db_backtrace()
and stack_capture() respectively. This also reverts r182018,
which kludged around the resulting unaligned access.
- Sync the sun4v versions of db_trace.c and stack_machdep.c with
the sparc64 ones and fix some style bugs.
MFC after: 3 days
rs400/rs480 should clear the RADEON_BUS_MASTER_DIS bit. This should get
the rs485 IGP chips going again.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
Obtained from: drm git master
making the use of sc_hwmap to do direct mapping impractical. Switch to
indexing by the rate index instead of the rate code and adjust associated
state and logic appropriately. This has several benefits including
simplification of the led code.
o fix radiotap capture of HT rates
o fix conditional compilation of HT radiotap support to be based on the
hal having 5416 support; not the ABI version as hal builds may or may
not include 5416 support
o update tx rssi data only when an ACK was received
o return tx rssi from sampled data instead of the last frame
o track noise floor
o return rx rssi and noise floor (was broken)
o pass country code, outdoor indication, and ecm mode into the hal
when requesting a channel list
o add a console msg when regulatory setup fails
o add placeholder code to map between Atheros sku's and 802.11 sku's
that handles only the debug country code used to unlock the full
channel list (to be used only for debugging)
o fix multiple instances of mismapping the 802.11 location to the
outdoor indication (anywhere may be outdoor also)
in sta and adhoc modes; this should've been done forever ago as most all
drivers use this hook to set per-station transmit parameters such as for
tx rate control
o adjust drivers to remove explicit calls to the driver newassoc method
a) Need for EEOR mode to take the min of the socket buffer size and the
add more threshold, otherwise if you are so silly as to set a send
buf size less than the add-more you could block forever in eeor mode.
b) We were incorrectly using the sysctl vs the calculated value. This
causes us to block forever if the addmore theshold is larger than
then the socket buffer size.
- If we send EXACTLY the size left in the send buffer
and then send again, we end up with exactly 0 bytes and
don't hit the pre-block code to wait for more space.
- If we fall into the loop with our max_len == 0 (the bug
above) we then call in to copy out the data, setup the length
of the waiting to transmit data to 0 and call the mbuf copy routine
which 0 indicates copy all the data to the mbuf chain.. which it
does. This then leaves a "stuck" message on the stream queue with
its size exactly 0 bytes but all the data there and thus nothing
left in the uio structure. We then reach a stuck forever state
never being able to send data.
control logic and policy registration remaining in that file, and access
control checks broken out into other files by class of check.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
The cn_unit and cn_tp fields don't seem to be used anywhere. Some
drivers set them, while others don't. Just remove them, in an attempt to
make our consdev code a little easier to understand.
certain ATA-6 drives including CF cards.
The IDE geometry of the PC98 is calculated from the drive capacity.
In addition to the algorithm in NEC BIOS, a variety of algorithms are
provided by 3'rd party boards and BIOS hacks. This change has
implemented the three algorithms: IDE BIOS compatible mode, SCSI BIOS
compatible mode and same way as the previous version. The tunable
machdep.ad_geom_method selects the algorithm.
I have been using this change for a year with CF cards.
Reminded by: nyan
Due to the nature of the beast it causes lot of unproductive overhead. This
is especially bad when running SMP kernel on VMWare with several virtual
processors - idle FreeBSD guest with SMP kernel takes 150% host CPU time on my
dual-core MacBook Pro when I am enabling two virtual CPUs, making even host
not very usable. Detect when we are running in the sandbox and reduce HZ
to 10 (can be adjusted via VM_HZ in the kernel config) in such cases. This
brings host CPU usage of idle FreeBSD/SMP on two virtual processors down
to 10%.
Detect most popular VM platforms out there - VMWare, Parallels, VirtualBox
and VirtualPC.
MFC after: 2 weeks
to set the initial PIO mode instead of assuming PIO4. There are still a few
nagging issues:
- There are some problems with 64 K DMA transfers waiting on lower level
changes.
- ATAPI DMA is broken on Marcel's Mac Mini because we need an ATA SELECT hook
propagated up to individual drivers for hardware without timing registers for
each ATA channel.
fragment reassembly queues.
This allows policies to label reassembly queues, perform access
control checks when matching fragments to a queue, update a queue
label when fragments are matched, and label the resulting
reassembled datagram.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
sooner to decomplicate locking and eliminate the need for a rather
chatty comment about why we have to handle the global lock in a
special way for the benefit of ipfw and pf cred rules.
MFC after: 3 days
(unless explicitly locked to mode 11b) so when we join the bss the
channel attached to the scan cache entry may need to be demoted.
o demote to 11b if the ap is advertising 11b rates
o skip the ap if it's 11b but we're locked to 11g (could consider this
advisory but for now treat it as mandatory)
o handle an odd edge case, if there is a fixed transmit rate for 11g
then the rate check against the 11b ap will fail, try to demote to
11b and retry the rate check
Reviewed by: sephe, thompsa
G3 as well as the internal ADB keyboard and mice in PowerBooks and iBooks. This
also brings in Mac GPIO support, for which we should eventually have a better
interface.
Obtained from: NetBSD (CUDA and PMU drivers)
- Consistently add parentheses to return statements.
- Use NULL instead of 0 when comparing pointers, also avoiding
unnecessary casts.
- Do not use pointers as booleans.
Reviewed by: rwatson (earlier version)
MFC after: 2 months
the net80211 layer has complete control over the handling of mgt frames
(in particular, the ac, tx rate, and retry count); this also allows us
to purge the M_LINK0 flag that was attached to mbufs to mark them as
needing encryption for shared key auth
o change ieee80211_send_setup to take a tid parameter so it can be used
to setup QoS frames
o correct BAR frame construction for AMPDU
o retransmit BAR frames until ACK'd or timeout (use tunables to
control behaviour, default is very aggressive)
o defer seq# update until BAR frame is ACK'd
o add BAR response handling callback for driver to interpose and
push new state to device or push pending aggregates
While here also:
o add backpointer to node in the per-tid tx aggregation data structure
o move ampdu tx state setup/teardown work to separate functions
o yank useless code for setting fixed rate through media opts: this
mechanism didn't scale to HT rates and couldn't handle multiple bands;
fixed tx rates are set with the IEEE80211_IOC_TXPARAMS ioctl
are possibly still being created. The d_secperunit field
contains the number of sectors of the disk and not of the
slice/partition to which the disklabel applies.
Rather than reject the disklabel, we now silently adjust
the field. Existing code, like bslabel(8), does not seem
to check the label that extensively and seems to adjust
fields as a side-effect as well.
In other words, it's not that important apparently, so
gpart should not be too strict about it.
Reported by: nyan@
Reported by: Andriy Gapon <avg@icyb.net.ua>
Olaf Kirch noticed that the i915_set_status_page() function of the i915
kernel driver calls ioremap with an address offset that is supplied by
userspace via ioctl. The function zeroes the mapped memory via memset
and tells the hardware about the address. Turns out that access to that
ioctl is not restricted to root so users could probably exploit that to
do nasty things. We haven't tried to write actual exploit code though.
It only affects the Intel G33 series and newer.
Approved by: bz (secteam)
Obtained from: Intel drm repo
Security: CVE-2008-3831
Memory Interface (CFI). The flash memory can be read and written
to through /dev/cfi# and an ioctl() exists so processes can read
the query information.
The driver supports the AMD and Intel command set, though only
the AMD command has been tested.
Obtained from: Juniper Networks, Inc.
established a valid link or not.
In rl_start_locked, don't try to send packets unless we have valid
link. While I'm here add a check that verifies whether driver can
accept Tx requests by inspecting IFF_DRV_OACTIVE/IFF_DRV_RUNNING
flag.
- The hardware does not support DAC so limit DMA address space to
4GB.
- Removed BUS_DMA_ALLOC_NOW flag.
- Created separated Tx buffer and Rx buffer DMA tags. Previously
it used to single DMA tag and it was not possible to specify
different DMA restrictions.
- Apply 4 bytes alignment limitation of Tx buffer.
- Apply 8 bytes alignment limitation of Rx buffer.
- Tx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) support.
- Preallocate Tx DMA maps as creating DMA maps take very long time
on architectures that require real DMA maps.
- Adjust guard buffer size to 1522 + 8 as it should include VLAN
and additional reserved bytes in Rx buffer.
- Plug memory leak in device detach. Previously wrong buffer
address was used to free allocated memory.
- Added rl_list_rx_init() to clear Rx buffer and cleared the
buffer.
- Don't destroy DMA maps in rl_txeof() as the DMA map should be
reused. There is no reason to destroy/recreate the DMA maps in
this driver.
- Removed rl_dma_map_rxbuf()/rl_dma_map_txbuf() callbacks.
- The hardware does not support descriptor based DMA on Tx side
and the Tx buffer address should be aligned on 4 bytes boundary
as well as manual padding for short frames. Because of this
hardware limitation rl(4) always used to invoke m_defrag(9) to
get a 4 bytes aligned single buffer. However m_defrag(9) takes
a lot of CPU cycles on slow machines and not all packets need
the help of m_defrag(9). Armed with the information, don't
invoke m_defrag(9) if the following conditions are true.
1. Buffer is not fragmented.
2. Buffer is aligned on 4 bytes boundary.
3. Manual padding is not necessary.
4. Or padding is necessary but upper stack passed a writable
buffer and the space needed for padding is satisfied.
This change combined with preallocated DMA maps greatly
increased Tx performance of driver on sparc64.
- Moved bus_dmamap_sync(9) in rl_start_locked() to rl_encap() and
corrected memory synchronization operation specifier of
bus_dmamap_sync(9).
- Removed bus_dmamap_unload(9) in rl_stop(). There is no need to
reload/unload Rx buffer as rl(4) always have to copy from the
buffer. It just needs proper bus_dmamap_sync(9) calls before
copying the received frame.
With this change rl(4) should work on systems with more than 4GB
memory.
PR: kern/128143
with several points unappropriate for the present parser. This patch
disables input-to-output analog monitoring but instead fixes recording.
Tested by Tobias Grosser on ThinkPad T61p.
might make Qualcomm and Option cards (which have all endpoints in 1
interface) work.
- Change the USB buffer sizes to depend on the transfer speed. With UMTS
we use a buffer 384k / 1000 frames/sec * 50msecs =~ 15kB for example.
- Add a MODULE_VERSION statement
when thread is in kernel mode, it can cause dead loop, now unlock
process lock after acquired sleep queue lock and thread lock to
avoid the problem. This means TDF_NEEDSIGCHK and TDF_NEEDSUSPCHK must
be set with process lock and thread lock being hold at same time.
but I inadvertently overwrote the change when I synced to git. Commit
the fix in both places, so this doesn't happen again.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
This update fixes a transmit bug in the multi-queue (MSI-X) firmware
which happens when RDMAs complete out of order, and provides
improved support for the new Myri10GE NIC models (10G-PCIE-8Bx)
Sponsored by: Myricom Inc.
MFC after:3 days
With our new TTY layer we use a two step device destruction procedure.
The TTY first gets abandoned by the device driver. When the TTY layer
notices all threads have left the TTY layer, it deallocates the TTY.
This means that the device unit number should not be reused before a
callback from the TTY layer to the device driver has been made. newbus
doesn't seem to support this concept (yet), so right now just add a
destructor with a big comment in it. It's not ideal, but at least it's
better than panicing.
Reported by: rnoland
unnecessary, the normal process lock and thread lock are enough. The
spin lock is still needed for process and thread exiting to mimic
single sched_lock.
machine arm
device mem
device uart_ns8250
options GEOM_BSD
options GEOM_MBR
Remove the first three from all kernel configuration files
(sometimes commented-out) and change geom_bsd and geom_mbr
from standard to optional.
machine arm
device mem
options GEOM_BSD
options GEOM_MBR
Remove the first two from all kernel configuration files and
change geom_bsd and geom_mbr from standard to optional.
rest in kern_getdirentries(). Use kern_getdirentries() to implement
freebsd32_getdirentries(). This fixes a bug where calls to getdirentries()
in 32-bit binaries would trash the 4 bytes after the 'long base' in
userland.
Submitted by: ups
MFC after: 1 week
Driver supports PCI devices with class 8 and subclass 5 according to
SD Host Controller Specification.
Update NOTES, enable module and static build.
Enable related mmc and mmcsd modules build.
Discussed on: mobile@, current@
other fixes:
- Add pointers back to device_t objects in softc structures instead
of storing the unit and using devclass_get_device().
- Add 'lpbb', 'pcf', 'pps', and 'vpo' child devices to every 'ppbus' device
instead of just the first one.
- Store softc pointers in si_drv1 of character devices instead of
pulling the unit number from the minor number and using
devclass_get_softc() and devclass_get_device().
- Store the LP_BYPASS flag in si_drv2 instead of encoding it in the minor
number.
- Destroy character devices for lpt(4) when detaching the device.
- Use bus_print_child_footer() instead of duplicating it in
ppbus_print_child() and fix ppbus_print_child()'s return value.
- Remove unused AVM ivar from ppbus.
- Don't store the 'mode' ivar in the ppbus ivars since we always fetch it
from the parent anyway.
- Try to detach all the child devices before deleting them in
ppbus_detach().
- Use pause() instead of a tsleep() on a dummy address when polling the
ppbus.
- Use if_printf() and device_printf() instead of explicit names with unit
numbers.
Silence on: current@
but is not used anymore. This define is not referenced by anything
in the FreeBSD srcs nor google shows any usage. Kernel and world
builds fine without it.
Approved by: kib (mentor)
- If there aren't spinlocks held, but there are problems with old
sleeplocks, they are not reported.
- If the spinlock found is not the only one, problems are not reported.
Fix these 2 problems.
Reported by: tegge
already (but probably had been way above as the code was there twice)
and describe what was last changed in rev. 1.199 there (which now is
in sync with in6_src.c r184096).
Pointed at by: mlaier
MFC after: 2 mmonths
ephemeral port allocation as implemented in netinet/in_pcb.c rev. 1.143
(initially from OpenBSD) and follow-up commits during the last four and
a half years including rev. 1.157, 1.162 and 1.199.
This now is relying on the same infrastructure as has been implemented
in in_pcb.c since rev. 1.199.
Reviewed by: silby, rpaulo, mlaier
MFC after: 2 months
and ffs_lock. This cannot catch situations where holdcnt is incremented
not by curthread, but I think it is useful.
Reviewed by: tegge, attilio
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 2 weeks
MNTK_UNMOUNT before, and mnt_mtx is used as interlock. vfs_busy() always
tries to obtain a shared lock on mnt_lock, the other user is unmount who
tries to drain it, setting MNTK_UNMOUNT before.
Reviewed by: tegge, attilio
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 2 weeks
Export the active and bootable flags as attributes in
the configuration XML and allow them to be manipulated
with the set/unset commands.
Since libdisk treats the flags as part of the partition
type, preserve behavior by keeping them included in the
configuration text.
realtimer_expire() to not rearm the timer, otherwise there is a chance
that a callout will be left there and be tiggered in future unexpectly.
Bug reported by: tegge@
not the string formatted at the time of CTRX() call. Stack_ktr(9) uses
an on-stack buffer for the symbol name, that is supplied as an argument
to ktr. As result, stack_ktr() traces show garbage or cause page faults.
Fix stack_ktr() by using pointer to module symbol table that is supposed
to have a longer lifetime.
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 1 week
It is required for async cancellation to work.
Fix PROC_LOCK leak in linux_tgkill when signal delivery attempt is made
to not linux process.
Do not call em_find(p, ...) with p unlocked.
Move common code for linux_tkill() and linux_tgkill() into
linux_do_tkill().
Change linux siginfo_t definition to match actual linux one. Extend
uid fields to 4 bytes from 2. The extension does not change structure
layout and is binary compatible with previous definition, because i386
is little endian, and each uid field has 2 byte padding after it.
Reported by: Nicolas Joly <njoly pasteur fr>
Submitted by: dchangin
MFC after: 1 month
- fix bugs where we would:
- try to map the hypervisors address space
- accidentally kick out an existing kernel mapping for some domain creation memory allocation sizes
- accidentally skip a 2MB kernel mapping for some domain creation memory allocation sizes
- don't rely on trapping in to xen to read rcr2, reference through vcpu
- whitespace cleanups
Erase operation gives card's logic information about unused areas to help it
implement wear-leveling with lower overhead comparing to usual writing.
Erase is much faster then write and does not depends on data bus speed.
Also as result of hitting in-card write logic optimizations I have measured
up to 50% performance boost on writing undersized blocks into preerased areas.
At the same time there are strict limitations on size and allignment of erase
operations. We can erase only blocks aligned to the erase sector size and
with size multiple of it. Different cards has different erase sector size
which usually varies from 64KB to 4MB. SD cards actually allow to erase
smaller blocks, but it is much more expensive as it is implemented via
read-erase-write sequence and so not sutable for the BIO_DELETE purposes.
Reviewed by: imp@
be given when the user has enabled it). (Michael Tuexen)
- Sack Immediately was not being set properly on the actual chunk, it
was only put in the rcvd_flags which is incorrect. (Michael Tuexen)
- added an ifndef userspace to one of the already present macro's for
inet (Brad Penoff)
Obtained from: Michael Tuexen and Brad Penoff
MFC after: 4 weeks
credentials from inp_cred which is also available after the
socket is gone.
Switch cr_canseesocket consumers to cr_canseeinpcb.
This removes an extra acquisition of the socket lock.
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 3 months (set timer; decide then)
(still a power of 2) rather than 63k transfers. Even with 63k transfers
some machines (such as Dell SC1435's) were experiencing chronic data
corruption.
- Use the MIO method to talk to the Serverworks HT1000_S1 SATA controller
like all the other SATA controllers rather than the compat PATA
method. This lets the controller see all 4 SATA ports and also
matches the behavior of the Linux driver.
Silence from: sos
MFC after: 3 days
bank instead of copper/fiber bank which in turn resulted in
wrong registers were accessed during PHY operation. It is
believed that page 0 should be used for copper PHY so reinitialize
E1000_EADR to select default copper PHY.
This fixes link establishment issue of nfe(4) on Sun Fire X4140.
OpenBSD also has similimar patch but they just reset the E1000_EADR
register to page 0. However some Marvell PHYs((88E3082, 88E1000)
don't have the extended address register and the meaning of the
register is quite different for each PHY model. So selecting copper
PHY is limited to 88E1149 PHY which seems to be the only one that
exhibits link establishment problem. If parent device know the type
of PHY(either copper or fiber) that information should be notified
to PHY driver but there is no good way to pass this information yet.
Reported by: thompsa
Reviewed by: thompsa
PCPU_PTR() curthread can migrate on another CPU and get incorrect
results.
- Fix a similar race into witness_warn().
- Fix the interlock's checks bypassing by correctly using the appropriate
children even when the lock_list chunk to be explored is not the first
one.
- Allow witness_warn() to work with spinlocks too.
Bugs found by: tegge
Submitted by: jhb, tegge
Tested by: Giovanni Trematerra <giovanni dot trematerra at gmail dot com>
the Sierra and Novatel devices, ignore all umass devices and hide the umass
devices that represent the CD ROM devices (but not the SD card slot in the
Huawei Mobile dongle).
Note: This driver in FBSD7 seems to suffer from memory corruption when used
with an Option GT Quad. The E220 however works flawlessly.
Also add the ID for the Option GTMaxHSUPA, provided by Olivier Fromme.
Read the other way round this means that even with the checks
the m_len turned negative in some cases which led to panics.
The reason to my understanding seems to be that the checks are wrong
(also for v4) ignoring possible padding when checking cmsg_len or
padding after data when adjusting the mbuf.
Doing proper cheks seems to break applications like named so
further investigation and regression tests are needed.
PR: kern/119123
Tested by: Ashish Shukla wahjava gmail.com
MFC after: 3 days
- Change the ddb(4) commands to be more useful (by thompsa@):
- `show ttys' is now called `show all ttys'. This command will now
also display the address where the TTY data structure resides.
- Add `show tty <addr>', which dumps the TTY in a readable form.
- Place an upper bound on the TTY buffer sizes. Some drivers do not want
to care about baud rates. Protect these drivers by preventing the TTY
buffers from getting enormous. Right now we'll just clamp it to 64K,
which is pretty high, taking into account that these buffers are only
used by the built-in discipline.
- Only call ttydev_leave() when needed. Back in April/May the TTY
reference counting mechanism was a little different, which required us
to call ttydev_leave() each time we finished a cdev operation.
Nowadays we only need to call ttydev_leave() when we really mark it as
being closed.
- Improve return codes of read() and write() on TTY device nodes.
- Make sure we really wake up all blocked threads when the driver calls
tty_rel_gone(). There were some possible code paths where we didn't
properly wake up any readers/writers.
- Add extra assertions to prevent sleeping on a TTY that has been
abandoned by the driver.
- Use ttydev_cdevsw as a more reliable method to figure out whether a
device node is a real TTY device node.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
Reviewed by: thompsa
this eliminates some problems of locking, e.g, a thread lock is needed
but can not be used at that time. Only the process lock is needed now
for new field.
o better quality of the movement smoothing
o more features such as tap-hold and virtual scrolling
Support must still be enabled with this line in your /boot/loader.conf:
hw.psm.synaptics_support="1"
The following sysctls were removed:
hw.psm.synaptics.low_speed_threshold
hw.psm.synaptics.min_movement
hw.psm.synaptics.squelch_level
An overview of this new driver and a short documentation about the added
sysctls is available on the wiki:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/SynapticsTouchpad
simplifies certain device attachments (Kauai ATA, for instance), and makes
possible others on new hardware.
On G5 systems, there are several otherwise standard PCI devices
(Serverworks SATA) that will not allow their interrupt properties to be
written, so this information must be supplied directly from Open Firmware.
Obtained from: sparc64
This uses the common U-Boot support lib (sys/boot/uboot, already used on
FreeBSD/powerpc), and assumes the underlying firmware has the modern API for
stand-alone apps enabled in the config (CONFIG_API).
Only netbooting is supported at the moment.
Obtained from: Marvell, Semihalf
FreeBSD 8-CURRENT was tested and run successfully on the following eval
boards and devices :
* DB-88F5182, DB-88F5281 (Orion based)
* DB-88F6281, RD-88F6281 (Kirkwood based)
* DB-78100 (Discovery based)
For more detailed info on build instructions and other examples please refer
to http://wiki.freebsd.org/FreeBSDMarvell
Obtained from: Marvell, Semihalf
user-mode pointers. Change types used in the structures definitions to
properly-sized architecture-specific types.
Submitted by: dchagin
MFC after: 1 week
This supports 1Gbps Ethernet engine found on ARM-based SOCs (Orion, Kirkwood,
Discovery), as well as on system controllers for PowerPC processors (MV64430,
MV6446x).
The following advanced features are supported:
- multicast
- VLAN tagging
- IP/TCP/UDP checksum calculation offloading
- polling
- interrupt coalescing
Obtained from: Marvell, Semihalf
the last byte of the ethernet address was not read which in turn
resulted in getting 5 out of the 6 bytes of ethernet address and
always returned ENOENT. I did not notice the bug on FPGA version
because of additional configuration data in EEPROM.
Pointed out by: bouyer at NetBSD
example the Huawei Mobile has an SD card slot on the second interface.
- Do not attach to Qualcomm and Novatel cards. If ignored these cards will
switch to modem mode automatically it seems.
- Reduce the priority on generic attachment to the appropriate level.
Note: A better solution is to send an eject command straightaway, but that can
be left till later.
* Orion
- 88F5181
- 88F5182
- 88F5281
* Kirkwood
- 88F6281
* Discovery
- MV78100
The above families of SOCs are built around CPU cores compliant with ARMv5TE
instruction set architecture definition. They share a number of integrated
peripherals. This commit brings support for the following basic elements:
* GPIO
* Interrupt controller
* L1, L2 cache
* Timers, watchdog, RTC
* TWSI (I2C)
* UART
Other peripherals drivers will be introduced separately.
Reviewed by: imp, marcel, stass (Thanks guys!)
Obtained from: Marvell, Semihalf
The physical page which we clear is accessed via additional temp kernel
mapping for the period of zeroing operation. However in systems with virtual
d-cache (most ARMs) when write-allocate feature is enabled, we can have
modified but unflushed content pertaining to this physical page still in the
d-cache due to its primary (pre-existing) mapping. In such scenario that
cached content upon flush is likely to overwrite [portions of] the physical
page we want to zero here..
This is a general problem with multiple virtual mappings covering the same
physical page with write-allocate and virtual d-cache: there is inherent
potential for corruptions of this kind, which are not easily resolved; it is
best policy that such multiple mappings be not allowed.
Obtained from: Marvell, Semihalf
will ease the identification of memory leaks as the OS will be able to track
allocations for us by malloc type. vmstat -m will show all of the
allocations.
Convert the calls to drm_alloc() and friends, which are used in shared code
to static __inline__ while we are here.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
from operating on a list with a single item. This code is used much more by
the i915 driver with xorg-7.4. Correct it to match the actual linux
implementation.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
busmastering support. This also adds register definitions for MSI support,
which we will be using shortly.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
Obtained from: drm git master
macio's enable-enet word, which apparently does nothing on some machines,
open an OF instance of the ethernet controller. This fixes cold booting
from disk on my Blue & White G3.
MFC after: 3 days
Diff minimization against ldscript.mips.
Note: CFE will not load PT_DYNAMIC segments, therefore the dynamic
sections have been placed in a PT_LOAD segment for now. This is not
too efficient in terms of memory use, they should probably get
placed in the text segment.
device id is JMC260 family. Previously it just verified the deivce
is JMC260 Rev A0. This will make it easy for newer JMC2xx support.
Pointed out by: bouyer at NetBSD
controllers and it seems to work just fine with at least an
add-on SAS3080X. While at it, remove the commented out ncr(4)
as it doesn't even use bus_dma(9), which isn't worth fixing
though as sym(4) already supports a superset of the controllers
driven by ncr(4).
In particular following functions KPI results modified:
- bufobj_invalbuf()
- bufsync()
and BO_SYNC() "virtual method" of the buffer objects set.
Main consumers of bufobj functions are affected by this change too and,
in particular, functions which changed their KPI are:
- vinvalbuf()
- g_vfs_close()
Due to the KPI breakage, __FreeBSD_version will be bumped in a later
commit.
As a side note, please consider just temporary the 'curthread' argument
passing to VOP_SYNC() (in bufsync()) as it will be axed out ASAP
Reviewed by: kib
Tested by: Giovanni Trematerra <giovanni dot trematerra at gmail dot com>
designed drivers would never hit, but was exposed in diving into
another problem...
When expanding the devclass array, free the old memory after updating
the pointer to the new memory. For the following single race case,
this helps:
allocate new memory
copy to new memory
free old memory
<interrupt> read pointer to freed memory
update pointer to new memory
Now we do
allocate new memory
copy to new memory
update pointer to new memory
free old memory
Which closes this problem, but doesn't even begin to address the
multicpu races, which all should be covered by Giant at the moment,
but likely aren't completely.
Note: reviewers were ok with this fix, but suggested the use case
wasn't one we wanted to encourage.
Reviewed by: jhb, scottl.
This was located in the ubsa driver, but should be moved into a separate
driver:
- 3G modems provide multiple serial ports to allow AT commands while the PPP
connection is up.
- 3G modems do not provide baud rate or other serial port settings.
- Huawei cards need specific initialisation.
- ubsa is for Belkin adapters, an Linuxy choice for another device like 3G.
Speeds achieved here with a weak signal at best is ~40kb/s (UMTS). No spooky
STALLED messages as well.
Next: Move over all entries for Sierra and Novatel cards once I have found
testers, and implemented serial port enumeration for Sierra (or rather have
Andrea Guzzo do it). They list all endpoints in 1 iface instead of 4 ifaces.
Submitted by: aguzzo@anywi.com
MFC after: 3 weeks
avoid being picked up by the DTrace fbt provider.
This is called by __udivdi3() for doing 64bit division on a 32bit arch and may
be called from within the dtrace context causing a double fault.
have in common right now is a memset. This saves a parameter to
these routines, as well as a level of indentation.
o Make mmc_get_bits a little clearer... It really only works on 128-bit
registers right now.
reduce ABI disruptions when new cpu types and new PMC events are added
in the future.
- Support alternate spellings for PMC events. Derive the canonical
spelling of an event name from its enumeration name in 'enum pmc_event'.
- Provide a way for users to disambiguate between identically named events
supported by multiple classes of PMCs in a CPU.
- Change libpmc's machine-dependent event specifier parsing code to
better support CPUs containing two or more classes of PMC resources.
If you just config KERNEL as usual there should be no apparent changes, you'll get all chipset support code compiled in.
However there is now a way to only compile in code for chipsets needed on a pr vendor basis. ATA now has the following "device" entries:
atacore: ATA core functionality, always needed for any ATA setup
atacard: CARDBUS support
atacbus: PC98 cbus support
ataisa: ISA bus support
atapci: PCI bus support only generic chipset support.
ataahci: AHCI support, also pulled in by some vendor modules.
ataacard, ataacerlabs, ataadaptec, ataamd, ataati, atacenatek, atacypress, atacyrix, atahighpoint, ataintel, ataite, atajmicron, atamarvell, atamicron, atanational, atanetcell, atanvidia, atapromise, ataserverworks, atasiliconimage, atasis, atavia; Vendor support, ie atavia for VIA chipsets
atadisk: ATA disk driver
ataraid: ATA softraid driver
atapicd: ATAPI cd/dvd driver
atapifd: ATAPI floppy/flashdisk driver
atapist: ATAPI tape driver
atausb: ATA<>USB bridge
atapicam: ATA<>CAM bridge
This makes it possible to config a kernel with just VIA chipset support by having the following ATA lines in the kernel config file:
device atacore
device atapci
device atavia
And then you need the atadisk, atapicd etc lines in there just as usual.
If you use ATA as modules loaded at boot there is few changes except the rename of the "ata" module to "atacore", things looks just as usual.
However under atapci you now have a whole bunch of vendor specific drivers, that you can kldload individually depending on you needs. Drivers have the same names as used in the kernel config explained above.
have_interp to TRUE. This allows the code in image activator to try
/libexec/ld-elf.so.1 as interpreter when newinterp is not found to
execute.
Reviewed by: peter
MFC after: 2 weeks (together with r175105)
Use mbuf tagging for accounted packets to not account packets twice when
both ingress and egress netflow enabled.
To keep compatibility new "setconfig" message added to control new
functionality. By default node works as before, doing only ingress
accounting without using mbuf tags.
Reviewed by: glebius
descriptor pointer in unp_freerights: we can no longer recurse into
unp_gc due to unp_gc being invoked in a deferred way, but it's still
a good idea.
MFC after: 3 days
no data is ready, return 0 rather than blocking or returning EAGAIN.
This is consistent with the behavior of soreceive_generic (soreceive)
in earlier versions of FreeBSD, and restores this behavior for UDP.
Discussed with: jhb, sam
MFC after: 3 days
bring in FIXUP_BOOT_DRV functionality as an #ifdef. This is not
enabled at this time, and the md5 remains constant with this change.
Apart from the 'accept any partitioning scheme on the device' changes,
this was the biggest delta...
# and yes, we'll merge these into one source file if we can do that in a
# way that makes sense.
Obtained from: sys/boot/arm/ixp425/boot2/boot2.c
boot an amd64 kernel. If not, then fail the boot request with an error
message. Otherwise, the boot attempt will fail with a BTX fault when
trying to read the EFER MSR.
MFC after: 3 days
improperly invoking sosend(), soreceive(), and sopoll() instead of
attach either specialized or _generic() versions of those functions
to their pru_sosend, pru_soreceive, and pru_sopoll protosw methods.
MFC after: 3 days
netisr or ithread's socket buffer size limit is not the right limit to
use. Instead, pass NULL as the other two calls to sbreserve_locked()
in the TCP input path (tcp_mss()) do.
In practice, this is a no-op, as ithreads and the netisr run without a
process limit on socket buffer use, and a NULL thread pointer leads to
not using the process's limit, if any. However, if tcp_input() is
called in other contexts that do have limits, this may prevent the
incorrect limit from being used.
MFC after: 3 days
can reliably provoke data corruption on systems equipped with a
plenty of memory during high load.
Reported by: gnn via iXsystems
MFC candidate: RELENG_7_1, RELENG_7
code. Added a copyright for the work I did to this file a couple of
years ago. Add John's copyright too, since I'm sure I'll be pulling
more into this code. This also implements a new -n option to not
allow breaking into the boot sequence which was original in the patch
John posted (not in the original i386 code I based this boot2.c on,
only the name is the same). I haven't checked to see if he did that,
or if it was one of Sam's improvements.
Submitted by: jhay@
single stepped the process to the system call), we need to clear
the trap flag from the new frame. Otherwise, the new thread will
receive a (likely unexpected) SIGTRAP when it executes the first
instruction after returning to userland.
booting from an MFS root (e.g. from an install CD) firmware_mountroot
can be called twice with the second call happening before the task
callback occurs; this results in the task structure contents being
corrupted because it was declared static.
Submitted by: marius (original version)
syscalls expect the bitmap size in the range from 32 to 128. Old glibc
always assumed size 1024, while newer glibc searches for approriate
size, starting from 1024 and going up.
For now, use FreeBSD size of cpuset_t for bitmap size parameter and
return EINVAL if length of user space bitmap less than our size of
cpuset_t.
Submitted by: dchagin
MFC after: 1 week
[This requires MFC of the actual linux affinity syscalls]
This means that inp_cred is always there, even after the socket
has gone away. It also means that it is constant for the lifetime
of the inp.
Both facts lead to simpler code and possibly less locking.
Suggested by: rwatson
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 6 weeks
X-MFC Note: use a inp_pspare for inp_cred
We don't explicity check for error here and M_WAITOK will just put the
process to sleep waiting on resources to become available.
Suggested by jhb@
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
sbuf instead of doing uiomove. This allows for reads from non-zero
offsets to work.
Patch is forward-ported des@' one, and was adopted to current code
by dchagin@ and me.
Reviewed by: des (linprocfs part)
PR: kern/101453
MFC after: 1 week
- extend ub_dev_read() and ub_dev_recv() so that the actual len and
all error codes can be passed and processed properly; unify behaviour of
these routines
- introduce syscall general error code (API_ESYSC)
in GENERIC and LINT. [1]
- Rename hpt_dbg_level to hpt_iop_dbg_level to avoid multiple definition
of hpt_dbg_level (hptmv also has hpt_dbg_level).
PR: 127551 [1]
Reviewed by: scottl@
MFC after: 1 month
NDIS_TXPKTS and don't allocate unused extra spaces for sc->ndis_txarray
and sc->ndis_txpool.
PR: kern/127644
Submitted by: Antoine Pelisse <apelisse_at_gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week
This reverts a private patch which is causing issues with many Intel chipsets.
I will review that patch and see what we need to do to fix it up later, but
for the time being, we will just get these chips working again.
This update contains a lot of code cleanup and is post gem merge
(no, we don't have gem support). It should prove much easier to read the
code now. A lot of thanks goes to vehemens for that work. I have adapted
the code to use cdevpriv for tracking per open file data. That alleviates
the old ugly hack that we used to try and accomplish the task and helped to
clean up the open / close behavior a good bit. This also replaces the hack
that was put in place a year or so ago to prevent radeons from locking up
with AIGLX enabled. I have had a couple of radeon testers report that it
still works as expected, though I no longer have radeon hardware to test with
myself. Other various fixes from the linux crew and Intel, many of
which are muddled in with the gem merge.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
Obtained from: mesa/drm git master
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Staticize and locally prototype functions uipc_ctloutput(), unp_dispose(),
unp_init(), and unp_externalize(), none of which have been required
outside of uipc_usrreq.c since uipc_proto.c was removed.
- Remove stale prototype for uipc_usrreq(), which has not existed in the
code since 1997
- Forward declare and staticize uipc_usrreqs structure in uipc_usrreq.c and
not un.h.
- Comment on why uipc_connect2() is still non-static -- it is used directly
by fifofs.
- Remove stale comments, tidy up whitespace.
MFC after: 3 days (where applicable)
For the jail case we are already looping over the interface addresses
before falling back to the only IP address of a jail in case of no
match. This is in preparation for the upcoming multi-IPv4/v6/no-IP
jail patch this change was developed with initially.
This also changes the semantics of selecting the IP for processes within
a jail as it now uses the same logic as outside the jail (with additional
checks) but no longer is on a mutually exclusive code path.
Benchmarks had shown no difference at 95.0% confidence for neither the
plain nor the jail case (even with the additional overhead). See:
http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-net/2008-September/019531.html
Inpsired by a patch from: Yahoo! (partially)
Tested by: latest multi-IP jail patch users (implictly)
Discussed with: rwatson (general things around this)
Reviewed by: mostly silence (feedback from bms)
Help with benchmarking from: kris
MFC after: 2 months
SRCDIR is seeded from `pwd` which not only means src/sys/ but
also src/include/ (and possibly src/usr.sbin/amd/include/ ?).
Trying to build world resulted in
===> include (includes)
cd /usr/src/include; make buildincludes; make installincludes
creating osreldate.h from newvers.sh
cd: can't cd to /usr/src/include/sys
*** Error code 2
as there is apparently no src/include/sys.
There are multiple possible solutions ranging from seeding SRCDIR from
the environment to adding more substitution patterns.
Reported by: sam, bz
Proper solution to be implemented and tested by: peter
This changes from a line discipline to the tty_hooks mechanism. Data will come
in directly via rint_bypass and sent to the peer node in a single mbuf.
As line disciplines are no longer used a new netgraph command called
NGM_TTY_SET_TTY is used to attach the tty. This takes a pointer to to the open
file descriptor of the tty and registers the tty hooks. When the tty disappears
the node will shutdown.
Thanks to: ed
Sponsored by: Hobnob, Inc
obtained from Linux forcedeth driver.
While I'm here move creating a sysctl node for process_limit to
function nfe_sysctl_node().
Tested by: "Arno J. Klaassen" < arno <at> heho dot snv dot jussieu dot fr >
g33 based chips use a different method of identifying the gtt size.
g45 based chips gtt is located in a different area of stolen memory.
Approved by: jhb (mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
added in FreeBSD 6.x to break the binary layout of the data structure
during a conversion to C99 sparse structure initialization. Probably
should have been removed before 7.0, but 8.0 will do.
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
to store the socket address stored in the first mbuf in a packet chain.
This reduces contention on the lock and CPU system time in certain UDP
workloads.
Tested by: ps
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 1 week
It turns out I overlooked some function prototypes that were actually
TTY related, but were stored in <sys/conf.h> to implement the D_TTY
flag. Remove these prototypes now that they don't exist anymore.
- Support for Myricom 10G-PCIE-8B NICs
- multi-slice firmware: fix a bug when the presence of 32-bit or
64-bit DMA addresses for interrupt queues and data is not uniform across
slices.
- Improves automatic selection between ethp_z8e/eth_z8e
Sponsored by: Myricom Inc.
the gvinum header in fields of fixed size and in a big endian byte order
rather than the size and byte order of the actual platform.
Note that the change is backwards compatible with the old gvinum configuration
format, but will save the configuration in the new format when the 'saveconfig'
command is executed.
Submitted by: Rick C. Petty <rick-freebsd -at- kiwi-computer.com>
- Update or remove comments that were left over from the original
soreceive_generic() implementation. Quite a few were misleading in the
context of the new code.
- Since soreceive_dgram() has a simpler structure, replace several gotos
with a while loop making the invariants more clear.
- In the blocking while loop, don't try to handle cases incompatible with
the loop invariant (since m is always NULL, don't check for and handle
non-NULL).
- Don't drop and re-acquire the socket buffer lock unnecessarily after
sbwait() returns, which may help reduce lock contention (etc).
- Assume PR_ATOMIC since we assert it at the top of the function.
MFC after: 3 days
with kernel_map->system_mtx held so these aren't needed. Add an
assertion to make sure this is the case.
Also, fix a minor style(9) nit.
Reviewed by: alc@
- simplify page hold logic
- allow pages for processes other than that of curthread to
have pages held
- normalize the interface to more closely resemble the functions in
sys/vm
MFC after: 1 week
belongs solely to the driver.
We don't lose any statistics with this change, because in a error
case the drop counter on the interface output queue is always incremented.
Reviewed by: thompsa
only mode and restore original value of extended address register
instead of overwriting it with page 1. There are still instance
information passing issue(e.g configured media type: fiber or
copper) from driver to PHY layer but this change make the selected
PHY work with 88E1112 PHY.
Reported by: Krzysztof Jedruczyk < beaker <at> hot dot pl >
Tested by: Krzysztof Jedruczyk < beaker <at> hot dot pl >
This should fix occasional Tx checksum corruption issue.
Reported by: Garrett Cooper < yanefbsd <at> gmail dot com >
Tested by: Garrett Cooper < yanefbsd <at> gmail dot com >
disabled by default because there's problems with it on AT91RM9200,
currently the only host controller in the tree. I've not had time to
track those problems to ground. I'm committing because this is
important for other host controllers that are in the pipeline.
Submitted by: mav@
but an RW mapping exists for the underlying page. This change fixes the bug by using the
page / NULL returned from pmap_extract_and_hold to determine whether or not vm_fault needs
to be called.
The bug was pointed out by alc.
MFC after: 3 days
into the separate function vm_pageout_oom(). Supply a parameter for
vm_pageout_oom() describing a reason for the call.
Call vm_pageout_oom() from the swp_pager_meta_build() when swap zone
is exhausted.
Reviewed by: alc
Tested by: pho, jhb
MFC after: 2 weeks
if the probe succeeds. This guarantees that the BSD scheme
wins over the MBR scheme when MBR gets to probe first. Build-
or link-time conditions can cause schemes to end up in the
linker set in a different order. Normally BSD is before MBR
in the linker set and as such get to probe first. But typically
when the kernel gets rebuild or relinked, this can change.
sys/param.h and move the MI numbers out of here. Also move the MI
defines. Also remove a couple defines not in use (not sure if it is
age, or OpenBSD origins for thse). Note the current values that are
overrides that appear to be odd in some way.
More cleanup could be done here: NBPG appears to be spelled PAGE_SIZE
these days. There's new ways to spell PGOFSET and PGSHIFT too, I
think. These constants duplicate the MI constants and are sprinkled
into the mips code only. Further investigation is needed.
all to date and the latter also is only used in ia64 and powerpc
code which no longer serves a real purpose after bring-up and just
can be removed as well. Note that architectures like sun4u also
provide no means of implementing IPI'ing a CPU itself natively
in the first place.
Suggested by: jhb
Reviewed by: arch, grehan, jhb
former more explicitly tells the compiler that you want an empty loop.
There are some lint programs that use this hint to avoid generating
warnings.
No functional change...
JBus to PCI 2.2 bridges. In theory, this driver should also handle
`XMITS' Fireplane/Safari to PCI-X bridges but due to lack of access
to such hardware, support for these hasn't be fleshed out, yet.
that a nested partition (typically the BSD disklabel)
is not done tasting while the root file system is being
mounted. While this is rare, it's still possible.
in the transmit path, such as TCPS_TIMEWAIT, fail the credential
extraction immediately rather than acquiring locks and looking up
the inpcb on the global lists in order to reach the conclusion that
the credential extraction has failed.
This is more efficient, but more importantly, it avoids lock
recursion on the inpcbinfo, which is no longer allowed with rwlocks.
This appears to have been responsible for at least two reported
panics.
MFC after: 3 days
Reported by: ganbold
that DTrace uses.
This fixes a bug that would have affected kernels built with MAC and all
kernels built after the mpsafetty integration.
The bug will be apparent in RELENG7 on MAC kernels.
Reported by: kan
and Xlazypmap differ from the frame for Xtimerint. The Xtimerint puts
pointer to the frame between return address and frame body, while rest
of the functions listed above do not. Correct offset calculation to
allow the ddb backtrace to step over such frames.
Noted and reviewed by: tegge
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 1 week
setting TDF_INPANIC then it will never be rescheduled again. Wrap
setting the panic condition with the critical section.
Noted and reviewed by: tegge
MFC after: 1 week
The uminor() and umajor() functions have the same use in kernel space as
the minor() and major() functions in userspace. If we ever get rid of
the minor() function in kernel space, we could decide to just expose
minor() and major() to kernel space, making uminor() and umajor()
redundant.
There are two reasons why we want to have uminor() and umajor() in
<sys/types.h>:
- Having them close together prevents them from diverting. Even though
it's unlikely the definitions will change, it's a good habit to have
them at the same place.
- They don't really belong in kern_conf.c. kern_conf.c has been
liberated from dealing with device major and minor number handling.
The device_ids(9) manpage now lists the wrong #include's, because it
should only list <sys/types.h> now. I'm leaving it as it is now, because
I wonder if we should document them anyway. We're probably better off
documenting minor(3) and major(3).
After I removed all the unit2minor()/minor2unit() calls from the kernel
yesterday, I realised calling minor() everywhere is quite confusing.
Character devices now only have the ability to store a unit number, not
a minor number. Remove the confusion by using dev2unit() everywhere.
This commit could also be considered as a bug fix. A lot of drivers call
minor(), while they should actually be calling dev2unit(). In -CURRENT
this isn't a problem, but it turns out we never had any problem reports
related to that issue in the past. I suspect not many people connect
more than 256 pieces of the same hardware.
Reviewed by: kib
I've had some reports in the past that opening an already opened TTY
through, for example, /dev/tty can fail with random error codes. Looking
at ttydev_open(), I can see there is a way `error' is returned without
initialising it. Even though I haven't had any confirmation this fixes
the bug, I'll fix it anyway.
Reported by: Andrzej Tobola <ato iem pw edu pl>
filedescriptor into it. Make sure that td_fpop is NULL when calling
d_mmap from dev_pager_getpages().
Change guards against td_fpop field being non-NULL with private state
for another device, and against sudden clearing the td_fpop. This
could occur when either a driver method calls another driver through
the filedescriptor operation, or a page fault happen while driver is
writing to a memory backed by another driver.
Noted by: rwatson
Tested by: rnoland
MFC after: 3 days
To prevent any further confusion about device minor and unit numbers,
we'd better just refer to device unit numbers. Many people still think
the numbers we show inside devfs have any relation to the numbers passed
to make_dev(9), which is not the case.
Discussed with: kib
When I changed kern_conf.c three months ago I made device unit numbers
equal to (unneeded) device minor numbers. We used to require
bitshifting, because there were eight bits in the middle that were
reserved for a device major number. Not very long after I turned
dev2unit(), minor(), unit2minor() and minor2unit() into macro's.
The unit2minor() and minor2unit() macro's were no-ops.
We'd better not remove these four macro's from the kernel, because there
is a lot of (external) code that may still depend on them. For now it's
harmless to remove all invocations of unit2minor() and minor2unit().
Reviewed by: kib
Thanks goes to ITE who provided docs and feedback and made this possible.
Minor fixups to the Intel ICH code for bugs found while doing this.
(ITE8213 is very semilar to an Intel ICH)
MFC after: 1 week
includes syscall32_{de,}register() routines as well as a module handler
and wrapper macros similar to the support for native syscalls in
<sys/sysent.h>.
MFC after: 1 month
- Instead of using a syscall slot (370) just to get a function prototype
for lkmressys(), add an explicit function prototype to <sys/sysent.h>.
This also removes unused special case checks for 'lkmressys' from
makesyscalls.sh.
- Instead of having magic logic in makesyscalls.sh to only generate a
function prototype the first time 'lkmnosys' is seen, make 'NODEF'
always not generate a function prototype and include an explicit
prototype for 'lkmnosys' in <sys/sysent.h>.
- As a result of the fix in (2), update the LKM syscall entries in
the freebsd32 syscall table to use 'lkmnosys' rather than 'nosys'.
- Use NOPROTO for the __syscall() entry (198) in the native ABI. This
avoids the need for magic logic in makesyscalls.h to only generate
a function prototype the first time 'nosys' is encountered.
called without an inpcb pointer despite holding the tcbinfo global
lock, which lead to a deadlock or panic when ipfw tried to further
acquire it recursively.
Reported by: Stefan Ehmann <shoesoft at gmx dot net>
MFC after: 3 days
variable wait routines. DROP_GIANT() already manages that state in the
Giant interlock case.
- Assert that Giant is held when it is passed as a sleep interlock.
the unlocked route caching in if_stf. Add a mutex that protects
access to cached route. This seemed to fix problems for Pekka Savola.
Nick Sayer had similar problems, and in his case completly disabling
the route cache seemed to help. Add a sysctl net.link.stf.route_cache
that can be used to turn off route caching in if_stf.
PR: 122283
MFC after: 2 weeks
Tested by: Pekka Savola, Nick Sayer.
Kick the device into the right mode if it comes up as a flash-disk.
Set the buffers to a sensible 1024 bytes instead of a far too small
default.
Don't attempt to change speed, baud, parity and such, the device does
not understand it.
have hardware ram buffer. The silicon bug seem to be triggered by
pause frames if receive buffer is not aligned on FIFO word(8 bytes).
To workaround the issue, make sure to align Rx buffers on 8 bytes.
Unfortunately this workaround requires yet another Rx fixup for
strict alignment architecture machines to align IP header.
For newer hardwares that lacks ram buffer may not have this bug so
check number of available ram buffer size to see the existence of
ram buffer.
Reported by: Ian Freislich (ianf <at> clue dot co dot za), das
Tested by: Ian Freislich (ianf <at> clue dot co dot za)
Some subsystems (HPS-USB) like to lock down the TTY through a more
generic approach, namely the regular mtx(9) macro's. Allow the TTY lock
to be obtained through the new macro.
Discussed with: hps, thompsa
unmounts. When we upgrade a vnode lock from shared to exclusive during
a name cache lookup, fail the lookup with EBADF if the vnode is invalidated
while we are waiting for the exclusive lock.
Also, for correctness (though I'm not sure it can occur in practice),
downgrade an exclusively locked vnode if it should be share locked.
Tested by: pho
Yesterday I got two reports of potential crashes, related to TTY
deallocation during device closure. When a thread is in TF_OPENCLOSE,
draining its output upon closure, we should not allow calls to
tty_rel_free() to happen at the same time. This could cause the TTY to
be torn down twice.
PR: kern/127561
Reported by: KOIE Hidetaka <koie suri co jp>
Discussed with: thompsa
unconditionally drop the tcbinfo lock (after all, we assert it lines
before), but call tcp_dropwithreset() under both inpcb and inpcbinfo
locks only if we pass in an tcpcb. Otherwise, if the pointer is NULL,
firewall code may later recurse the global tcbinfo lock trying to look
up an inpcb.
This is an instance where a layering violation leads not only
potentially to code reentrace and recursion, but also to lock
recursion, and was revealed by the conversion to rwlocks because
acquiring a read lock on an rwlock already held with a write lock is
forbidden. When these locks were mutexes, they simply recursed.
Reported by: Stefan Ehmann <shoesoft at gmx dot net>
MFC after: 3 days
to the C99 style. At least, it is easier to read sysent definitions
that way, and search for the actual instances of sigcode etc.
Explicitely initialize sysentvec.sv_maxssiz that was missed in most
sysvecs.
No objection from: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
port by OF the syscons won't take over console. Only attach syscons to "screen"
if /chosen/stdout is not connected, which could be the case when loader(8)
is booted directly from the OF. This fixes Marcel's Xserver.
Reported by: marcel
It turns out our old TTY layer (and other implementations) block when
you read() on a PTY master device of which the slave device node has not
been opened yet. Our new implementation just returned 0. This caused
applications like telnetd to die in a very subtle way (when child
processes would open the TTY later than the first call to select()).
Introduce a new flag called PTS_FINISHED, which indicates whether we
should block or bail out of a read() or write() occurs.
Reported by: Claude Buisson <clbuisson orange fr>
and bcmp are not the same thing. 'man bcmp' states that the return is
"non-zero" if the two byte strings are not identical. Where as,
'man memcmp' states that the return is the "difference between the
first two differing bytes (treated as unsigned char values" if the
two byte strings are not identical.
So provide a proper memcmp(9), but it is a C implementation not a tuned
assembly implementation. Therefore bcmp(9) should be preferred over memcmp(9).
containing an Ethernet address fitted as this is yet another thing
that fails in that case in order to avoid the one second delay
until pci_read_vpd_reg() times out.
- Const'ify the bge_devs array.
ufsdirhash_free() introduced in my last commit by removing the dirhash
about to be free'd in ufsdirhash_free() from the global dirhash list
before dropping the sx lock.
Tested by: kris
One of the features that prevented us from fixing some of the TTY
consumers to work once again, was an interface that allowed consumers to
do the following:
- `Sniff' incoming data, which is used by the snp(4) driver.
- Take direct control of the input and output paths of a TTY, which is
used by ng_tty(4), ppp(4), sl(4), etc.
There's no practical advantage in committing a hooks layer without
having any consumers. In P4 there is a preliminary port of snp(4) and
thompsa@ is busy porting ng_tty(4) to this interface. I already want to
have it in the tree, because this may stimulate others to work on the
remaining modules.
Discussed with: thompsa
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
According to style(9), function argument names should only be omitted
for prototypes that are exported to userspace. This means we should
document the function arguments in the TTY header files, because they
are only used in userspace.
While there, change the type of the buffer argument of
ttydisc_rint_bypass() to `const void *' instead of `char *'.
Requested by: attilio
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
IPv4 address, first drop the udbinfo and inpcb locks, which will otherwise
be recursed. This leads to a potential minor race, but is preferable to a
deadlock when acquiring a read lock after a write lock on the inpcb.
MFC after: 3 days
Reported by: Norbert Papke <fbsd-ml@scrapper.ca>, lioux
when it runs on half-duplex media.
While I'm here add register definition for GPREG1. ATM the GPREG1
register is only valid for JMC250 A1/A2.
Submitted by: Ethan at JMicron
o change ieee80211_parse_htcap and ieee80211_parse_htinfo to save only
internal state obtained from the ie's; no dynamic state such as
ni_chw is altered
o add ieee80211_ht_updateparams to parse ht cap+info ie's and update
dynamic node state
o change ieee80211_ht_node_init to not take an htcap ie that is parsed;
instead have the caller make a separate call as one caller wants to
parse the ie while another wants to parse both cap+info ie's and
update state so can better do this with ieee80211_ht_updateparams
These changes fix sta mode state handling where the node's channel
width was shifted to ht20/ht40 prematurely.
don't duplicate this. These are setup according to the role of the
node--the bss node for ap and adhoc modes need to use parameters
that are the least common denomimator of all nodes in the bss;
otherwise we are setting up params for a station joining a bss and
we select those according to the capabilities of the station.
This stuff needs more work as we do extra work due to having setup
in common code paths shared by nodes using both roles.
o don't use the key index to identify when the driver has been
asked to allocate a key slot, use an explicit flag; allows
drivers to force s/w fallback for entries in the global table
o change callback api to allocate driver resources for a crypto key:
- de-const the key parameter so drivers can muck with the flags
- on callback failure don't automatically try to setup s/w crypto;
instead the driver must now mark the key entry for s/w crypto and
the caller will re-attach the cipher module
NB: api change permits drivers more control over fallback to s/w
crypto (e.g. based on a limited number of h/w key slots)
For receive:
o explicitly tag rx frames w/ M_AMPDU instead of passing frames through
the reorder processing according to the node having HT and the frame
being QoS data
o relax ieee80211_ampdu_reorder asserts to allow any frame to be passed
in, unsuitable frames are returned to the caller for normal processing;
this permits drivers that cannot inspect the PLCP to mark all data
frames as potential ampdu candidates with only a small penalty
o add M_AMPDU_MPDU to identify frames resubmitted from the reorder q
For transmit:
o tag aggregation candidates with M_AMPDU_MPDU
o fix the QoS ack policy set in ampdu subframes; we only support immediate
BA streams which should be marked for "normal ack" to get implicit block
ack behaviour; interestingly certain vendor parts BA'd frames with the
11e BA ack policy set
o do not assign a sequence # to aggregation candidates; this must be done
when frames are submitted for transmit (NB: this can/will be handled
better when aggregation is pulled up to net80211)
properly; was doing this only on a change in the protection mode
so the advertised protection mode in the beacon would oscillate.
Submitted by: Chris Zimmermann
o use txa_start to form the addba request and purge txa_seqstart
o fill txa_start before calling ic_addba_request to permit drivers
to override when they handle seq# generation (e.g. mwl)
Because pseudo-terminal master file descriptors no longer have a vnode
underneath, we have to fill in fstat() values ourselves. Make our
implementation somewhat sane by returning the timestamps of the TTY
device node that corresponds with our file descriptor.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafettty/...
the code to prevent useless waste of space.
- Remove support for quote bits. There is not a single driver that needs
these bits anymore. This means putc() now accepts a char instead of an
int.
- Remove the unneeded catq() and nextc() routines. They were only used
by the old TTY layer.
- Convert the clist code to use ANSI C prototypes.
In the MPSAFE TTY branch I noticed the vfs timestamps inside devfs were
allocated with 0, where the getattr() routine bumps the timestamps to
boottime if the value is below 3600. The reason why it has been designed
like this, is because timestamps during boot are likely to be invalid.
This means that device nodes that are created on demand (posix_openpt())
have timestamps with a value of boottime, which is not what we want.
Solve this by calling vfs_timestamp() inside devfs_alloc().
Discussed with: kib
initialize the vattr structure in VOP_GETATTR() with VATTR_NULL(),
vattr_null() or by zeroing it. Remove these to allow preinitialization
of fields work in vn_stat(). This is needed to get birthtime initialized
correctly.
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
Discussed on: freebsd-fs
MFC after: 1 month
NODEV is more appropriate when va_rdev doesn't have a meaningful value.
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
Suggested by: bde
Discussed on: freebsd-fs
MFC after: 1 month
VOP_GETATTR() call in vn_stat(). Thus if a file system doesn't
initialize those fields in VOP_GETATTR() they will have a sane default
value.
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
Discussed on: freebsd-fs
MFC after: 1 month
initialize va_vaflags and va_spare because they are not part of the
VOP_GETATTR() API. Also don't initialize birthtime to ctime or zero.
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
Reviewed by: bde
Discussed on: freebsd-fs
MFC after: 1 month
returning uninitialized birthtime. Most file systems don't initialize
birthtime properly in their VOP_GETTATTR().
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
Reviewed by: bde
Discussed on: freebsd-fs
MFC after: 1 month
Reverse the direction of pmap_promote_pde()'s traversal over the specified
page table page. The direction of the traversal can matter if
pmap_promote_pde() has to remove write access (PG_RW) from a PTE that
hasn't been modified (PG_M). In general, if there are two or more such
PTEs to choose among, it is better to write protect the one nearer the
high end of the page table page rather than the low end. This is because
most programs access memory in an ascending direction. The net result of
this change is a sometimes significant reduction in the number of failed
promotion attempts and the number of pages that are write protected by
pmap_promote_pde().
MFamd64 SVN rev 179777 CVS rev 1.621
Tweak the promotion test in pmap_promote_pde(). Specifically, test PG_A
before PG_M. This sometimes prevents unnecessary removal of write access
from a PTE. Overall, the net result is fewer demotions and promotion
failures.
compile these with -mcpu=ultrasparc (which is the hard-coded default
of our system compiler), which allows the remainder of the kernel to
be compiled with "only" -mcpu=v9 for reference and testing purposes.
consists of CPUs running at different speeds, for driving hardclock as
these timers in turn are driven at frequencies as low as 5MHz, resulting
in bad granularity compared to the TICK timers. However, don't employ
the workaround for the BlackBird erratum #1 when using the TICK timer
on machines with cheetah-class CPUs for performance reasons.
Reported by: Florian Smeets
of "cd:,\\:tbxi" with properly configured boot.tbxi, instead of booting
\boot\loader directly. Rev 183168 could probably stay, since it can be
viewed as an anti-foot-shooting measure and has no impact on normal
operation. I can revert it as well, if anybody objects.
functions used by other code in the tree. As such it was removed from
the merged tree until the functions were needed in the future. The
file was missing from the FreeBSD import, but it was listed in the
files.mips file as being standard. Remove it from there until such
time as we need one.
to vga_pci.c to request on behalf of it's children. This causes vgapci to show
up as the interrupt owner in vmstat -i, rather than the child device.
Approved by: jhb(mentor)
they point to the very same device. This should make loader usable on
some (all?) PowerMacs, where "/chosen/stdout" is disconneted from the
"screen" by the OF init process by default, except when user actually
has requested interaction with OF by holding ALT-CMD-O-F. Along with
rev 183168 this should provide a way to build bootable FreeBSD/ppc
installation or live CD that works OOB. Also, it should bring PowerMac
experience closer to that on other arches.
MFC after: 1 week
(assiming re@ blessing)
kib@ and I have decided we will MFC the bpf(4)/snp(4) fixes after we've
released 7.1. Make sure the code in HEAD doesn't refer to a flag we
don't need anyway.
snp(4) in the MPSAFE TTY P4 branch already works, but still needs some
polishing before it can be integrated to SVN.
this also can be happened if we pull the USN stick out forcibly.
Currently the ZyDAS driver uses tsleep() when it try to query a read
command to the device and it'd make a timeout if the device doesn't
response within about 1 sec.
In a case of that the USB stick is gone by hand and the driver's
scanning with changing the channel numbers, the thread which is sleeping
until a command requested is responded can be waked up after all
detaching routines finished that means the zyd softc already freed.
Tring to touch the softc freed by the wakeup thread makes a panic.
So make sure that all sleeping threads should be waken up before the
detach is completed and any other new requests to the device should be
prevented.
to "screen" node directly. The problem is that by default OF on some (all?)
Macs either doesn't provide "/chosen/stdout" or redirects it somewhere,
unless you boot in manual mode via CMD-ALT-O-F. It's nice to see normal
FreeBSD boot output instead of blank gray screen.
could trigger an error interrupt that we can't actually to do anything
against as soon as enabling the error handlers.
While at it don't bother about writing only to the write-one-to-clear
bits when clearing error bits.
disable interrupts and loop forever with these.
- Hide all MP-related bits in <machine/smp.h> underneath #ifdef SMP.
- Inline ipi_all_but_self(9) and ipi_selected(9). We don't expose any
additional bits but save a few cycles by doing so.
- Remove ipi_all(9), which actually only called panic(9). It can't be
implemented natively anyway and having it removed at least causes
MI users to fail already fail when linking.
core of this change generalizes the initial page directory setup so that
the kernel can be given arbitrarily large or small.
- small formatting fixes
- update copyright
MFC after: 1 month
years by the priv_check(9) interface and just very few places are left.
Note that compatibility stub with older FreeBSD version
(all above the 8 limit though) are left in order to reduce diffs against
old versions. It is responsibility of the maintainers for any module, if
they think it is the case, to axe out such cases.
This patch breaks KPI so __FreeBSD_version will be bumped into a later
commit.
This patch needs to be credited 50-50 with rwatson@ as he found time to
explain me how the priv_check() works in detail and to review patches.
Tested by: Giovanni Trematerra <giovanni dot trematerra at gmail dot com>
Reviewed by: rwatson
Now, only some few places still require thread passing (mostly the ones which
access to VOP_* functions) and will be fixed once the primitive also will be.
Tested by: Giovanni Trematerra <giovanni dot trematerra at gmail dot com>
so the benefit of having acpi.ko as a standalone module is outweighed by
the complications of drivers compiled into the kernel not including ACPI
attachments by default.
Discussed on: current
Left only parts surely required for basic troubleshooting and configuration
purposes. There is still very long output, but further shrinking makes it
less informative.
Original debugging can be enabled with hw.snd.verbose=4.
make it memory-coherency enforced (PTE_M). This is required for SMP
to work.
o Serialize tlbie operations and implement the tlbie operation in a
function called tlbie(). Hardware can end up in a live-lock if
between the tlbsync and subsequent sync on one processor another
processor executes a tlbie or tlbsync.
o Eliminate the following defines:
TLBIE, TLBSYNC, SYNC and EIEIO
Use either inline assembly statements or inline functions defined
in <machine/cpufunc.h>
during a DELETE lookup operation, lookup would cache the length of the
directory entry to be deleted in 'i_reclen'. Later, the actual VOP to
remove the directory entry (ufs_remove, ufs_rename, etc.) would call
ufs_dirremove() which extended the length of the previous directory
entry to "remove" the deleted entry.
However, we always read the entire block containing the directory
entry when doing the removal, so we always have the directory entry to
be deleted in-memory when doing the update to the directory block.
Also, we already have to figure out where the directory entry that is
being removed is in the block so that we can pass the component name
to the dirhash code to update the dirhash. So, instead of passing
'i_reclen' from ufs_lookup() to the ufs_dirremove() routine, just read
the 'd_reclen' field directly out of the entry being removed when
updating the length of the previous entry in the block.
This avoids a cosmetic issue of writing to 'i_reclen' while holding a
shared vnode lock. It also slightly reduces the amount of side-band
data passed from ufs_lookup() to operations updating a directory via
the directory's i-node.
Reviewed by: jeff
caches if not yet enabed. This is required for coherency and
atomic operations to work, not to mention performance. We use the
L2 and L3 cache settings of the BSP to configure the APs caches.
Can't be bad.
Program NAP and not DOZE. DOZE is present only on earlier CPUs
and the bit is reserved on the MPC7441 & MPC7451. NAP will do
bus snooping to keep caches coherent.
Program the PIR with the cpuid. This may not be necessary...
We're only returning a 32-bit counter.
o In decr_intr(), manually perform LICM, so that we don't test
a loop invariant condition inside a loop.
o Include <machine/smp.h>
volatile so that the compiler won't perform CSE. For SMP,
this may result in us accessing the wrong PCPU and as such
results in a bogus curthread value.
Note that getting curthread is not quite MP-safe in the sense
that it requires two instructions that aren't performed
atomically. The first instruction gets the address of the PCPU
structure and the second instruction dereferences that pointer
to get curthread. If a thread is switched-out in between these
instructions and switched-in on a different CPU, we still get
the wrong curthread.
cap on memory usage, then shared LOOKUP operations could start free'ing
dirhash structures. Without these fixes, concurrent free's on the same
directory could result in one of the threads blocked on a lock in a dirhash
structure free'd by the other thread.
- Replace the lockmgr lock in the dirhash structure with an sx lock.
- Use a reference count managed with ufsdirhash_hold()/drop() to determine
when to free the dirhash structures. The directory i-node holds a
reference while the dirhash is attached to an i-node. Code that wishes
to lock the dirhash while holding a shared vnode lock must first
acquire a private reference to the dirhash while holding the vnode
interlock before acquiring the dirhash sx lock. After acquiring the sx
lock, it drops the private reference after checking to see if the
dirhash is still used by the directory i-node.
non-LOOKUP operations.
- Relax a VOP assertion for a DELETE lookup. rename() uses WANTPARENT
instead of LOCKPARENT when looking up the source pathname. ufs_rename()
uses a relookup() to lock the parent directory when it decides to finally
remove the source path. Thus, it is ok for a DELETE with WANTPARENT set
instead of LOCKPARENT to use a shared vnode lock rather than an exclusive
vnode lock.
Reported by: kris (2)
Reviewed by: jeff
upgrades the vnode lock if it is share locked was dropping the interlock
before actually checking VI_DOOMED. Fix this by do the vdropl() after the
check and relying on it to drop the vnode interlock.
Reported by: pho
Reviewed by: kib
MFC after: 1 week
Unlike tty_rel_gone() and tty_rel_sess(), the tty_rel_pgrp() routine
does not unlock the TTY. I once had the idea to make the code call
tty_rel_pgrp() and tty_rel_sess(), picking up the TTY lock once. This
turned out a little harder than I expected, so this is how it works now.
It's a lot easier if we just let tty_rel_pgrp() unlock the TTY, because
the other routines do this anyway.
wait until the current suspension is lifted instead of silently returning
success immediately. The consequences of calling vfs_write() resume when
not owning the suspension are not well-defined at best.
Add the vfs_susp_clean() mount method to be called from
vfs_write_resume(). Set it to process_deferred_inactive() for ffs, and
stop calling it manually.
Add the thread flag TDP_IGNSUSP that allows to bypass the suspension
point in the vn_start_write. It is intended for use by VFS in the
situations where the suspender want to do some i/o requiring calls to
vn_start_write(), and this i/o cannot be done later.
Reviewed by: tegge
In collaboration with: pho
MFC after: 1 month
Show the b_dep value for the buffer in the show buffer command.
Add a comand to dump the dirty/clean buffer list for vnode.
Reviewed by: tegge
Tested and used by: pho
MFC after: 1 month
MNT_RDONLY flag before the VFS_MOUNT() is called. In ufs_inactive()
and ufs_itimes_locked(), UFS verifies whether the fs is read-only by
checking MNT_RDONLY, but this may cause loss of the IN_MODIFIED flag
for inode on the fs being remounted rw->ro.
Introduce UFS_RDONLY() struct ufsmount' method that reports the value
of the fs_ronly. The later is set to 1 only after the remount is
finished.
Reviewed by: tegge
In collaboration with: pho
MFC after: 1 month
inode having number ino. In r170991, the ip was marked IN_MODIFIED, that
is not quite correct.
Mark only the right inode modified by checking inode number.
Reviewed by: tegge
In collaboration with: pho
MFC after: 1 month
the command set (only so long as the module is present):
o add db_command_register and db_command_unregister to add and remove
commands, respectively
o replace linker sets with SYSINIT's (and SYSUINIT's) that register
commands
o expose 3 list heads: db_cmd_table, db_show_table, and db_show_all_table
for registering top-level commands, show operands, and show all operands,
respectively
While here also:
o sort command lists
o add DB_ALIAS, DB_SHOW_ALIAS, and DB_SHOW_ALL_ALIAS to add aliases
for existing commands
o add "show all trace" as an alias for "show alltrace"
o add "show all locks" as an alias for "show alllocks"
Submitted by: Guillaume Ballet <gballet@gmail.com> (original version)
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
- Retire IVARs for passing IRQs around. Instead, ppbus and ppc now allow
child devices to access the interrupt by via a rid 0 IRQ resource
using bus_alloc_resource_any().
- ppc creates its own interrupt event to manage the interrupt handlers of
child devices. ppc does not allow child devices to use filters. It
could allow this if needed, but none of the current drivers use them
and it adds a good bit of complication. It uses
intr_event_execute_handlers() to fire the child device interrupt handlers
from its threaded interrupt handler.
- Remove the ppbus_dummy_intr() hack. Now the ppc device always has an
interrupt handler registered and we no longer bounce all the way up to
nexus to manage adding/removing ppbus child interrupt handlers. Instead,
the child handlers are added and removed to the private interrupt event
in the ppc device.
all the non-filter handlers attached to an interrupt event. This can be
used by device drivers which multiplex their interrupt onto the interrupt
handlers for child devices.
It seems we only depend on COMPAT_43 to implement the send() and recv()
routines. We can easily implement them using sendto() and recvfrom(),
just like we do inside our very own C library.
I wasn't able to really test it, apart from simple compilation testing.
I've heard rumours that COMPAT_SVR4 is broken inside execve() anyway.
It's still worth to fix this, because I suspect we'll get rid of
COMPAT_43 somewhere in the future...
Reviewed by: rdivacky
Discussed with: jhb
On the i386 architecture, the processor only saves the current value
of `%esp' on stack if a privilege switch is necessary when entering
the interrupt handler. Thus, `frame->tf_esp' is only valid for
an entry from user mode. For interrupts taken in kernel mode, we
need to determine the top-of-stack for the interrupted kernel
procedure by adding the appropriate offset to the current frame
pointer.
Reported by: kris, Fabien Thomas
Tested by: Fabien Thomas <fabien.thomas at netasq dot com>
someone else might change it, so after we re-acquire the lock on it,
we need to check it is still valid. People have been panicing in this
function due to soem edge cases which I have hopefully removed.
Reviewed by: keramida @
Obtained from: 1 week
common PowerPC code when all we want to achieve is to enable
external interrupts. We can set PSL_RI at any time before we
allow interrupts and/or exceptions, so move it to the AIM
specific initialization and do it when we also set PSL_ME
(machine check enable).
configuring the L2 cache on the BSP. Nor the L3 cache. We
merely print the settings.
Save the L2 and L3 cache configuration in global values so
that we know how to configure the cache on APs.
ABI change on ILP32 platforms and relating to events. However
it's harmless on little-endian ILP32 platforms in the sense
that it doesn't cause breakages. Old ILP32 thread libraries
write a 32-bit th_p and new thread libraries write a 64-bit
th_p. But due to the fact that we have an unused 32-bit data
field right after th_p and that field is always initialized to
zero, little-endian ILP32 machines effectively have a valid
64-bit th_p by accident. Likewise for new thread libraries and
old libthread_db: little endian ILP32 is unaffected.
At this time we don't support big-endian threaded applications
in GDB, so the breakage for the ILP32 case goes unnoticed.
rt_check() in its original form proved to be sufficient and
rt_check_fib() can go away (as can its evil twin in_rt_check()).
I believe this does NOT address the crashes people have been seeing
in rt_check.
MFC after: 1 week
items of the nmount() iovec. This will allow us to move
away from gathering up all the NFS mount options as a single
"struct nfs_args" to be passed down through nmount().
This will make adding new NFS mount options much easier.
Many, many thanks to Doug Rabson, who took my initial patches and
cleaned them up.
Reviewed by: dfr
MFC after: 3 months
the same way it has been implemented for IPv4.
Reviewed by: bms (skimmed)
Tested by: Nick Hilliard (nick netability.ie) (with more changes)
MFC after: 2 months
Because of using more clear and same time more functional codec parser
new driver is able to handle more codecs, use them better then before and
without most of previous quirks. All of tested codecs itself manage playback,
record, input mixing and monitoring quite fine. In all of investigated
trouble cases problem was found or in nonstandard codec usage or incorrect
codec configuration made by BIOS. Most of that cases could be fixed using
device hints, some of which are already included to the driver.
New driver supports multiple codecs per HDA bus, multiple audio function
groups per codec and multiple logical sound devices per audio function group.
So don't worry when you get several PCM devices instead of one, it is normal.
It is usual situation with powerful codecs to provide, for example, 3 PCM
devices: one for 7.1 playback and main recording, one for headset and one
for digital SPDIF I/O.
New driver implements Universal Audio Architecture (UAA) much better then
previous one. Most information about recommended codec usage now taken from
the codec configuration registers initialized by BIOS. User may alter that
configuration using device hints to reconfigure logical audio devices to
his needs in a very broad range up to the limits of the codec functionality.
New driver supports digital PCM playback and AC3 pass-through. I am not sure
about completeness of this implementation, but I have several success stories
including my own. Vchans subsystem does not support AC3 pass-through so it
had to be disabled for that devices at this moment.
New driver is ready for multichannel playback, but until our OSS is unable
to use this it will just duplicate same stereo stream into all channel
pairs.
New driver supports suspend/resume. I am unable to really test this part
myself, but I have got several success stories.
Driver has very informative verbose boot messages. So if you have any
questions or problems - enable and read them first.
Discussed on: freebsd-multimedia@
Tested by: many
we ran into in the past where places hidden by TCP_SIGNATURE were
missed.
It is possible to turn it on now that FAST_IPSEC (now know as IPSEC)
is enabled for LINT and the default and only IPsec implementation.
ng_apply_item(). There are possible (and I have got one) use-after-free
class panics because of it.
If hook is specified, require it to be valid at the apply time. The only
exceptions are the internal ng_con_part2(), ng_con_part3() and
ng_rmhook_part2() functions which are specially made to work with invalid
hooks.
the free list and in this way avoid contention on the w_mtx.
In order to make the code simple, we rely on the rule that when the head
has not a child it also doesn't have other subsequent entries.
Actually this assertion is broken because we can free all the head
children and quit witness_unlock() with the head still allocated, with no
children and subsequent entries present.
Fix this by shifting the head if other entries are present and still
freeing the object, but leaving always an head.
- Fix witness_thread_has_locks() in order to report, correctly, if the
lock list linked to a specific thread has children or not based on the
above explained rule.
- Fix a printout into DDB's "show alllocks" command in order to show,
correctly, the process name that is really what we want.
- Fix style(9) for a comment.
Tested by: Giovanni Trematerra <giovanni dot trematerra at gmail dot com>
Reported by: Marko Kiiskila <marko dot kiiskila at nokia dot com>
Sponsored by: Nokia
- When searching for the next system drive, return the next one instead
of always returning the first one.
- Plug fd lead and make sure that the MLX_NEXT_CHILD ioctl is called
on the controller fd, not the disk's one.
While there, fix a cut-n-pase error in a warning.
Reviewed by: jhb
Approved by: kan (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
the same vmspace, decrement the reference count of the shared LDT instead
of a newly-made copy. Code factually removed LDT from the process that
did rfork(0).
Introduce user_ldt_deref() function that does decrement of refcount for
the struct proc_ldt, and call it in the rfork(0) case on the shared LDT.
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
The user_ldt_free() function shall return with dt_lock unlocked.
Error handling code in both functions do not handle this, fix it by
doing necessary lock/unlock.
While there, fix minor style nits.
MFC after: 1 week
code. We only attempt a single reset using this method (a "hard" reset),
and we use two writes to ensure there is a 0 -> 1 transition in bit 2 to
force a reset.
MFC after: 1 week
- Fix nexus_setup_intr() abuse of setting up multiple IRQs in one go. Calling
arm_setup_irqhandler() in loop is bogus, as there's just one cookie given
from the caller and it is overwritten in each iteration so that only the
last handler's cookie value prevails.
- Proper intr masking/unmasking handling: the IRQ source is masked at PIC level
only after the last handler has been removed from the list.
Reviewed by: cognet, imp, sam, stass
Obtained from: Grzegorz Bernacki gjb ! semihalf dot com
isn't fixed to only open the network device once and not do a open
and close dance on every file access; the firmwares of newer sparc64
machines perform an auto-negotiation with every open which in turn
causes netbooting to take horribly long if we open and close the
device over and over again.
Safari- and JBus-based machines. Currently the main purpose of
these drivers is debugging of the resource allocation on nexus(4)
and the register content of these devices though.
ttydevsw_outwakeup(). This should fix panics which occur after remote
login sessions timeout during moderate TTY activity. An example of
where this might occur is where a pending write to the terminal is
occurring while sshd(8) is shutting down the TTY after a TCP timeout.
Submitted by: ed
the locked entry in it16 slot 0, which typically is occupied by the
PROM, and manually entering locked entries in slots != 0.
Thanks to Hubert Feyrer for donating the Blade 2000 this change was
developed on.
of spurious witness warnings since lockmgr grew witness support. Before
this, every time you passed an interlock to a lockmgr lock WITNESS treated
it as a LOR.
Reviewed by: attilio
memory-mapped config access. Add a workaround for these systems by
checking the first function of each slot on bus 0 using both the
memory-mapped config access and the older type 1 I/O port config access.
If we find a slot that is only visible via the type 1 I/O port config
access, we flag that slot. Future PCI config transactions to flagged
slots on bus 0 use type 1 I/O port config access rather than memory mapped
config access.
detaching that when the USB is pulled out forcibly during the driver is
running background scan, a page fault can be occurred even if we called
usb_rem_task() when detaching. It looks like a kind of races.
as with getdents64. The last byte is used for storing
the d_type, add this to plain getdents case where it was
missing before. Also change the code to use strlcpy instead
of plain strcpy. This changes fix the getdents crash we
had reports about (hl2 server etc.)
PR: kern/117010
MFC after: 1 week
Submitted by: Dmitry Chagin (dchagin@)
Tested by: MITA Yoshio <mita ee.t.u-tokyo.ac jp>
Approved by: kib (mentor)
congestion window not being incremented, if cwnd > maxseg^2.
As suggested in RFC2581 increment the cwnd by 1 in this case.
See http://caia.swin.edu.au/reports/080829A/CAIA-TR-080829A.pdf
for more details.
Submitted by: Alana Huebner, Lawrence Stewart,
Grenville Armitage (caia.swin.edu.au)
Reviewed by: dwmalone, gnn, rpaulo
MFC After: 3 days
be un-cached. Our previous memory barrier was not sufficient. This patch
allocates the IGP GART tables using the BUS_DMA_NOCACHE flag to get these
cards working.
Approved by: kib
calls to bus_dma. There were multiple paths that held different locks or
no locks at all. This patch ensures that all of the calling paths drop
their lock(s) before calling drm_pci_alloc().
Reviewed by: kib
- Set UMA_ZONE_NOFREE so that the per-turnstile spin locks are type stable
to avoid a race where one thread might dereference a lock in a free'd
turnstile that was previously used by another thread.
Theorized by: tegge (2)
MFC after: 1 week
for all three contexts and configure the dt512_1 to hold 4MB pages for
them (e.g. for direct mappings).
This might allow for additional optimization by using the faulting
page sizes provided by AA_DMMU_TAG_ACCESS_EXT for bypassing the page
size walker for the dt512 in the superpage support code.
Submitted by: nwhitehorn (initial patch)
to synchronization needed after stores to internal ASIs in order
to make side-effects visible. This mainly requires the MEMBAR #Sync
after such stores to be replaced with a FLUSH. We use KERNBASE as
the address to FLUSH as it is guaranteed to not trap. Actually,
the USII synchronization rules also already require a FLUSH in
pretty much all of the cases changed.
We're also hitting an additional USIII synchronization rule which
requires stores to AA_IMMU_SFSR to be immediately followed by a DONE,
FLUSH or RETRY. Doing so triggers a RED state exception though so
leave the MEMBAR #Sync. Linux apparently also has gotten away with
doing the same for quite some time now, apart from the fact that
it's not clear to me why we need to clear the valid bit from the
SFSR in the first place.
Reviewed by: nwhitehorn
the ncr53c9x.c core where it actually belongs so future front-ends
don't need to add it.
o Use the correct OFW property when looking for the initiator ID of the
SBus device.
o Don't specify an alignment when creating the parent DMA tag for
SUNW,fas; their DMA engine doesn't require an alignment constraint
and it's no inherited by the child DMA tags anyway (which probably
is a bug though).
o Drop the superfluous sc_maxsync and use sc_minsync instead. The
former apparently was added due to a confusion with the maximum
frequency used in cam(4), which basically corresponds to the
inverse of minimum sync period.
o Merge ncr53c9x.c from NetBSD:
1.116: NCRDMA_SETUP() should be called before NCR_SET_COUNT() and
NCRCMD_DMA command in ncr53c9x_select().
1.125: free allocated resources on detach.
o Static'ize ncr53c9x_action(), ncr53c9x_init() and ncr53c9x_reset()
as these are not required outside of ncr53c9x.c.
o In ncr53c9x_attach() don't leak the device mutex in case attaching
fails.
o Register an asynchronous notification handler so in case cam(4)
reports a lost device we can cancel outstanding commands and
restore the default parameters for the target in question.
o For FAS366 correctly support 16-bit target IDs and let it know
that we use 32-bit transfers.
o Overhaul the negotiation of transfer settings. This includes
distinguishing between current and goal transfer settings of the
target so we can renegotiate their goal settings when necessary
and correcting the order in which tagged, wide and synchronous
transfers are negotiated.
o If we are requesting sense, force a renegotiation if we are
currently using anything different from asynchronous at 8 bit
as the target might have lost our transfer negotiations.
o In case of an XPT_RESET_BUS just directly call ncr53c9x_init()
instead of issuing a NCRCMD_RSTSCSI, which in turn will issue an
interrupt that is treated as an unexpected SCSI bus reset by
ncr53c9x_intr() and thus calls ncr53c9x_init(). Remove the now
no longer used ncr53c9x_scsi_reset().
o Correct an off-by-one error when setting cpi->max_lun.
o In replace printf(9) with device_printf(9) calls where appropriate
and in ncr53c9x_action() remove some unnecessarily verbose messages.
o In ncr53c9x_sched() use TAILQ_FOREACH() instead of reimplementing
it and consolidate two tagging-related target info checks into one.
o In ncr53c9x_done() set the CAM status to CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR when
appropriate, respect CAM_DIS_AUTOSENSE and teach it to return SCSI
status information.
o In ncr53c9x_dequeue() ensure the tags are cleared.
o Use ulmin() instead of min() where appropriate.
o In ncr53c9x_msgout() consistently use the reset label.
o When we're interrupted during a data phase and the DMA engine is
still active, don't panic but reset the core and the DMA engine as
this should be sufficient. Also, the typical problem for triggering
this was the lack of renegotiation when requesting sense.
o Correctly handle DEVICE RESETs.
o Adapt the locking of esp(4) to MPSAFE cam(4). This includes moving
the calls of lsi64854_attach() to the bus front-ends so it can pass
the esp(4) mutex to bus_dma_tag_create(9).
o Change the LSI64854 driver to not create a DMA tag and map for the
Ethernet channel as le(4) will handle these on its own as well as
sync and unload the DMA maps for the SCSI and parallel port channel
after a DMA transfer.
o Cam(4)'ify some NetBSD-centric comments.
o Use bus_{read,write}_*(9) instead of bus_space_{read,write}_*(9)
and take advantage of rman_get_rid(9) in order to save some softc
members.
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 1 month
it had been assigned to the last sleeping thread. That thread might have
started running on another CPU and have reused that sleep queue. Fix it
by just walking the thread queue using TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE() rather than
a while loop.
PR: amd64/124200
Discovered by: tegge
Tested by: benjsc
MFC after: 1 week
but needs a lot more work. In particular, it has no flow control and has
a tendency to race when giving commands. It still uses Giant for the
tty and driver lock, but this is a keep-it-simple feature for now.
Some of the [temporary] proliferation of messages lines are way too long.
location in GDT where the segment descriptor from pcb_gs32sd is
copied, and the location is in GDT local to CPU.
Noted and reviewed by: peter
MFC after: 1 week
don't inline the locking primitives, and only grab those parts of mii
that we really need. Other space optimizations are too agressive for
the generic file (removing all of usb, and loading it as kernel
modules).
Payload Length) as set in tcpip_fillheaders().
ip6_output() will calculate it based of the length from the
mbuf packet header itself.
So initialize the value in tcpip_fillheaders() in correct
(network) byte order.
With the above change, to my reading, all places calling tcp_trace()
pass in the ip6 header via ipgen as serialized in the mbuf and with
ip6_plen in network byte order.
Thus convert the IPv6 payload length to host byte order before printing.
MFC after: 2 months
o It has been tested only on KB9202, KB9202A and KB9202B boards
o Better comments about hints
o option<space><tab>
o Add newer SX_NOINLINE option.
o Fix a few comments
calls the latter.
Merge tcp_mss_update() with code from tcp_mtudisc() basically
doing the same thing.
This gives us one central place where we calcuate and check mss values
to update t_maxopd (maximum mss + options length) instead of two slightly
different but almost equal implementations to maintain.
PR: kern/118455
Reviewed by: silby (back in March)
MFC after: 2 months
l_ucontext. To restore the registers content, trampoline needs to
dereference uc_mcontext instead of taking some undefined values from
l_ucontext.
Submitted by: Dmitry Chagin <dchagin@>
MFC after: 1 week
SYSCTL_PROCs and check that the default mss for neither v4 nor
v6 goes below the minimum MSS constant (216).
This prevents people from shooting themselves in the foot.
PR: kern/118455 (remotely related)
Reviewed by: silby (as part of a larger patch in March)
MFC after: 2 months
- Add a routine for looking up a device and checking if it is a valid geom
provider given a partial or full path to its device node.
Reviewed by: phk
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
somehow.
As a consequence we may now get an unexpected result(*).
Catch that error cases with a well defined panic giving appropriate
pointers to ease debugging.
(*) While the concensus was that the case should never happen unless
there was a bug, noone was definitively sure.
Discussed with: kmacy (about 8 months back)
Reviewed by: silby (as part of a larger patch in March)
MFC after: 2 months
This is different to the first one (as len gets updated between those
two) and would have caught various edge cases (read bugs) at a well
defined place I had been debugging the last months instead of
triggering (random) panics further down the call graph.
MFC after: 2 months
the default rule number but also the maximum rule number. User space
software such as ipfw and natd should be aware of its value. The
software that already includes ip_fw.h should use the defined value. All
other a expected to use sysctl (as discussed on net@).
MFC after: 5 days.
Discussed on: net@
As discussed with Robert on IRC, checking the permissions on
/dev/console to see if we can call TIOCCONS could be unreliable. When we
run a chroot() without a devfs instance mounted inside, it won't
actually check the permissions on the device node inside the devfs
instance.
Using the already existing PRIV_TTY_CONSOLE for this seems like a better
idea.
Approved by: rwatson
reading from EEPROM doesn't seem to work on these controllers.
Reported by: Milan Obuch ( freebsd-net at dino dot sk )
Tested by: Milan Obuch ( freebsd-net at dino dot sk )
driver will need more serious help to work with an interrupt driven
path. There's many subtleties in driving the DMA engine with
interrupts in many configurations. Best to not "guess" what the right
way would be and mislead people.
memory allocation. It was change to include the range in the normal
memory area, so these ifdef'd out special cases are no longer useful
to keep around.
the device indicates that it wasn't able to write all the data in the
buffer out.
Ed Schouten doesn't like the idea of a panic here. I think for
production code, we need something better. For right now, while we're
trying to assess the impact of this issue, a panic is OK. So complain
to me, not him if this is hit.
- The vnode has to be locked exclusively before calling insmntque().
- Until I find a way to handle insmntque() failures use VV_FORCEINSMQ flag
to force insmntque() to always succeed.
Reported by: kris, trasz, des, others
Suggested by: kib
Tested by: trasz
table. This is required in order to set obp-control-relinquished
within the PROM, allowing to safely read the OFW translations node.
Without this, f.e. a `ofwdump -ap` triggers a fatal reset error or
worse things on machines based on USIII and beyond.
In theory this should allow to remove touching %tba in cpu_setregs(),
in practice we seem to currently face a chicken and egg problem when
doing so however.
to 43 bits so update TD_PA_BITS accordingly. For the most part this
increase is transparent to the existing code except for when reading
the physical address from ASI_{D,I}TLB_DATA_ACCESS_REG, which we
only do in the loader and which was already adjusted in r182478, or
from the OFW translations node.
While at it, ensure we are only taking valid OFW mapping entries
into account.
As reported by several users on the mailing lists, applications like
screen(1) fail to properly handle ^S and ^Q characters. This was because
MPSAFE TTY didn't implement packet mode (TIOCPKT) yet. Add basic packet
mode support to make these applications work again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
When I migrated tty_compat.c to MPSAFE TTY, I just hooked it up to the
build and fixed it until it compiled and somewhat worked. It turns out
this was not the smartest thing, because the old TTY layer also had a
field called t_flags, which contained a set of sgtty flags.
This means our current COMPAT_43TTY code overwrites the TTY flags,
causing all strange problems to occur. Fix this code to use a new struct
member called t_compatflags. This commit may cause kern/127054 to be
fixed, but this still has to be tested/confirmed by the originator. It
has to be fixed anyway.
PR: kern/127054
- add new diag commands: devinfo, sysinfo for U-Boot-style details about the system
configuration
- better memory info summary
- style corrections
Obtained from: Semihalf
frequencies (and having different cache sizes) so use the STICK
(System TICK) timer, which was introduced due to this and is
driven by the same frequency across all CPUs, instead of the
TICK timer, whose frequency varies with the CPU clock, to drive
hardclock. We try to use the STICK counter with all CPUs that are
USIII or beyond, even when not necessary due to identical CPUs,
as we can can also avoid the workaround for the BlackBird erratum
#1 there. Unfortunately, using the STICK counter currently causes
a hang with USIIIi MP machines for reasons unknown, so we still
use the TICK timer there (which is okay as they can only consist
of identical CPUs).
- Given that we only (try to) synchronize the (S)TICK timers of APs
with the BSP during startup, we could end up spinning forever in
DELAY(9) if that function is migrated to another CPU while we're
spinning due to clock drift afterwards, so pin to the CPU in order
to avoid migration. Unfortunately, pinning doesn't work at the
point DELAY(9) is required by the low-level console drivers, yet,
so switch to a function pointer, which is updated accordingly, for
implementing DELAY(9). For USIII and beyond, this would also allow
to easily use the STICK counter instead of the TICK one here,
there's no benefit in doing so however.
While at it, use cpu_spinwait(9) for spinning in the delay-
functions. This currently is a NOP though.
- Don't set the TICK timer of the BSP to 0 during at startup as
there's no need to do so.
- Implement cpu_est_clockrate().
- Unfortunately, USIIIi-based machines don't provide a timecounter
device besides the STICK and TICK counters (well, in theory the
Tomatillo bridges have a performance counter that can be (ab)used
as timecounter by configuring it to count bus cycles, though unlike
the performance counter of Schizo bridges, the Tomatillo one is
broken and counts Sun knows what in this mode). This means that
we've to use a (S)TICK counter for timecounting, which has the old
problem of not being in sync across CPUs, so provide an additional
timecounter function which binds itself to the BSP but has an
adequate low priority.
in 182691, as the sparc64 version is going to be rototilled and sun4v
currently can't be verified to still work with the new sparc64 one
due to its overall state.
Global data (pointed by R2 on PowerPC) in principle is not guaranteed to be in
proximity of U-Boot heap (where the API signature is placed) accross different
architectures and platforms. Instead, use U-Boot stack pointer as a hint for
the search instead of the global data; this method tends to be more uniform
accross different platforms.
Obtained from: Semihalf
to an integer divide by zero panic in the kernel, if the kernel was
run with hz<1000.
Neither i386, pc98, amd64 or sparc64 are affected in the currently
supported branches and default configuration.
Submitted by: Miikka Saukko, Ossi Herrala and Jukka Taimisto from
the CROSS project at Codenomicon Ltd. via CERT-FI.
Reviewed by: bz, rwatson
Security: CVE-2008-2464
MFC after: 8 hours
at least pass muster with the loader on 3.0.3
Note that this doesn't actually make it work as Xen 3.0.3
appears to disallow recursive mappings on the page directory
sizes (and running at different frequencies) so move the cacheinfo
to the PCPU data. While at it, remove some redundant and/or unused
members from struct cacheinfo.
- In sparc64_init don't assume the first CPU node we find in the OFW
device tree is the BSP.
in order to avoid the invasive probes done by identify-routines of
ISA drivers, which may access unassigned addresses or those of
unrelated devices and thus in turn can trigger master/target aborts
as revealed by r182108 and ahc(4). I think that this is also the
cause of the hang previously seen on B100 blades during boot.
Bypassing isa_probe_children(9) also avoids adding ISA hints, which
just can be wrong for sparc64.
Reported by: gavin
processes, clear PCB_32BIT and PCB_GS32BIT bits [1].
- Reread the fs and gs bases from the msr unconditionally, not believing
the values in pcb_fsbase and pcb_gsbase, since usermode may reload
segment registers, invalidating the cache. [2].
Both problems resulted in the wrong fs base, causing wrong tls pointer
be dereferenced in the usermode.
Reported and tested by: Vyacheslav Bocharov <adeepv at gmail com> [1]
Reported by: Bernd Walter <ticsoat cicely7 cicely de>,
Artem Belevich <fbsdlist at src cx>[2]
Reviewed by: peter
MFC after: 3 days
The ttydisc_getc() routine obtains a read length from ttyoutq_read().
For no valid reason, the current code stores this value in an int, and
returns a size_t. There is no need to perform this useless conversion.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
The D_NEEDMINOR flag was introduced for drivers that do not actually
depend on storing a device unit/minor number, but require the ability to
address the cdevs by this number, which is used by clone_create().
The cpuctl(4) driver sets D_NEEDMINOR, even though it doesn't use the
clone_create() API. Remove the flag, because maybe we want to get rid of
it somewhere in the far future.
replaced by file relative sector numbers as the buffer block number when
zero-padding a file during extension. Revert the change, it causes wrong
blocks filled with zeroes on seeking beyond end of file.
PR: kern/47628
Submitted by: tegge
MFC after: 3 days
The syscons code disabled scroll lock inside sc_cnputs() if it's going
to print a system message. The code currently wants to process any TTY
output data as well, but we cannot do this, because the TTY lock is a
sleep mutex, while cnputs() picks up a spin mutex.
Disable the code for now. It solves a panic when a console message is
printed while scroll lock is enabled. One solution would be to
initialize a task structure here.
Reported by: Paul B. Mahol <onemda gmail com>
from umodem and ufoma.
With these changes, umodem kinda works for me now. It certainly gets
past the "tip" bug that I found earlier where 115200 wasn't a valid
baud rate. This was "broken" in the mpsafetty commit, but in reality,
umodem was always broken.
translation. It turns out this is useful for applications which require
source port randomization for security (i.e. dns servers).
Discussed with: secteam
Requested by: mlaier
MFC after: 2 weeks
errata of USIII and beyond (USIII erratum #19, USIII+ erratum #1,
USIIIi erratum #1).
- Use the cheetah PA mask in {d,i}tlb_va_to_pa_sun4u() for USIII
and beyond. This is done so that these functions will still mask
the debug bits of spitfire-class CPUs once we increase TD_PA_BITS
to match the number of bits used for the PA by cheetah-class CPUs.
- Change {d,i}tlb_enter_sun4u() to also set TLB_CTX_KERNEL as the
context of the mappings entered. This is more or less cosmetic as
TLB_CTX_KERNEL is 0.
- Now that we have to distinguish between different sun4u CPUs in
the loader anyway, no longer do trial and error when reading the
portid property.
first one. U-boot, for example, uses the second register to store
MAC.[1]
- Use random MAC address if none configured instead of failing.
Submitted by: Bjorn Konig <bkoenig@alpha-tierchen.de> [1]
Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: kib (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
lock tracking and checks, doing just the former ones.
- Fix a bug where sysctl utility was printing crazy values when setting a
new value for debug.witness.watch [0]
[0] Reported by: yongari
- In the current design, when a TTY decreases its baud rate, it tries to
shrink the queues. This may not always be possible, because it will
not free any blocks that are still filled with data.
Change the TTY queues to store a `quota' value as well, which means it
will not free any blocks when changing the baud rate, but when placing
blocks back into the queue. When the amount of blocks exceeds the
quota, they get freed.
It also fixes some edge cases, where TIOCSETA during read()/
write()-calls could actually make the queue a tiny bit bigger than in
normal cases.
- Don't leak blocks of memory when calling TIOCSETA when the device
driver abandons the TTY while allocating memory.
- Create ttyoutq_init() and ttyinq_init() to initialize the queues,
instead of initializing them by hand. The new TTY snoop driver also
creates an outq, so it's good to have a proper interface to do this.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
anholt thinks that he added this check as part of some regression testing,
but it is failing at least some of the time. I don't want to remove it
just yet. I added a bit of debugging to help identify the issue.
Approved by: kib
wind up with the incorrect checksum on the wire when transmitted via
devices that do checksum offloading.
PR: kern/119635
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 5 days
stopped nor the waiting state and also no other means to check
whether the receiver is idle (see also r163774), we have no choice
than to call mii_tick(9) unconditionally even in the case of the
DC_REDUCED_MII_POLL handling as far as the RX side is concerned.
This isn't necessarily worse than checking whether RX is idle
though because unlike as with TX we're racing with the hardware,
which might receive packets any time while we poll the MII, anyway.
Reported and tested by: Jacob Owens
Reviewed by: yongari
MFC after: 3 days
- Macrofy bitmap table lookup. Constify the table while I am here.
- Add missing continue statements in the for loop.
Functionally it should be the last remaining fix from:
PR: kern/89752
MFC after: 1 month
1 means that witness is up and running.
0 means that witness is disabled but that it can be established later
again in effective way.
-1 means that witness is disabled permanently
- Fix a bug causing kernel to panic on witness disabling through
witness_watch. lock lists queues were still full of entries and this was
causing throubles with debugging stubs (like witness_thread_exit()).
Reported by: kris, yongari
Sponsored by: Nokia
While merging back my changes from Perforce, it seemed I removed a
locking assertion that still applies to ttydisc_rint_poll(). Restore it,
because it may come in handy.
- Implement IMAXBEL. It turned out the IMAXBEL termios switch was marked
as supported, while it had not been implemented.
- Don't go into the high watermark when in canonical mode, no data has
been canonicalized and the input buffer is full. This caused the
terminal to lock up. This prevented users from pressing
backspace/^U/etc in such cases.
This could easily be simulated by pasting a very big amount of data in
a shell with sh(1) in canonical mode.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
it's unclear if this can happen on freebsd but does appear on netbsd.
Identified by Matthias Drochner who came up with an initial change
that we then revised together.
Reviewed by: thompsa, sephe, avatar
MFC after: 2 weeks
because the media was removed, the periph would get its refcount dropped
and ultimately freed before getting unlocked. This created a dangling
pointer that was easy to trip over. This fixes a common source of
crashes with removaable media, but problems remain and will get tracked
down.
that there are 3 different interrupt enable bits, 2 for different
families of cards, and 1 for when MSI is used. Also apply a big
hammer backstop for cards that aren't recognized. This should fix
all of the interrupt issues at boot.
- changes in support of the VLAN filter fix to 126850
- removal of a bunch of legacy code that was cruft, if not
possibly harmful.
- removal of POLLING from this driver, with multiqueue and
MSIX it just makes no sense here.
- Fix an LRO bug that I've been working on internally, intermittent
panics under stress, the problem was releasing the RX ring lock
before the LRO flushing.
- Following the above fix I now enable LRO by default
- For performance reasons increase the default number of RX queues
to 4.
- Add AIM - "Adaptive Interrupt Moderation", a fancy way of saying
that the EITR value is dynamically changed based on the size of
packets in the last interrupt interval.
- Much goodness to try, enjoy!!
A couple of months ago I was quite impressed, because when I was writing
code, I discovered that uiomove() would not allow any locks to be held,
while ureadc() did, mainly because ureadc() is implemented using the
same building blocks as uiomove().
Let's see if this triggers any aditional witness warnings on our source
tree.
Reviewed by: atillio
Previously it may have contained unnecessary (even sensitive) data from
the previous allocation.
As a (good) side effect, scratch memory may be used to store the previous
filter state(s) safely because it is allocated and freed with filter itself.
However, use it carefully because bpf_filter(9) does not have this behavior.
MFC after: 3 days
- Change it so that without INVARIANTs there are
no panics in SCTP.
- sctp_timer changes so that we have a recovery mechanism
when the sent list is out of order.
insert new vnode into the mount vnode list. Then, for the SU-enabled
mount, ffs_vfree could create freefile dependency. This dependency can
hang around forever since inode is not marked as IN_MODIFIED and
correspondingly inodeblock may be not marked as dirty.
After ffs_vget() fails, retry with FFSV_FORCEINSMQ, mark the inode as
modified, and vput() it immediately. Take care of the dup alloc.
Tested by: pho
Reviewed by: tegge
MFC after: 1 month
dependencies. In particular, it may need this while syncing filesystem
being unmounted. Since during unmount MNTK_NOINSMNTQUE flag is set,
that could sometimes disallow insertion of the vnode into the vnode
mount list, softdep code needs to overwrite the MNTK_NOINSMNTQUE flag.
Create the ffs_vgetf() function that sets the VV_FORCEINSMQ flag for
new vnode and use it consistently from the softdep code instead of
ffs_vget().
Add the retry logic to the softdep_flushfiles() to flush the vnodes
that could be instantiated while flushing softdep dependencies.
Tested by: pho, kris
Reviewed by: tegge
MFC after: 1 month
to ignore the unmounting and forces insertion of the vnode into the mount
vnode list.
Change insmntque() to fail when forced unmount is in progress and
VV_FORCEINSMQ is not specified.
Add an assertion to the insmntque(), requiring the vnode to be
exclusively locked for mp-safe filesystems.
Use the VV_FORCEINSMQ for the creation of the syncvnode.
Tested by: pho
Reviewed by: tegge
MFC after: 1 month
Use the much simpler cdevpriv for per-fd state and enable it. This allows
multiple opens of /dev/ipmi0 (e.g. using ipmitool while ipmievd is running
in the background).
MFC after: 1 week
storage. We can safely remove the label copying operations since
M_MOVE_PKTHDR will move the mbuf tags (which contain MAC labels) to
the destination mbuf.
MFC after: 1 week
Discussed with: rwatson
For some reason a return-statement crept into this code, where it
shouldn't belong. This means we didn't properly unlock the TTY before
returning to userspace.
Submitted by: Tor Egge <tor egge cvsup no freebsd org>
- Added some additional code for debug builds.
- Fixed a problem printing physical memory on 64bit system during debugging.
- Modified some of the context memory and mailbox register names to more
clearly distinguish their use.
- Added memory barriers for Intel CPUs when accessing host memory data
structures which are written by hardware.
MFC after: Two weeks.
doing it on every CPU.
- Use CPU_ABSENT() rather than pcpu_find() to determine if a CPU is not
present.
- Count up to mp_maxid rather than MAXCPU when iterating over CPUs to
match the rest of the code in the kernel.
MFC after: 1 week
if_ethersubr.c. CTASSERT is implemented using a dummy typedef, which if
used in a header file may conflict with another CTASSERT in a source file
using that header.
I'll make a note of this in CTASSERT's man page.
Approved by: imp
says that in such cases we can pick any interrupt. One of these cards
is the LG11 Wireless LAN card. I don't have one of these, but I do
know that this doesn't hurt any cards I've tried it with.
PR: 92070
Submitted by: Helge Oldach
MFC after: 3 days
first driver that does the configuration dance with CFE's. There's
likely some additional configuration that's needed to get things
working completely...
- Allocate thread0.td_kstack in pmap_bootstrap(), provide guard page
- Switch to thread0.td_kstack as soon as possible i.e. right after return
from e500_init() and before mi_startup() happens
- Clean up temp stack area
- Other minor cosmetics in machdep.c
Obtained from: Semihalf
is returned shall be kept in the waitable state.
Add WSTOPPED as an alias for WUNTRACED.
Submitted by: Jukka Ukkonen <jau at iki fi>
PR: standards/116221
MFC after: 2 weeks
executed by fexecve(2), imgp->args->fname is NULL. Moreover, there is
no way to recover the path to the script being executed.
Do what some other U*ixes do unconditionally, namely supply /dev/fd/n
as the script path when called from fexecve(). Document requirement of
having fdescfs mounted as caveat.
Split the driver into the core functionality part (sys/dev/tsec/if_tsec.c) and
the bus attachment (sys/dev/tsec/if_tsec_ocp.c).
This lets better integrate and maintain the driver in other environments with
different attachment abstractions (there is at least one other FreeBSD port --
MPC83xx -- which uses this TSEC driver, but with different local bus model
i.e. some OF derivative). While there, clean up and fix minor cosmetics.
Obtained from: Semihalf
from returning a reply message in most cases. This in turn caused
interoperability problems with Mac OS X clients.
PR: 126561
Submitted by: Richard.Conto at gmail.com
MFC after: 1 week
taken from PR/121184 which was mechanically generated from similar
lists in the Linux ipaq driver. I then took the numbers we had in
usbdevs and filled in the right symbols and eliminated duplicates.
PR: 121184
allocated for posix_openpt(2). Unfortunately, that identifier
conflicts with other events already allocated to other systems in
OpenBSM. Assign a new globally unique identifier and conform
better to the AUE_ event naming scheme.
This is a stopgap until a new OpenBSM import is done with the
correct identifier, so we'll maintain this as a local diff in svn
until then.
Discussed with: ed
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
in the kernel and copying it out, causing a panic when faulting on a
nofault entry. Handle this case gracefully by letting the kernel copy
functions return EFAULT instead. As such this change addresses the
same problem as r154721 does for i386.
MFC after: 3 days
Remove all the OtherBSD ifdefs. They are very out of date at this
point. OtherBSD doesn't use this file verbatim, and they don't have
FreeBSD ifdefs in their code.
Reviewed by: bms@, joerg@
have NULL mount-points. This is the case for special vnodes, such as the
one used in nameiinit() which is used for crossing mount points in lookup()
to avoid lock ordering issues.
MFC after: 2 weeks
Discussed with: rwatson, kib
In syscall, always make a copy of parameters from trapframe, this
becauses some syscalls using set_mcontext can sneakily change
parameters and later when those syscalls references parameters,
they will wrongly use register values in mcontext_t.
PR: 72998
MFC after: 3 days
appropriate even if Solaris doesn't document it (E2BIG) or use it
(EOVERFLOW).
Submitted by: nectar at apple dot com
Sponsored by: Apple, Inc.
MFC after: 3 days
When I was hacking on uart(4) to make it work with the MPSAFE TTY layer,
I noticed there was a difference between the way syscons and uart work
with respect to consoles:
- The uart(4) driver sets cn_name to the corresponding ttyu%r node,
which means init(8) (which opens /dev/console) will have its output
redirected to /dev/ttyu%r. After /etc/rc is done, it can spawn a getty
on that device node as well.
- Syscons used a little different approach. Apart from the /dev/ttyv%r
nodes, it creates a /dev/consolectl node. This device node is used by
moused and others to deliver their data, but for some reason it also
acts as a TTY, which shares its stat structure with ttyv0. This device
node is used as a console (run conscontrol).
There are a couple advantages of this approach:
- Because we use two different TTY's to represent the 0th syscons
window, we allocate two sets of TTY buffers. Even if you don't use
/dev/consolectl after the system has booted (systems that don't run
moused), it seems the buffers are still allocated.
- We have to apply an evil hack to redirect input to /dev/consolectl.
Because each window (stat) is associated not associated with one TTY,
syscons solves this by redirecting all input to closed TTY's to
consolectl.
This means that opening /dev/ttyv0 while in single user mode will
probably cause strange things to happen with respect to keyboard input
redirection.
The first patch that I discussed with philip@ turned consolectl into a
symlink to ttyv0, but this was not a good idea, because in theory we
would want consolectl to be a simple device node, which contains all the
`privileged' ioctl()'s. Apart from that, it didn't work, because each
time /dev/ttyv0 got revoked, moused also lost its descriptor to deliver
input, which meant you had to plug out/in your mouse to make it work
again. This version just leaves the consolectl device the way it is. It
can still be used to write output to ttyv0, but it can no longer receive
any input.
In my opinion this patch is not a complete solution, but it's already a
step in the good direction. It would allow us to turn consolectl into a
special (non-TTY) device node in the far future. It shaves off 15 KB of
wasted TTY buffer space.
Discussed with: philip
ufs_access()." The call to getinoquota in ufs_access() serves the
purpose of instantiating inode dquot from the vn_open(). Since quotas
are accounted only for the inodes with already attached dquot, removal
of the call prevented opened inodes from participation in the quota
calculations.
Since ufs_access() may be called with the vnode being only shared
locked, upgrade (and then downgrade) vnode lock if calling
getinoquota().
Reported by: simon at optinet com
In collaboration with: pho
MFC after: 1 week
When I changed syscons(4) to work with the MPSAFE TTY code, I just
locked all device nodes down using the compatibility feature that allows
you to override the TTY's lock (Giant in this case). Upon closer
inspection, it seems sysmouse(4) only has two internal variables that
need locking: mouse_level and mouse_status.
I haven't done any performance benchmarks on this, though I think it
won't have any dramatic improvements on the system. It is good to get
rid of Giant here, because the third argument of tty_alloc() has only
been added to ease migration to MPSAFE TTY. It should not be used when
not needed.
While there, remove SC_MOUSE, which is a leftover from the MPSAFE TTY
import.
the latency based on the Min_Gnt register so use the algorithm found
in OpenSolaris as they probably know how to interpret the value Sun
puts into these registers (previously, the latency calculated for
66MHz was most likely wrong) and for bridges additionally set up the
secondary latency register. Also set up the bridge control register
the way it's done in OpenSolaris. As the latency register don't apply
to PCI-Express and the bridge control setup wasn't tested on sun4v
(besides most likely not being needed), expand the #ifndef SUN4V
accordingly.
MFC after: 3 days
number in the irq register. While there are other issues with these
variants, avoiding writing to it helps interrupt generation on at
least one card, and doesn't hurt on the others. Flag ISA attachment
as needing INT_NO_REG written, and don't update the PC Card attachment
(which will have the effect of not touching it for PC Cards).
Document this in a comment, and tweak one or two formatting nits while
I'm here.
This is a sync to mesa/drm pre-gem, with a few fixes on top of that.
It also contains one local patch supplied by kib@ that I can't apply to
git.master shared code.
Approved by: flz
Obtained from: mesa/drm git.master
MFC after: 2 weeks
in a noticeable reduction in system time spent.
- If bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) fails with EFBIG and we already have
defragmented the mbuf chain, don't bother to defragment and load it
a second time just yet as it's likely to fail again anyway.
MFC after: 3 days
The pty(4) driver raises up to warnings when an old BSD-style PTY is
created. The reason why I added this warning, was to make it easier to
spot applications that allocate BSD-style PTY's, while they should just
use openpty() or posix_openpt().
Add a sysctl, which allows you to override the number of remaining
messages, making it possible to suppress the warnings.
Requested by: kib
Reviewed by: kib
- Provide module dependency information.
- Static'ize ebus_release_resource() in order to match prototype.
- Remove outdated and/or obsolete comments.
- Fix whitespace bugs.
MFC after: 3 days
night.
Free the children after each pci bus that is searched. Otherwise we
leak them. With free in the new place, we also have to free children
before going to done when we find the device we're looking for.
Also, if we can't get the children of a device, just ignore that bus.
When there's an error, we don't want to free the children, since it
will be stack garbage. While we did fail to dereference it by setting
devs to 0, we didn't fail to call free. We never failed to fail, it
was the easiest thing to do.
(1) Abstract interpreter vnode labeling in execve(2) and mac_execve(2)
so that the general exec code isn't aware of the details of
allocating, copying, and freeing labels, rather, simply passes in
a void pointer to start and stop functions that will be used by
the framework. This change will be MFC'd.
(2) Introduce a new flags field to the MAC_POLICY_SET(9) interface
allowing policies to declare which types of objects require label
allocation, initialization, and destruction, and define a set of
flags covering various supported object types (MPC_OBJECT_PROC,
MPC_OBJECT_VNODE, MPC_OBJECT_INPCB, ...). This change reduces the
overhead of compiling the MAC Framework into the kernel if policies
aren't loaded, or if policies require labels on only a small number
or even no object types. Each time a policy is loaded or unloaded,
we recalculate a mask of labeled object types across all policies
present in the system. Eliminate MAC_ALWAYS_LABEL_MBUF option as it
is no longer required.
MFC after: 1 week ((1) only)
Reviewed by: csjp
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
Sponsored by: Apple, Inc.
not in the namecache when shared lookups are enabled (vfs.lookup_shared=1,
it is currently off by default) and the filesystem supports shared lookups
(e.g. NFS client). Specifically, if multiple concurrent LOOKUPs both miss
in the name cache in parallel, each of the lookups may each end up adding an
entry to the namecache resulting in duplicate entries in the namecache
for the same pathname. A subsequent removal of the mapping of that
pathname to that vnode (via remove or rename) would only evict one of the
entries from the name cache. As a result, subseqent lookups for that
pathname would still return the old vnode.
This race was observed with shared lookups over NFS where a file was updated
by writing a new file out to a temporary file name and then renaming that
temporary file to the "real" file to effect atomic updates of a file. Other
processes on the same client that were periodically reading the file would
occasionally receive an ESTALE error from open(2) because the VOP_GETATTR()
in nfs_open() would receive that error when given the stale vnode.
The fix here is to check for duplicates in cache_enter() and just return
if an entry for this same directory and leaf file name for this vnode is
already in the cache. The check for duplicates is done by walking the
per-vnode list of name cache entries. It is expected that this list should
be very small in the common case (usually 0 or 1 entries during a
cache_enter() since most files only have 1 "leaf" name).
Reviewed by: ups, scottl
MFC after: 2 months
PHY only and not also in the case of an external PHY currently
doing full duplex, which accidentally got broken in r172334.
It's still not clear to me why we need to enable the buffer for
an internal PHY though.
- Count excess and late collisions as output errors. [1]
- Count receive errors as input errors. [1]
Obtained from: NetBSD [1]
MFC after: 3 days
space provided by its argument structure, return EOVERFLOW instead of
E2BIG. The latter is documented in Solaris's man page, but the
former is implemented. In either case, the caller should use
getaudit_addr(2) to return the IPv6 address.
Submitted by: sson
Obtained from: Apple, Inc.
MFC after: 3 days
on the presence of fhc(4) instead; we by far don't support all of
the functionality provide by the clock board but in general it's
an integral part of FireHose-based systems which shouldn't be
possible to omit.
we can be sure that it's valid.
In case we abort early free it again else put it into the syncache.
We need the cred in the syncache to be able to restrict what will be
exportet by the sysctl helper function syncache_pcblist() (to netstat)
within jails.
PR: kern/126493
Reviewed by: rwatson (earlier versions)
MFC after: 3 days
ukbd(4) does and that emulation was enabled by default, all three of
them work together with kbdmux(4) out of the box just fine.
- Fix some whitespace bugs.
MFC after: 3 days
When my earlier MPSAFE TTY prototypes still implemented line
disciplines, we needed a mechanism to abort read()'s on PTY master
devices when inside the line discipline. Because this is no longer the
case, these checks have become unneeded.
tables, then attempt to build a simple list containing just the high and
low frequencies based on the current CPU frequency calculated during boot
and the contents of the MSR.
MFC after: 1 month
timer. Previously, the various divisors were fixed which meant that while
it gave somewhat reasonable stathz, etc. at hz=1000, it went off the rails
with any other hz value. With these changes, we now pick a lapic timer hz
based on the value of hz. If hz is >= 1500, then the lapic timer runs at
hz. If 1500 hz >= 750, we run the lapic timer at hz * 2. If hz < 750, we
run at hz * 4. We compute a divider at runtime to make stathz run as close
to 128 as we can since stathz really wants to be run at something close to
that frequency. Profiling just runs on every clock tick. So some examples:
With hz = 100, the lapic timer now runs at 400 instead of 2000. stathz
will be 133, and profhz = 400. With hz = 1000 (default), the lapic timer
is still at 2000 (as it is now), stathz is at 133 (as it is now), and
profhz will be 2000 (previously 666).
MFC after: 2 weeks
only in low memory situations, so the error fork of these fixes is
lightly tested, but they should do the least-wrong thing...
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
set the MNT_FORCE flag, but do not persist "force"
in the options list, since it is a command, not a persistent property
of a mount.
Similarly, when we see "reload", set MNT_RELOAD,
but delete "reload" from the options list.
MFC after: 1 week
- According to POSIX, tcsetattr() must not fail when any of the bits in
the structure are unsupported, but it must leave the unsupported flags
alone.
- The CIGNORE flag (set by TCSASOFT, extension) was not cleared from
c_cflag, which means using it would cause it to be applied during its
entire lifespan. Eventually make sure we clear the flag.
I don't really like CIGNORE, but I think we must keep it alive right
now. With our new TTY layer, we don't actually need this mechanism,
because if you leave c_cflag, c_ispeed and c_ospeed alone, we won't make
a call into the device driver anyway.
Reported by: naddy
Tested by: naddy
thread_unsuspend_one() needs to optionally wakeup the swapper. Since we
hold the thread lock for that entire function, however, we have to push
that requirement up into the caller.
Found by: rwatson
Unlike pre-MPSAFE TTY, the pts(4) driver always returned ENXIO when a
read() or write() was performed on a pseudo-terminal master device when
the slave device was not opened. The old implementation had different
semantics:
- When the slave device had not been opened yet, read() and write() just
blocked.
- When the slave device had been closed, a read() call would return 0
bytes length.
- When the slave device had been closed, a write() call would return
EIO.
Change the new implementation to return 0 and EIO as well. We don't
implement the first rule, but I suspect this is not needed, because
routines like openpty() also open the slave device node. posix_openpt()
users also do similar things.
Reported by: rink
Tested by: rink
counters for Rx/Tx statistics. Various counters in ifnet is also
updated with these hardware counters.
Tested by: kib, Gleb Kurtsou gleb.kurtsou at gmail dot com
Ulrich Spoerlein uspoerlein at gmail dot com
It turned out we transmitted VSTART after each successful read on a TTY
when software flow control was turned on. This was because of a very
evil bug where we tested the TF_HIWAT_IN flag the other way around.
Reported by: Christian Weisgerber <naddy mips inka de>
interrupt mask register again. This saves one register access per
each interrupt.
Also don't try to process frames when driver is not running.
Tested by: kib, Gleb Kurtsou gleb.kurtsou at gmail dot com
Ulrich Spoerlein uspoerlein at gmail dot com
- Rename pciereg_cfgopen() to pcie_cfgregopen() and expose it to the
rest of the kernel. It now also accepts parameters via function
arguments rather than global variables.
- Add a notion of minimum and maximum bus numbers and reject requests for
an out of range bus.
- Add more range checks on slot/func/reg/bytes parameters to the cfg reg
read/write routines. Don't panic on any invalid parameters, just fail
the request (writes do nothing, reads return -1). This matches the
behavior of the other cfg mechanisms.
- Port the memory mapped configuration space access to amd64. On amd64
we simply use the direct map (via pmap_mapdev()) for the memory mapped
window.
- During acpi_attach() just after loading the ACPI tables, check for a
MCFG table. If it exists, call pciereg_cfgopen() on each subtable
(memory mapped window). For now we only support windows for domain 0
that start with bus 0. This removes the need for more chipset-specific
quirks in the MD code.
- Remove the chipset-specific quirks for the Intel 5000P/V/Z chipsets
since these machines should all have MCFG tables via ACPI.
- Updated pci_cfgregopen() to DTRT if ACPI had invoked pcie_cfgregopen()
earlier.
MFC after: 2 weeks
link state and detach request.
While I'm here make sure established link is IFM_10_T or
IFM_100_TX as bfe(4) just supports 10/100Mbps media.
Tested by: kib, Gleb Kurtsou gleb.kurtsou at gmail dot com
Ulrich Spoerlein uspoerlein at gmail dot com
the IP multicast input code from the output path; we don't allow
reentrance of the input path from the IP output path, it must use the
netisr due to potential lock recursion.
MFC after: 3 days
During the import of the MPSAFE TTY layer (r181905), I changed
acct_process() to lock proctree_lock instead of SESS_LOCK, because
s_ttyp is now locked using proctree_lock. One of the things I forgot,
was to lock it before we PROC_LOCK.
Commit this patch, written by kib@. To ensure we hold proctree_lock as
short as possible, obtaining `ac_tty' has now been made the first step
of filling `acct'.
Reported by: Kevin <kevinxlinuz 163 com>
Solved by: kib
o Removed unneeded header files.
o bus_dma(9) fix:
- created parent tag with 1GB dma address limit with no
alignment restrictions.
- set 4096 alignment limit for Tx/Rx descriptor rings.
- separate Rx buffer tag from Tx buffer tag such that Tx tag
allows up-to 16 segments while Rx buffer tag only allows
single segment.
- it seems the controller has no alignment restrictions on Tx/Rx
buffers. Remove ETHER_ALIGN alignment restriction in Tx/Rx
buffers.
- created a spare Rx dma map which would be used to cope with
failure of loading a dma map.
- make sure to load full Tx/Rx descriptor size for Tx/Rx
descriptor dma maps, previously bfe(4) used to load single
descriptor size for each descriptor rings. I have no idea how
it could be run without problems.
- don't blindly cast bus_addr_t type to 32bits in bfe_dma_map().
- created bfe_dma_free() to free allocated dma memory/tags.
- make sure to invoke bus_dmamap_sync(9) before/after processing
descriptor rings/buffers. Because the hardware has severe dma
address space limitation, bounce-buffers would be always used
on systems with more than 1GB memory during
descriptors/buffers access.
- added Tx descriptor ring initialization function,
bfe_list_tx_init().
- moved producer/consumer index initialization to
bfe_list_tx_init() and bfe_list_rx_init() from
bfe_chip_reset().
- added bfe_discard_buf() which will update loaded descriptors
without unloading/reloading the dma map to speed up error
recovery.
- implemented Tx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9). The number of
segments allowed was chosen to be 16 which should be enough for
non-TSO capable hardwares. Setting SOF bit of Tx descriptor is
done in the last to avoid potential race.
- don't give up sending frames in bfe_start() until the hardware
lacks free descriptors.
- added XXX comment to second kick command and possible workaround.
- implemented Rx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9).
- removed bfe_dma_map_desc() as it's not needed anymore after
the conversion to bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9).
- added endianness support. With this change bfe(4) should work
on any architectures that can create bounce buffers within 1GB
address range.
- add missing bus_dmamap_sync() in bfe_tx_eof()/bfe_rx_eof().
o Use PCI_BAR instead of hardcoded value to set BARs.
Simplified register access with bus_write_4(9)/bus_read_4(9) and
removed bfe_btag, bfe_bhandle, bfe_vhandle in softc as it's not
used anymore.
o Reorder device detach logic such that bfe_detach() is also used
for handling driver attach failure case.
o Remove unnecessary KASSERT in bfe_detach().
o Remove bfe_rx_cnt, bfe_up, bfe_vpd_prodname, bfe_vpd_readonly in
softc. It's not used at all.
o Remove BFE_RX_RING_SIZE/BFE_RX_RING_SIZE/BFE_LINK_DOWN.
Tested by: kib, Gleb Kurtsou gleb.kurtsou at gmail dot com
Ulrich Spoerlein uspoerlein at gmail dot com
memory area's base and limit are optional. The low 4-bits of the "low"
prefetchable registers indicates whether or not a 32-bit or 64-bit
region is supported. The PCI-PCI driver had been assuming that all bridges
supported a 64-bit region (and thus the two upper 32-bit registers). Fix
the driver to only use those registers if the low 4-bits of the "low"
registers indicate that a 64-bit region is supported. The PCI-PCI bridge
in the XBox happens to be a bridge that only supports a 32-bit region.
Reported by: rink
MFC after: 1 week
and 5000P/V/Z chipsets.
- If the base address of the config space BAR is above 4GB for some reason
and this isn't a PAE kernel, then warn about this (under bootverbose)
and don't use the BAR.
PR: kern/126525
Submitted by: Arthur Hartwig @ Nokia
MFC after: 2 weeks
We used to have a single wait channel inside the kernel which could be
used by threads that just wanted to sleep for some time (the next
second). The old TTY layer was the only piece of code that still used
lbolt, because I already removed the use of lbolt from the NFS clients
and the VFS syncer.
Approved by: philip
I initially didn't want to integrate the Xen console driver, because it
did not receive any testing. Kip Macy suggested that I'd better check it
in right now, because this is the easiest way for him to test it while
he is working on the Xen import.
Requested by: kmacy
For some reason, sys/sys/tty.h was only half patched. This went by
unnoticed, because the copyright notice on the top already displayed my
name, so I thought the file went in properly.
Reported by: kmacy
The previous commit also included changes to all the system call lists,
but it is a tradition to update these lists in a second commit, so rerun
make sysent to update the $FreeBSD$ tags inside these files to refer to
the latest version of syscalls.master.
Requested by: rwatson
The last half year I've been working on a replacement TTY layer for the
FreeBSD kernel. The new TTY layer was designed to improve the following:
- Improved driver model:
The old TTY layer has a driver model that is not abstract enough to
make it friendly to use. A good example is the output path, where the
device drivers directly access the output buffers. This means that an
in-kernel PPP implementation must always convert network buffers into
TTY buffers.
If a PPP implementation would be built on top of the new TTY layer
(still needs a hooks layer, though), it would allow the PPP
implementation to directly hand the data to the TTY driver.
- Improved hotplugging:
With the old TTY layer, it isn't entirely safe to destroy TTY's from
the system. This implementation has a two-step destructing design,
where the driver first abandons the TTY. After all threads have left
the TTY, the TTY layer calls a routine in the driver, which can be
used to free resources (unit numbers, etc).
The pts(4) driver also implements this feature, which means
posix_openpt() will now return PTY's that are created on the fly.
- Improved performance:
One of the major improvements is the per-TTY mutex, which is expected
to improve scalability when compared to the old Giant locking.
Another change is the unbuffered copying to userspace, which is both
used on TTY device nodes and PTY masters.
Upgrading should be quite straightforward. Unlike previous versions,
existing kernel configuration files do not need to be changed, except
when they reference device drivers that are listed in UPDATING.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty/...
Approved by: philip (ex-mentor)
Discussed: on the lists, at BSDCan, at the DevSummit
Sponsored by: Snow B.V., the Netherlands
dcons(4) fixed by: kan
place to add this connection, since the interrupt is for a GPIO pin,
but since we have no alternative at the moment...
Submitted by: Hans Petter Selasky
we free memory from underneath them.
This fixes an occasional panic I've been seeing in softclock() where a bad
pointer would be encountered when pushing DTrace hard.
The PCM's sound.h file only seems to include <sys/tty.h>, because
channel_if seems to require selinfo. Just replace it with
<sys/selinfo.h>.
There's no real problem with including <sys/tty.h> here, even with
MPSAFE TTY, but <sys/tty.h> is something that should be used by the TTY
layer, its driver and code that integrated it with the process tree.
corresponding USAGE should be skipped as well.
For example, below is a report desc fragment of some mouse:
COLLECTION
...
USAGE TWHEEL
FEATURE ...
...
USAGE WHEEL
INPUT ...
...
END COLLECTION
"USAGE TWHEEL" should be consumed after the FEATURE item is skipped,
otherwise, the INPUT item will be assigned to "USAGE TWHEEL" later,
other than "USAGE WHEEL".
Tested by: Grzegorz Blach
PR: usb/125941
In order to CATER this, DDB buffered output can be choosen at compile
time through the option DDB_BUFR_SIZE=nbytes where nbytes choose the size
of the buffer (suggested size is 128 bytes), which should be manually
specified in any interested config file.
Sponsored by: Nokia
kernel gs base, because %rip is adjusted only on kernel-mode trap caused
by iretq execution. On the other hand, the stack contains (hardware
part of) trap frame from the usermode. As a consequence, checking for
frame mode and doing swapgs causes the kernel to enter trap() with
usermode gs base.
Remove the check for mode and conditional swapgs, we already have right
gs base in the MSR.
Submitted by: Nate Eldredge <neldredge math ucsd edu>
MFC after: 3 days
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
domain, pribus (the primary bus, eg the bus that this chip is on),
secbus (the secondary bus, eg the bus immediately behind this chip)
and subbus (the number of the highest bus behind this chip).
Normally, this information is reported via bootverbose parameters, but
that's hard to use for debugging in some cases.
This adds reading of pribus to make this happen. In addition, change
the narrow types to u_int to allow for easier reporting via sysctl for
domain, secbus and subbus. This should have no effect, but if it
does, please let me know.
into v4-only vs. v6-only inp_flags processing.
When ip6_savecontrol_v4() is called from ip6_savecontrol() we
were not passing back the **mp thus the information will be missing
in userland.
Istead of going with a *** as suggested in the PR we are returning
**mp now and passing in the v4only flag as a pointer argument.
PR: kern/126349
Reviewed by: rwatson, dwmalone
Now we have a single /dev/snp device node, which can be opened by
watch(8) multiple times. Even though snp(4) will be dead as of next
week, it's nice having this in SVN, because:
- We may want to MFC it to RELENG_7.
- By the time we fix snp(4) again, it's already there, existing watch(8)
binaries should already work.
Just like bpf(4), I'm adding a symlink from snp0 to snp to remain binary
compatible.
This can be used to disable the 80pin cable check on systems which forget to
set the bit -- such as certain laptops and Soekris boards.
PR: kern/114605 (somewhat reworked)
Submitted by: marck
MFC after: 1 week
- Speedup the lock orderings lookup modifying the witness graph from a
linked tree to a matrix. A table lookup caches the lock orderings in
order to make a O(1) access for them. Any witness object has an unique
index withing this lookup cache table.
- Reduce the lock contention on w_mtx acquiring it only when the LOR
actually happens and not in a sane case. In order to do this don't totally
flush lock lists (per-CPU spinlocks list and per-thread sleeplocks list)
but check for ll_count anytime we need to have to verify allocations sanity.
- Introduce the function witness_thread_exit() in the witness namespace which
should verify a thread doesn't hold any witness occurrence why exiting.
- Rename the sysctl debug.witness.graphs into debug.witness.fullgraph and
add debug.witness.badstacks which prints out stacks for LOR revealed.
This is implemented using the stack(9) support, which makes WITNESS to be
dependent by the STACK option or by the DDB (including STACK) option.
- Fix style(9) for src/sys/kern/subr_witness.c
The hash table approach has been developed by Ilya Maykov on the behalf of
Isilon Systems which kindly released the patch.
Jeff Roberson, ported the patch to -CURRENT and fixed w_mtx contention, on the
behalf of Nokia.
Submitted by: Ilya Maykov <ivmaykov at gmail dot com> (Isilon Systems), jeff
Sponsored by: Nokia
bpf(4) now uses cdevpriv to distinguish multiple file descriptors, where
it used to be implemented using device cloning. Ports like libpcap
properly detect the change in their configure scripts, but it doesn't
hurt to increase __FreeBSD_version.
While there, change the bpf(4) manual page to refer to /dev/bpf instead
of /dev/bpfN.
Requested by: mlaier
that redzone adds to the allocation for storing its metadata is at least as
large as the metadata that it will store there.
Submitted by: Nima Misaghian
priority of some of the drivers that manage the same state (e.g. ichss0
vs est0). Specifically, powernow, est, and p4tcc are added at order 10,
ichss at order 20, and smist at order 30. Previously, some laptops were
seeing both ichss0 and est0 attaching and stomping on each other.
XXX: This isn't quite ideal, but works with the existing hacks, I think
what we really want instead is a single "speedstep0" device for CPUs
that the ichss, est, and smist drivers probe (but with differing
priorities).
MFC after: 1 week
Right now the bpf(4) driver uses the cloning API to generate /dev/bpf%u.
When an application such as tcpdump needs a BPF, it opens /dev/bpf0,
/dev/bpf1, etc. until it opens the first available device node. We used
this approach, because our devfs implementation didn't allow
per-descriptor data.
Now that we can, make it use devfs_get_cdevpriv() to obtain the private
data. To remain compatible with the existing implementation, add a
symlink from /dev/bpf0 to /dev/bpf. I've already changed libpcap to
compile with HAVE_CLONING_BPF, which makes it use /dev/bpf. There may be
other applications in the base system (dhclient) that use the loop to
obtain a valid bpf.
Discussed on: src-committers
Approved by: csjp
mounts, Linux won't even bother registering nlockmgr for UDP. This
causes nlm_get_rpc to fail, which means any attempts to deliver the
GRANTED callback fail. Add code to nlm_get_rpc to try to locate the
TCP version as well. If it finds it on TCP, it establishes
a clnt_reconnect to the host.
Submitted by: zachary.loafman at isilon.com
MFC after: 2 weeks
Compilation of the AVILA kernel failed because of two reasons:
- It needed curthread, which is defined through <sys/pcpu.h>.
- It still referred the softc's sc_mtx field, which has been replaced by
sc_lock three weeks ago.
To solve the first problem, I decided to include <sys/pcpu.h> in
<sys/sx.h>, which also seems to be done by <sys/mutex.h> and
<sys/rwlock.h>. Those header files also require curthread.
Approved by: jhb
the various copyouts associated with initializing the process's
argv/env data in userspace. It is possible that these copyout
operations can fault under memory pressure, possibly resulting
in dead locks. This is believed to be safe since none of the
copyout_strings() operations need to interact with the vnode here.
Submitted by: Zhouyi Zhou
PR: kern/111260
Discussed with: kib
MFC after: 3 weeks
Also report current link state while auto-negotiation is in
progress.
With this change link loss should be reported within a second
and drivers that rely on link state should work.
Reported by: Pete French < petefrench at ticketswitch dot com >
Tested by: Pete French < petefrench at ticketswitch dot com >
MFC after: 1 week
It is possible that the audit pipe(s) have different preselection configs
then the global preselection mask.
Spotted by: Vincenzo Iozzo
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Extend the DS1339 driver to recognize more chips in the family:
DS1337, DS1338, DS1339 are now supported
- Provide run-time chip detection
Reviewed, tested by: stas
Obtained from: Piotr Ziecik kosmo ! semihalf dot com
(glxsb_process()) we don't block others when looking for our session.
- Simplify the loop responsible for freeing sessions on detach.
- No need to drop a lock around malloc(M_NOWAIT).
- Treat ses_used as boolean.
- Avoid gotos where possible.
- Various style(9) fixes.
Reviewed by: philip, Patrick Lamaiziere <patfbsd@davenulle.org>
This driver supports GW3887 based chipsets and works on
x86/powerpc/sparc64. You need upgtfw kernel module before loading
upgt(4). Please see the manpage.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
on a variety of cards. Adjust the comments accordingly to match the
code. Even if the vendor chose 0xffff for the device ID, the vendor
ID can't be 0xffff, so the test is still valid from a standards
perspective.
found in Soekris hardware, for instance). The hardware supports acceleration
of AES-128-CBC accessible through crypto(4) and supplies entropy to random(4).
TODO:
o Implement rndtest(4) support
o Performance enhancements
Submitted by: Patrick Lamaizière <patfbsd -at- davenulle.org>
Reviewed by: jhb, sam
MFC after: 1 week
There is no reason the fdopen() routine needs Giant. It only sets
curthread->td_dupfd, based on the device unit number of the cdev.
I guess we won't get massive performance improvements here, but still, I
assume we eventually want to get rid of Giant.
that I have. Wait up to 1.1s for the card to become ready. Document
what the standards say, and use that to justify the behavior in the
code: PCI standard says that a card must respond to configuration
cycles within 2^25 cycles after reset goes high, which is
approximately 1s. Therefore, give cards a little break and wait for
up to 1.1s for VENDOR to become valid. Only look at the vendor part
of the ID, since only it can't be 0xffff (although in practice
vendor/device will always be != 0xfffffffff). Include detailed
pointers to standards so epople understand why we're doing what we're
doing and why it just might be OK. Make it clear in the timeout
message that it is just a warning, sinc we try to soldier on as best
we can anyway.
This should eliminate an error message that r181453 produced on
certain Atheros cards.
more mappings to the same physical page have different memory types, i.e.,
PAT settings. Consequently, if pmap_change_attr() is applied to a virtual
address range within the kernel map, then the corresponding ranges of the
direct map also need to be changed. Enhance pmap_change_attr() to handle
this case automatically.
Add a comment describing what pmap_change_attr() does.
Discussed with: jhb
and also holds things up, check every 20ms to see if we can read the
vendor of device 0.0. It will be 0xffffffff until the card is out of
reset. Always wait at least 20ms, for safety.
I think this is a better fix to the reset problem. However, I did it
as a separate commit in case something bad happens, people can roll
back to the commit before this one to see if that gives them reliable
behavior. I don't have FreeBSD up on enough machines to do exhaustive
testing on all known bridges...
some bridge + card combinations that take longer for reasons unknown.
Adjust the timeout to be 100ms on all !RICOH bridges, but leave RICOH
at 400ms. The 400ms is "lore" from other open source projects, and
I've never see my ricoh bridge chips take this long. Maybe it is the
same thing? Maybe a bit should be read instead of a hard-wired pause?
After this adjustment, a few cards that I'd insert and get only:
cbb0: card_power: 3V
cbb0: card_power: 0V
with full debugging enabled would actually try to attach.
Reported by: sam@ (I think)
MFC after: 3 days
set the %eflags used during a BIOS call via BTX to 0x202. Previously
the flags field was uninitialized garbage, and thus it was "random" if
interrupts were enabled or not during BIOS calls.
- Use constants from <machine/psl.h> for fields in %eflags.
MFC after: 3 days
- I had errantly assumed that all user requests should run with interrupts
enabled. User requests for software interrupts, however, need to disable
interrupts (and tracing) just like hardware interrupts.
- Disable alignment checking when emulating a hardware interrupt as well
(based on the description of the real mode operation of the 'INT'
instruction in the IA-32 manuals).
- Use constants for fields in %eflags.
Tested by: bz
MFC after: 3 days
features of CPUs like reading/writing machine-specific registers,
retrieving cpuid data, and updating microcode.
- Add cpucontrol(8) utility, that provides userland access to
the features of cpuctl(4).
- Add subsequent manpages.
The cpuctl(4) device operates as follows. The pseudo-device node cpuctlX
is created for each cpu present in the systems. The pseudo-device minor
number corresponds to the cpu number in the system. The cpuctl(4) pseudo-
device allows a number of ioctl to be preformed, namely RDMSR/WRMSR/CPUID
and UPDATE. The first pair alows the caller to read/write machine-specific
registers from the correspondent CPU. cpuid data could be retrieved using
the CPUID call, and microcode updates are applied via UPDATE.
The permissions are inforced based on the pseudo-device file permissions.
RDMSR/CPUID will be allowed when the caller has read access to the device
node, while WRMSR/UPDATE will be granted only when the node is opened
for writing. There're also a number of priv(9) checks.
The cpucontrol(8) utility is intened to provide userland access to
the cpuctl(4) device features. The utility also allows one to apply
cpu microcode updates.
Currently only Intel and AMD cpus are supported and were tested.
Approved by: kib
Reviewed by: rpaulo, cokane, Peter Jeremy
MFC after: 1 month
There is no need to mark this device node to use Giant. The only
architectures that use io(4) (i386 and amd64) only change a flag in
td->td_frame, which is only accessed by curthread.
Apart from this change, I think some fishy things may happen when using
/dev/io in multithreaded applications. I haven't tested, but looking at
the code, the flag doesn't get cleared when close() is called from
another thread, but this may not be this important.
I'm not removing D_NEEDGIANT from mem(4), because this driver isn't
Giant safe at all (it calls GIANT_REQUIRED).
no particular reason for them to be implemented in assembler and
having them in C allows easier extension as well as using more C
macros and {d,i}tlb_slot_max rather than hard-coding magic (and
actually spitfire-only) values.
- Fix the compilation of pmap_print_tte().
- Change pmap_print_tlb() to use ldxa() rather than re-rolling it
inline as well as TLB_DAR_SLOT and {d,i}tlb_slot_max rather than
hardcoding magic (and actually spitfire-only) values.
- While at it, suffix the above mentioned functions with "_sun4u" to
underline they're architecture-specific.
- Use __FBSDID and macros instead of magic values in locore.S.
- Remove unused includes and smp_stack in locore.S.
msleep/mtx_sleep or the various cv_*wait*() routines. Currently, the
"unlock" behavior of PDROP and cv_wait_unlock() with Giant is not
permitted as it is will be confusing since Giant is fully unrecursed and
unlocked during a thread sleep.
This is handy for subsystems which wish to allow unlocked drivers to
continue to use Giant such as CAM, the new TTY layer, and the new USB
stack. CAM currently uses a hack that I told Scott to use because I
really didn't want to permit this behavior, and the TTY and USB patches
both have various patches to permit this.
MFC after: 2 weeks
NEC PC-9801N-J02 and PC-9801N-J02R. I can't test the former because
it requires resources that conflict with my laptop. I can't test the
latter because my dog chewed up my -J02R card and it didn't survive
well enough for me to test.
http://www.t10.org/lists/1spc-lst.htm
Note opcodes for scanner and communication devices are taken from the previous
revision because they are not listed in the files any more.
Also, note newly added ASCs are all marked with 'XXX TBD' and take SS_RDEF action
for now. Some ASCs need SS_TUR for error recovery or SS_FATAL to prevent further
retrials. We should deal with them later.
Reviewed by: scottl, ken
would call ed_release_resources() when we should have called
ed_detach() to properly undo the effects of prior calls to
ed_attach(). This would leave a stray ed interface ifnet alive in the
system, which was, well, bad, since we called if_free() on the
underlying memory... Fix the ed_detach routine to cope being called
in this context now.
This should never come up because the miibus is always there. Except
for now when it seems to be failing for reasons unknown... That's a
different bug that hits at least ed, xl, dc and fxp...
performed with snapshot option, while the mp->mnt_opt is NULL.
Protect against NULL pointer dereference.
Noted by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik gmail com>
MFC after: 3 days
procedure. There were some subtle differences before that could lead
to a variety of bugs, including resources being lost (in one case
forever). pccard_probe_and_attach_card does this now, and includes
comments about what's going on and why, since it isn't obvious from
the code. Please let me know if I've missed anything...
Provide a new function called pccard_select_cfe that allows drivers to
select which configuration entry to use. This is needed for some
older pre-MFC standard cards with many functions that want to activate
all their functions by selecting alternative entries, or to work
around broken ones. pccard_select_cfe will migrate into the
pccard_if.m interface as its interface stabilizes to keep all the
pccard drivers from referencing any symbols in the pccard.ko module
directly.
Fix a printf to refer to the right function name.
pci_add_map(). First, this condition is already handled earlier in
the function. Second, as written the check would never fire as the
'start' value was overwritten with a long value (rman_get_start() returns
long) before the comparison was done.
Discussed with: imp
MFC after: 2 weeks
routine wakes up proc0 so that proc0 can swap the thread back in.
Historically, this has been done by waking up proc0 directly from
setrunnable() itself via a wakeup(). When waking up a sleeping thread
that was swapped out (the usual case when waking proc0 since only sleeping
threads are eligible to be swapped out), this resulted in a bit of
recursion (e.g. wakeup() -> setrunnable() -> wakeup()).
With sleep queues having separate locks in 6.x and later, this caused a
spin lock LOR (sleepq lock -> sched_lock/thread lock -> sleepq lock).
An attempt was made to fix this in 7.0 by making the proc0 wakeup use
the ithread mechanism for doing the wakeup. However, this required
grabbing proc0's thread lock to perform the wakeup. If proc0 was asleep
elsewhere in the kernel (e.g. waiting for disk I/O), then this degenerated
into the same LOR since the thread lock would be some other sleepq lock.
Fix this by deferring the wakeup of the swapper until after the sleepq
lock held by the upper layer has been locked. The setrunnable() routine
now returns a boolean value to indicate whether or not proc0 needs to be
woken up. The end result is that consumers of the sleepq API such as
*sleep/wakeup, condition variables, sx locks, and lockmgr, have to wakeup
proc0 if they get a non-zero return value from sleepq_abort(),
sleepq_broadcast(), or sleepq_signal().
Discussed with: jeff
Glanced at by: sam
Tested by: Jurgen Weber jurgen - ish com au
MFC after: 2 weeks
for a PCI device during the boot-time probe of the parent PCI bus, then
zero the BAR and clear the resource list entry for that BAR. This forces
the PCI bus driver to request a valid resource range from the parent bridge
driver when the device driver tries to allocate the BAR. Similarly, if the
initial value of a BAR is a valid range but it is > 4GB and the current OS
only has 32-bit longs, then do a full teardown of the initial value of the
BAR to force a reallocation.
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 1 week
of having duplicate versions in each bus attachment.
- Add a DRIVER_MODULE() instance so that the iicbus(4) driver will
actually attach to pcf(4) driver instances.
- Fix compile of envctrl.c.
Pointy hat: jhb (3)
- ad7418(4) uses an sx lock instead of a mtx since the iicbus(4) stuff it
calls can sleep (request_bus()). Also, I expanded the locking slightly
to serialize writes to data stored in the softc.
- Similarly, the icee(4) driver now uses an sx lock instead of a mutex.
I also removed the pointless OPENED flag and flags field from the softc.
- The locking for the ic(4) driver was a bit trickier:
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect softc data.
- The driver uses malloc'd buffers that are the size of the interface
MTU to send and receive packets. Previously, these were allocated
every time the interface was brought up and anytime the MTU was
changed, with various races that could result in memory leaks. I
changed this to be a bit simpler and more like other NIC drivers in
that we allocate buffers during attach for the default MTU size and
only reallocate them on MTU changes. The reallocation procedure
goes to some lengths with various flags to not replace either the
the receive or transmit buffers while the driver is busy receiving
or transmitting a packet.
- Store the device_t of the driver in the softc instead of detours into
new-bus using if_dunit from the ifnet and an even more bizarre detour
to get the softc instead of using if_softc.
- Drop the driver mutex when invoking netisr_dispatch() to pass the
packet up to IP.
- Use if_printf().
- Add an sx lock to the iic(4) driver to serialize open(), close(), read(),
and write and to protect sc_addr and sc_count in the softc.
- Use cdev->si_drv1 instead of using the minor number of the cdev to
lookup the softc via newbus in iic(4).
- Store the device_t in the softc to avoid a similar detour via minor
numbers in iic(4).
- Only add at most one instance of iic(4) and iicsmb(4) to each iicbus(4)
instance, and do it in the child driver.
- Add a mutex to the iicbus(4) softc to synchronize the request/release bus
stuff.
- Use __BUS_ACCESSOR() for IICBUS_ACCESSOR() instead of rolling our own.
- Add a mutex to the iicsmb(4) softc to protect softc state updated in the
interrupt handler.
- Remove Giant from all the smbus methods in iicsmb(4) now that all the
iicbus(4) backend is locked.
- Just grab Giant in the ixp425_iic(4) driver since this driver uses
a shared address/data register window pair to access the actual
I2C registers. None of the other ixp425 drivers lock access to these
shared address/data registers yet and that would need to be done before
this could use any meaningful locking.
- Add locking to the interrupt handler and 'iicbus_reset' methods of the
at91_twi(4) driver.
- Add locking to the pcf(4) driver. Other pcf(4) fixes include:
- Don't needlessly zero the softc.
- Use bus_foo rather than bus_space_foo and remove bus space tag and
handle from softc.
- The lpbb(4) driver just grabs Giant for now. This will be refined later
when ppbus(4) is locked.
- As was done with smbus earlier, move the DRIVER_MODULE() lines to match
the bus driver (either iicbus or iicbb) to the bridge driver into the
bridge drivers.
Tested by: sam (arm/ixp425)
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Use a private timer routine to drive the transmit watchdog timer instead
of using if_watchdog/if_timer.
- If if_alloc() fails during attach, fail the attach with an error rather
than panic'ing.
- Clear RUNNING and OACTIVE only in sncstop().
- Don't mess with IFF_UP.
- Don't leak 'struct ifnet' on detach.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
- Call ether_ifdetach() rather than if_detach() in the pccard detach
routine.
Tested by: no one despite repeated requests
- let the loop iterate every page (as intended), and not some multiplies
(which led to a fake exhaustion of the ARM_NOCACHE_KVA_SIZE)
- eliminate using MIN(): it compared number of pages vs. address
(ARM_TP_ADDRESS), which was bogus
Reviewed by: cognet, imp
Obtained from: Piotr Ziecik kosmo ! semihalf dot com
MFC after: 3 days
PZERO + 1. The sleeping process at the priority <= PZERO is counted as
blocked, or, as comment states, 'disk wait'. PZERO + 1 works as well,
and does not cause user confusion.
Reported by: sam <samflanker at gmail com>
MFC after: 1 week
commit, calling i386_parsedev(..., X, ...) where X is "ad", "bge", or
any other disk or network device name without a unit number, would
result in dereferencing whatever happened to be on the stack where the
variable "cp" is stored.
Found by: LLVM/Clang Static Checker
watchdog timeout issues and the root cause seems to stem from
silicon bug of controller. Personally I couldn't reproduce it on
RTL8169 controller but it seems it's dependent on usage pattern.
For newer PCIe based controllers I have no TSO complaints but
turning off TSO would be more safe. Users who are sure that
their controller works with TSO can still reenable the TSO with
ifconfig(8).
Reported by: Oliver Lehmann (lehmann at ans-netz dot de), Eugene Butusov (ebutusov at gmail dot com)
11bits. This limits the maximum interface MTU size in TSO case
as upper stack should not generate TCP segments with MSS greater
than the limit. Armed with this information, disable TSO if
interface MTU is greater than the limit.
lstat(2) is called on symlinks -- this code appears never to have
worked. The PR this addresses suggests that the intended
original behavior is the right one, but as bde points out in the
PR comments, we do actually support storing a mode on symlinks,
so returning it seems reasonable.
This is consistent with Mac OS X, which despite documentation to
the contrary does return the mode set on a symlink, but not some
other platforms. The Single Unix Spec requires only that the
returned bits be "meaningful", which seems at best unhelpful as
advice goes.
PR: 25018
MFC after: 3 days
vnode lock may cause a LOR between kld_sx lock and vnode lock.
linker_load_dependencies() drops kld_sx, and another thread may attempt
to load the same kld.
Reported and tested by: pjd
MFC after: 1 week
As clearly mentioned on the mailing lists, there is a list of drivers
that have not been ported to the MPSAFE TTY layer yet. Remove them from
the kernel configuration files. This means people can now still use
these drivers if they explicitly put them in their kernel configuration
file, which is good.
People should keep in mind that after August 10, these drivers will not
work anymore. Even though owners of the hardware are capable of getting
these drivers working again, I will see if I can at least get them to a
compilable state (if time permits).
code interfered with Performant mode and legacy interrupts. Also
remove a register read operation on the Simplq code that was
effectively a time-wasting no-op.
As of r178766 this driver didn't compile anymore, because it missed a
switch()-statement. I'm getting tired of seeing this driver being broken
for two months already. When I run `make universe', everything passes,
except the BWCT kernel configuration file.
don't support the ioapic either, so remove that option too. These
were commented out, but could never be enabled, unlike the other
options in the file that are commented out.
pmap_change_attr() in order to use the direct map for any cache mode, not
just write-back mode.
It is worth noting that this change also eliminates a situation in which we
have two mappings to the same physical memory with different cache modes.
Submitted by: Magesh Dhasayyan (with some changes by me)
Discussed with: jhb
keyword. But it doesn't work. Two options.. make it no longer accept it,
or actually make it work.. I chose the 2nd..
Allow the tablearg to be used to specify a skipto destination.
This is actually a very powerful construct if used correctly, or a sink
of cpu cycles if used badly.
changes t teh man page will follow.
There is no way for the caller to tell us which direction this packet is
going. With the bpf_mtap{2} routines, we can check the interface pointer.
MFC after: 2 weeks
mode changes, and cache and TLB invalidation when some or all of the
specified range is already mapped with the specified cache mode.
Submitted by: Magesh Dhasayyan
return success if the passed vnode pointer is NULL (rather than
panicking). This can occur if either audit or accounting are
disabled while the policy is running.
Since the swapoff control has no real relevance to this policy,
which is concerned about intent to write rather than water under the
bridge, remove it.
PR: kern/126100
Reported by: Alan Amesbury <amesbury at umn dot edu>
MFC after: 3 days
processes are not producing absolute pathname tokens. It is required
that audited pathnames are generated relative to the global root mount
point. This modification changes our implementation of audit_canon_path(9)
and introduces a new function: vn_fullpath_global(9) which performs a
vnode -> pathname translation relative to the global mount point based
on the contents of the name cache. Much like vn_fullpath,
vn_fullpath_global is a wrapper function which called vn_fullpath1.
Further, the string parsing routines have been converted to use the
sbuf(9) framework. This change also removes the conditional acquisition
of Giant, since the vn_fullpath1 method will not dip into file system
dependent code.
The vnode locking was modified to use vhold()/vdrop() instead the vref()
and vrele(). This will modify the hold count instead of modifying the
user count. This makes more sense since it's the kernel that requires
the reference to the vnode. This also makes sure that the vnode does not
get recycled we hold the reference to it. [1]
Discussed with: rwatson
Reviewed by: kib [1]
MFC after: 2 weeks
proved to be necessary to make the static drivers work
in EITHER/OR or BOTH configurations. Modules will still
build in sys/modules/igb or em as before.
This also updates the igb driver for support for the 82576
adapter, adds shared code fixes, and etc....
MFC after: ASAP
support for bpf(4) due to hacks in the Y! tree for a truss32 binary
(since superseded by native support for 32-bit binaries in truss itself).
MFC after: 1 week
to downgrade the exclusive lock to shared one when exclusive lock owner
requested shared lock. New lockmgr panics instead.
The vnode_pager_lock function requests shared lock on the vnode backing
the OBJT_VNODE, and can be called when the current thread already holds
an exlcusive lock on the vnode. For instance, it happens when handling
page fault from the VOP_WRITE() uiomove that writes to the file, with
the faulted in page fetched from the vm object backed by the same file.
We then get the situation described above.
Verify whether the vnode is already exclusively locked by the curthread
and request recursed exclusive vnode lock instead of shared, if true.
Reported by: gallatin
Discussed with: attilio
well as the 15C since it seems to be required in practice. The Linux
natsemi.c driver mostly does this as well.
PR: kern/112179
Submitted by: Mark Willson mark - hydrus org uk
MFC after: 1 week
It seems we only use `lbolt' inside the VFS syncer and the TTY layer
now. Because I'm planning to replace the TTY layer next month, there's
no reason to keep `lbolt' if it's only used in a single thread inside
the kernel.
Because the syncer code wanted to wake up the syncer thread before the
timeout, it called sleepq_remove(). Because we now just use a condvar(9)
with a timeout value of `hz', we can wake it up using cv_broadcast()
without waking up any unrelated threads.
Reviewed by: phk
After the import of the new TTY layer, the TTY_QUOTE definition will not
be present anymore. To make sure clists will still work as expected,
introduce an internal definition called QUOTEMASK.
Maybe we can decide to remove the quote bits entirely, but we still have
to look into this. There may be drivers that still use the quote bits.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/mpsafetty
the 32bit images on amd64.
Change the semantic of the PCB_32BIT pcb flag to request the context
switch code to operate on the segment registers. Its previous meaning
of saving or restoring the %gs base offset is assigned to the new
PCB_GS32BIT flag.
FreeBSD 32bit image activator sets the PCB_32BIT flag, while Linux 32bit
emulation sets PCB_32BIT | PCB_GS32BIT.
Reviewed by: peter
MFC after: 2 weeks
sockets for IPv6 raw sockets: separately lock the inpcb for determining
the destination address for a connect()'d raw socket at the rip6_send()
layer, and then re-acquire the inpcb lock in the rip6_output() layer to
query other options on the socket. Previously, the global raw IP socket
lock was used, which while correct and marginally more consistent, could
add significantly to global raw IP socket lock contention.
MFC after: 1 week
lock the inpcb and use a local stack variable to copy to/from userspace
so that sooptcopyin()/sooptcopyout() aren't called while holding an
rwlock.
While here, fix a bug in which a failed sooptcopyin() might lead to
partially consistent ICMPv6 filters on the socket by not ignoring the
error returned by sooptcopyin().
MFC after: 2 weeks
using the passed arguments explicitly and unconditionally rather than
testing them and calling panic(). The result is the same but easier
to read.
MFC after: 3 days
- When a cpuset is applied to a thread, walk the cpuset to see if it is a
"full" cpuset (includes all available CPUs). If not, set a new
TDS_AFFINITY flag to indicate that this thread can't run on all CPUs.
When inheriting a cpuset from another thread during thread creation, the
new thread also inherits this flag. It is in a new ts_flags field in
td_sched rather than using one of the TDF_SCHEDx flags because fork()
clears td_flags after invoking sched_fork().
- When placing a thread on a runqueue via sched_add(), if the thread is not
pinned or bound but has the TDS_AFFINITY flag set, then invoke a new
routine (sched_pickcpu()) to pick a CPU for the thread to run on next.
sched_pickcpu() walks the cpuset and picks the CPU with the shortest
per-CPU runqueue length. Note that the reason for the TDS_AFFINITY flag
is to avoid having to walk the cpuset and examine runq lengths in the
common case.
- To avoid walking the per-CPU runqueues in sched_pickcpu(), add an array
of counters to hold the length of the per-CPU runqueues and update them
when adding and removing threads to per-CPU runqueues.
MFC after: 2 weeks
revision and (on Prism cards) the primary firmware revision via
sysctl. Move the printing of this information under bootverbose,
since it is relatively easy to get to it now.
mapping to 4KB page mappings when the specified attribute change only
applies to a portion of the 2MB page. Previously, in such cases,
pmap_change_attr() gave up and returned an error.
Submitted by: Magesh Dhasayyan
- Check if panicstr isn't set, if it is ignore the lock. This helps to avoid
confusion, because lockmgr is a no-op when panicstr isn't NULL, so
asserting anything at this point doesn't make sense and can just race with
other panic.
Discussed with: kib
(Other more specific related options will follow)
This allows one to set multiple p2p links to the same place
and select which to use by having each in different FIBS.
turns out some devices do this and since we otherwise validate the station
is associated and don't use the aid for anything being lenient here allows
them to function
Submitted by: Chris Zimmermann
MFC after: 2 weeks
This gives significant performance improvements when many raw sockets used.
Benchmarks of mpd handeling 1000 simultaneous PPTP connections show up to 50%
performance boost. With higher number of connections benefit becomes even
bigger. PopTop snd others should also get some benefits.
the beginning. There's a race in the shared interrutp case. If
another interrupt happens after the interrupt is setup, then we'd try
to lock an uninitialized mutex. In addition, if we bailed out due to
a too old version of firmware, we'd leave the interrupt enabled with
all the fun that ensues....
"If you don't get a review within a day or two, I would firmly recommend
backing out the changes"
back out all my changes as unreviewed by secteam@ yet.
The ttyinfo() routine generates the fancy output when pressing ^T. Right
now it is stored in tty.c. In the MPSAFE TTY code it is already stored
in tty_info.c. To make integration of the MPSAFE TTY code a little
easier, take the same approach.
This makes the TTY code a little bit more readable, because having the
proc_*/thread_* routines in tty.c is very distractful.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
The kbd, kbdmux, ugen and uhid drivers included <sys/tty.h>, because
they needed clists, which have been moved to <sys/clist.h> some time
ago. In the MPSAFE TTY branch, <sys/tty.h> does not include
<sys/clist.h>, which means we have to teach these drivers to include
this header file directly.
Approved by: philip (mentor, implicit)
We're very lucky, because the flags used by our TIOCPKT implementation
are the same as flags used by Linux. We can safely enable TIOCPKT,
assuming EXTPROC is not used.
TIOCSPTLCK is used by unlockpt(). Because we don't need unlockpt() in
our implementation, make this ioctl a no-op.
Approved by: philip (mentor, implicit), rdivacky
Obtained from: P4 (//depot/projects/mpsafetty/...)
but removed too much, breaking the build in other places instead. Now
that the ipfilter issue has been fixed (or hacked around), address the
second issue by restoring r180755, with one small change. I don't feel
comfortable using assert(3) in a header that will be included in userland
code that may or may not already have an assertion mechanism in place,
so KASSERT() evaluates to a no-op in the !_KERNEL case.
behavior. Specifically, probe Host-PCI bridges in the order they are
encountered in the tree. For CPUs, just use an order of 100000 and assume
that no Host-PCI bridges will be more than 10000 levels deep in the
namespace. This fixes an issue on some boxes where the HPET timer stopped
attaching.
vnode buffers locked at once. In particular, there are indirect buffers
among locked ones. The bdwrite() may start the flushing to keep dirty
buffer list at the bounds. If any buffer on the dirty list requires
translation from logical to physical block number, code may ends up
trying to lock an indirect buffer already locked in ffs_balloc_ufsX.
Prevent the bdflush() activity when several buffers are locked at once
by setting the TDP_INBDFUSH for the problematic code blocks.
Reported and tested by: pho, Josef Buchsteiner at Juniper
In collaboration with: kan
MFC after: 1 month
when stack realignment is turned on (it is ALWAYS on for main), however
in a profiling build %ecx would be clobbered by mcount(), this would lead
to a segmentation fault when the code tries to reference any argument.
This fix changes mcount() to preserve %ecx.
PR: bin/119709
Reviewed by: bde
MFC after: 1 week
return NDIS_STATUS_PENDING. In this case, it's waiting for 5 secs to
get the response from drivers now. However, some NDIS drivers can send
the response before NDIS framework gets ready to receive it so we might
always be blocked for 5 secs in current implementation. NDIS framework
should reset the event before calling NDIS driver's callback not after.
MFC after: 1 month
used but MSI to HyperTransport IRQ mapping is enabled, and would act as
if MSI is turned on, resulting in interrupt loss.
This commit will,
1. enable MSI mapping on a device only when MSI is enabled for that
device and the MSI address matches the HT mapping window.
2. enable MSI mapping on a bridge only when a downstream device is
allocated an MSI address in the mapping window
PR: kern/118842
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
child process immediately after bulk bcopy() without dropping the
process lock.
Since process is not single-threaded when forking, dropping and
reacquiring the lock allows an other thread to change the process title
of the parent in between, and results in hold being done on the invalid
pointer. The problem manifested itself as the double free of the old
p_args.
Reported by: kris
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
The kernel has a special wchan called `lbolt', which is triggered each
second. It doesn't seem to be used a lot and it seems pretty redundant,
because we can specify a timeout value to the *sleep() routines. In an
attempt to eventually remove lbolt, make the NFS/RPC code use a timeout
of `hz' when trying to reconnect.
Only the TTY code (not MPSAFE TTY) and the VFS syncer seem to use lbolt
now.
Reviewed by: attilio, jhb
Approved by: philip (mentor), alfred, dfr
- removing 'const' qualifier from an input parameter to conform to the type
required by rw_assert();
- using in_addr->s_addr to retrive 32 bits address value.
Observed by: tinderbox
and there is no need to maintain it.
- Fix vn_get() in order to let it call vget(9) with a valid locking
request. vget(9) returns the vnode locked in order to prevent recycling,
but in this case internal XFS locks alredy prevent it from happening, so
it is safe to drop the vnode lock before to return by vn_get().
- Add a VNASSERT() in vget(9) in order to catch malformed locking requests.
Discussed with: kan, kib
Tested by: Lothar Braun <lothar at lobraun dot de>
kthread of the mpt(4) driver that hangs around for the entire lifetime of
the thread. Previously the driver would allocate a new CCB using M_WAITOK
with a lock held each time it updated its state. While here, use the
CAM API for allocating a CCB rather than raw malloc(9).
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 1 week
This MAY be combined by a clever person with the 'key' code recently
added, however a cursary glance suggest that it would be safer to just keep
the patches as it is unlikely that the two modes would be used together
and the separate patch has been extensively tested.
Obtained from: here and there
MFC after: 1 week
interrupt-driven configuration handlers to complete, print out a
diagnostic message every 60 second indicating which handlers are
still running. Do this at most 5 times per run so as to avoid
scrolling out any useful information from the kernel message
buffer.
The interval of 60 seconds was selected based on a best guess as
to the nature of "long enough" and may want to be tuned higher
or lower depending on real-world tolerances.
MFC after: 3 days
Discussed with: scottl
for completion in run_interrupt_driven_config_hooks(). This is
helpful when trying to figure out which device drivers have gone
into la-la land during boot-time autoconfiguration.
MFC after: 3 days
- When a tick occurs on a cpu, iterate from cs_softticks until ticks.
The per-cpu tick processing happens asynchronously with the actual
adjustment of the 'ticks' variable. Sometimes the results may
be visible before the local call and sometimes after. Previously this
could cause a one tick window where we didn't evaluate the bucket.
- In softclock fetch curticks before incrementing cc_softticks so we
don't skip insertions which were made for the current time.
Sponsored by: Nokia
sched_tick() to prevent multiple increments for one tick. This pushes
the value out of range and breaks priority calculation.
Reviewed by: kib
Found by: pho/nokia
Sponsored by: Nokia
MFC after: 3 days
information from rip_input() to rip_append(). Instead, pass the source
address for an IP datagram to rip_append() using a stack-allocated
sockaddr_in, similar to udp_input() and udp_append().
Prior to the move to rwlocks for inpcbinfo, this was not a problem, as
use of the global was synchronized using the ripcbinfo mutex, but with
read-locking there is the potential for a race during concurrent
receive.
This problem is not present in the IPv6 raw IP socket code, which
already used a stack variable for the address.
Spotted by: mav
MFC after: 1 week (before inpcbinfo rwlock changes)
and handle NIC hardware watchdog resets.
- remove buggy code at the top of mxge_tick() which tried
to detect a race which is already detected in the kernel's
callout code.
- move callout_stop() and callout_reset() into mxge_close()
mxge_open() rather than doing the callout manipulation
all over the place.
- use callout_drain(), rather than callout_stop() to prevent
a potential race between mxge_tick() and mxge_detach()
which could lead to softclock using a destroyed mutex
- restructure the mxge_tick() and mxge_watchdog_reset()
routines to avoid resetting a callout, and then
immediately stopping it if the watchdog reset routine
is called, and fails.
- enable the driver to handle NIC hardware watchdog
resets by restoring the NIC's PCI config space, which is
lost when the NIC hardware watchdog triggers.
Reviewed by: jhb (previus version)
The tcsetattr() routine already converts the TCSA* arguments to their
respective TIOCSETA* ioctl's in the C library. There is no need to have
these definitions inside the kernel.
Approved by: philip (mentor, implicit)
I think one of the reasons why we have so many conflicts in the TTY
ioctl category, is because the ioctl's aren't ordered logically. This
commit only sorts them by number. The comments may still be inaccurate.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
When I ported most applications away from <sgtty.h>, I noticed none of
them were actually using these definitions. I kept them in place,
because I didn't want to touch tools like pstat(8) and stty(1).
In preparation for the MPSAFE TTY layer, remove these definitions. This
doesn't have any impact with respect to binary compatibility (see
tty_conf.c).
We couldn now add an #error to <sys/ioctl_compat.h> when included
outside the kernel. Unfortunately, kdump's mkioctls includes this file
unconditionally.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
vr(4) overhauling(r177050).
It seems that filtering multicast addresses with multicast CAM
entries require accessing 'CAM enable bit' for each CAM entry.
Subsequent accessing multicast CAM control register without
toggling the 'CAM enable bit' seem to no effects.
In order to fix that separate CAM setup from CAM mask configuration
and CAM entry modification. While I'm here add VLAN CAM filtering
feature which will be enabled in future(FreeBSD now can receive
VLAN id insertion/removal event from vlan(4) on the fly).
For VT6105M hardware, explicitly disable VLAN hardware tag
insertion/stripping and enable VLAN CAM filtering for VLAN id 0.
This shall make non-VLAN frames set VR_RXSTAT_VIDHIT bit in Rx
status word.
Added multicast/VLAN CAM address definition to header file.
PR: kern/125010, kern/125024
MFC after: 1 week
years. All datasheet I have indicates the bit 15 is the
VR_RXSTAT_RX_OK. The bit 14 is reserved for all Rhine family
except VT6105M. VT6105M uses that bit to indicate a VLAN frame
with matching CAM VLAN id.
Use the VR_RXSTAT_RX_OK instead of VR_RXSTAT_RXERR when vr(4)
checks the validity of received frame.
This should fix occasional dropping frames on VT6105M.
Tested by: Goran Lowkrantz ( goran.lowkrantz at ismobile dot com )
MFC after: 1 week
completes the move to a fully parallel UDP transmit path by using
global read, rather than write, locking of inpcbinfo in further
semi-connected cases:
- Add macros to allow try-locking of inpcb and inpcbinfo.
- Always acquire an incpcb read lock in udp_output(), which stablizes the
local inpcb address and port bindings in order to determine what further
locking is required:
- If the inpcb is currently not bound (at all) and are implicitly
connecting, we require inpcbinfo and inpcb write locks, so drop the
read lock and re-acquire.
- If the inpcb is bound for at least one of the port or address, but an
explicit source or destination is requested, trylock the inpcbinfo
lock, and if that fails, drop the inpcb lock, lock the global lock,
and relock the inpcb lock.
- Otherwise, no further locking is required (common case).
- Update comments.
In practice, this means that the vast majority of consumers of UDP sockets
will not acquire any exclusive locks at the socket or UDP levels of the
network stack. This leads to a marked performance improvement in several
important workloads, including BIND, nsd, and memcached over UDP, as well
as significant improvements in pps microbenchmarks.
The plan is to MFC all of the rwlock changes to RELENG_7 once they have
settled for a weeks in the tree.
Tested by: ps, kris (older revision), bde
MFC after: 3 weeks
The uart(4) driver has the advantage of supporting a wider variety of
hardware on a greater amount of platforms. This driver has already been
the standard on platforms such as ia64, powerpc and sparc64.
I've decided not to change anything on pc98. I'd rather let people from
the pc98 team look at this.
Approved by: philip (mentor), marcel
set MNT_UPDATE in fsflags, and delete the
"update" option from the global mount options.
MNT_UPDATE is a command, and not a property of a mount
that should persist after the command is executed.
We need to do similar things for MNT_FORCE and MNT_RELOAD.
All mount flags are prefixed by MNT_..... it would
be nice if flags which were commands were named differently
from flags which are persistent properties of a mount.
This was not such a big deal in the pre-nmount() days,
but with nmount() it is more important.
Requested by: yar
MFC after: 2 weeks
1. The FreeBSD driver was setting an interrupt coalesce delay of 1000us
for reasons that I can only speculate on. This was hurting everything
from lame sequential I/O "benchmarks" to legitimate filesystem metadata
operations that relied on serialized barrier writes. One of my
filesystem tests went from 35s to complete down to 6s.
2. Implemented the Performant transport method. Without the fix in
(1), I saw almost no difference. With it, my filesystem tests showed
another 5-10% improvement in speed. It was hard to measure CPU
utilization in any meaningful way, so it's not clear if there was a
benefit there, though there should have been since the interrupt handler
was reduced from 2 or more PCI reads down to 1.
3. Implemented MSI-X. Without any docs on this, I was just taking a
guess, and it appears to only work with the Performant method. This
could be a programming or understanding mistake on my part. While this
by itself made almost no difference to performance since the Performant
method already eliminated most of the synchronous reads over the PCI
bus, it did allow the CISS hardware to stop sharing its interrupt with
the USB hardware, which in turn allowed the driver to become decoupled
from the Giant-locked USB driver stack. This increased performance by
almost 20%. The MSI-X setup was done with 4 vectors allocated, but only
1 vector used since the performant method was told to only use 1 of 4
queues. Fiddling with this might make it work with the simpleq method,
not sure. I did not implement MSI since I have no MSI-specific hardware
in my test lab.
4. Improved the locking in the driver, trimmed some data structures.
This didn't improve test times in any measurable way, but it does look
like it gave a minor improvement to CPU usage when many
processes/threads were doing I/O in parallel. Again, this was hard to
accurately test.
USB isochronous transfer support is required for Bluetooth SCO.
While i'm here change u_int to uint and update TODO.
This should produce no visible changes unless the device is
broken (or really old).
MFC after: 3 months
for the bio for swapout write. It allows the page allocator to drain
free page list deeper. As result, a deadlock where pageout deamon sleeps
waiting for bio to be allocated for swapout is no more reproducable in
practice.
Alan said that M_USE_RESERVE shall be ressurrected and used there, but
until this is implemented, M_NOWAIT does exactly what is needed.
Tested by: pho, kris
Reviewed by: alc
No objections from: phk
MFC after: 2 weeks (RELENG_7 only)
SI_ALIAS flag and initialization of the si_parent when alias is created.
Assert that supplied parent device is not NULL.
Both situations could cause NULL dereference in the
devfs_populate_loop() when creating a symlink for SI_ALIAS'ed device.
Namely, cdp->cdp_c.si_parent may be NULL.
Reported by: mav
MFC after: 2 weeks
As a result, those arguments must be recombined before calling the real
syscal implementation. This change fixes 32-bit compatibility for
cpuset_getid(), cpuset_setid(), cpuset_getaffinity(), and
cpuset_setaffinity().
udp_output() so that argument validation occurs before jail processing.
Add additional comments explaining what's going on when we process
addresses and binding during udp_output().
MFC after: 3 weeks
Initialize %ds, %es, and %fs during CPU startup. Otherwise a garbage
value could leak to a 32-bit process if a process migrated to a different
CPU after exec and the new CPU had never exec'd a 32-bit process.
A more complete fix is needed, but this mitigates the most frequent
manifestations.
Obtained from: ups
it's non-NULL, as all callers can and should already do the required
checking. Update comments a bit more to talk about rawcb allocation
for consumers.
Reviewed by: bz
MFC after: 3 weeks
it in detail.
When setting media, don't error out when a specific media is selected.
# Note: There may be some issues still here since the EtherJet PC Card doesn't
# conform to the datasheet. Many different kinds of dongles can be plugged in
# and it is unknown how to ask which one it is.
Also, add a /* bad! */ comment to a 1/2 second delay after we set the
DC/DC parameters. This should be a *sleep of some sort for !cold.
Fortunately it is the only one and is only used when setting media, so
the benefit from removing it is small. Unfortunately, it likely
serves as an exemplar of good programming techniques, which it isn't.
2) Adds some __UserSpace__ on some of the common defines that
the user space code needs
3) Fixes a bug when we send up data to a user that failed. We
need to a) trim off the data chunk headers, if present, and
b) make sure the frag bit is communicated properly for the
msgs coming off the stream queues... i.e. we see if some
of the msg has been taken.
Obtained from: jeli contributed the VIMAGE changes on this pass Thanks Julain!
socket support. These utility routines are used only for routing and
pfkey sockets, neither of which have a notion of address, so were
required to mock up fake socket addresses to avoid connection
requirements for applications that did not specify their own fake
addresses (most of them).
Quite a bit of the removed code is #ifdef notdef, since raw sockets
don't support bind() or connect() in practice. Removing this
simplifies the raw socket implementation, and removes two (commented
out) uses of dtom(9).
Fake addresses passed to sendto(2) by applications are ignored for
compatibility reasons, but this is now done in a more consistent way
(and with a comment). Possibly, EINVAL could be returned here in
the future if it is determined that no applications depend on the
semantic inconsistency of specifying a destination address for a
protocol without address support, but this will require some amount
of careful surveying.
NB: This does not affect netinet, netinet6, or other wire protocol
raw sockets, which provide their own independent infrastructure with
control block address support specific to the protocol.
MFC after: 3 weeks
Reviewed by: bz
when it worked as generic IDE.
PR: 125422
Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher at yandex dot ru>
Approved by: imp (mentor, implicit)
MFC after: 1 week
generation of RTL810x PCIe fast ethernet controller. Note, Tx/Rx
descriptor format is different from that of first generation of
RTL8101E series. Jumbo frame is not supported for RTL810x
family.
Tested by: NAGATA Shinya ( maya AT negeta DOT com )
mutexes and replacing the obsolete if_watchdog interface. The ndis_ticktask
function calls into ieee80211_new_state under one condition with NDIS_LOCK
held. The ieee80211_new_state would call into ndis_start in some cases too,
resulting in the occasional case where ndis_start acquires NDIS_LOCK from
inside the NDIS_LOCK held by ndis_ticktask.
Obtained from: Paul B. Mahol <onemda@gmail.com>
MFC after: 1 week
page directory pages from VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS through the end of the
kernel's bss. Specifically, the dependence was in pmap_growkernel()'s one-
time initialization of kernel_vm_end, not in its main body. (I could not,
however, resist the urge to optimize the main body.)
Reduce the number of preallocated page directory pages to just those needed
to support NKPT page table pages. (In fact, this allows me to revert a
couple of my earlier changes to create_pagetables().)
page table pages have to be preallocated ...'', violates an assumption made
by minidumpsys(): kernel_vm_end is the highest virtual address that has ever
been used by the kernel. Now, however, the kernel code, data, and bss may
reside at addresses beyond kernel_vm_end. This revision modifies the upper
bound on minidumpsys()'s two page table traversals to account for this
possibility.
Use the new inline function in ia64_invalidate_icache().
While there, add proper synchronization so that we know
the fc.i instructions have taken effect when we return.
to vm_page_alloc() instead of VM_ALLOC_SYSTEM. VM_ALLOC_SYSTEM was the
logical choice before FreeBSD 7.0 because VM_ALLOC_INTERRUPT could not
reclaim a cached page. Simply put, there was no ordering between
VM_ALLOC_INTERRUPT and VM_ALLOC_SYSTEM as to which "dug deeper" into the
cache and free queues. Now, there is; VM_ALLOC_INTERRUPT dominates
VM_ALLOC_SYSTEM.
While I'm here, teach pmap_growkernel() to request a prezeroed page.
MFC after: 1 week
inpcb. When directly invoking udp_notify() from udp_ctlinput(), acquire
only a read lock; we may still see write locks in udp_notify() as the
in_pcbnotifyall() routine is shared with TCP and always uses a write lock
on the inpcb being notified.
MFC after: 1 month
some code paths, global or inpcb write locks are required, but for other
code paths, read locks or no locking at all are sufficient for the data
structures.
MFC after: 1 month
source or a specific destination address is requested as part of a send
on a UDP socket, read lock the inpcb rather than write lock it. This
will allow fully parallel transmit down to the IP layer when sending
simultaneously from multiple threads on a connected UDP socket.
Parallel transmit for more complex cases, such as when sendto(2) is
invoked with an address and there's already a local binding, will
follow.
MFC after: 1 month
the syscall code and acquires various event subsystem locks as needed.
The handling of the NOTE_TRACK for EVFILT_PROC is currently done by
calling the kqueue_register() from filt_proc() filter, causing recursive
entrance of the kqueue code. This results in the LORs and recursive
acquisition of the locks.
Implement the variant of the knote() function designed to only handle
the fork() event. It mostly copies the knote() body, but also handles
the NOTE_TRACK, removing the handling from the filt_proc(), where it
causes problems described above. The function is called from the fork1()
instead of knote().
When encountering NOTE_TRACK knote, it marks the knote as influx
and drops the knlist and kqueue lock. In this context call to
kqueue_register is safe from the problems.
An error from the kqueue_register() is reported to the observer as
NOTE_TRACKERR fflag.
PR: 108201
Reviewed by: jhb, Pramod Srinivasan <pramod juniper net> (previous version)
Discussed with: jmg
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 2 weeks
just like BIOCSETF but it doesn't drop all the packets buffered on
the discriptor and reset the statistics.
Also, when setting the write filter, don't drop packets waiting to
be read or reset the statistics.
PR: 118486
Submitted by: Matthew Luckie <mluckie@cs.waikato.ac.nz>
MFC after: 1 month
KQ_FLUX_WAKEUP(). Since the later macro clears the KQ_FLUXWAIT, the
kqueue_scan() thread may be not woken up.
Move the setting of KQ_FLUXWAIT after wakeup to correct the issue.
Reported and tested by: pho
MFC after: 3 days
level. The distinction was artificial. Some more movement around the
deck charis is likely depending on the fallout from this one.
Paths were corrected after the svn mv. Hope that's OK.
appropriate (versions not appropriate to merge omitted):
o 1.226 imp nop, save for NetBSD string (minor merging the other way)
o 1.225 jnemeth Coreage LAPCCTXD
o 1.224 martin (remove 3rd and 4th clauses)
o 1.223 kiyohara (TDK bluetooth PC Card)
o 1.222 kiyohara (Anycom BlueCard)
o 1.221 ichiro (NEC Infrontia AX420N)
o 1.219 jmcneill (EDIMAX EP-4101)
o 1.213 tsutsui (TEAC IDECARDII entry fix)
Also, while I'm here, fix some tab problems that have crept in.
Our hook creates the sysctl node before root is mounted, but after cpu
is probed. It seems that k8temp can be loaded before the cpu module and,
in those cases, dev.cpu.0.temperature was not created.
PR: 124939
is reclaimed by the kernel. This fixes a bug resulted in the kernel
over writing packet data while user-space was still processing it when
zerocopy is enabled. (Or a panic if invariants was enabled).
Discussed with: rwatson
- the protosw entries are used directly
- the usrreq functions are library routines, generally wrapped by
consumers rather than being used directly
- the usrreq structure entries are likewise typically wrapped
Remove the rather incorrect #if 0'd pr_input_t prototype for raw_input.
MFC after: 3 days
global symbols, such as raw_input and raw_output, to have lmc_ prefixes.
This doesn't affect actual functionality since the functions are static,
but will limit the opportunities for current confusion and future
difficulty.
MFC after: 3 days
into a single "__asm"-statement as GCC doesn't guarantee their
consecutive output even when using consecutive "__asm __volatile"-
statement for them. Remove the otherwise unnecessary "__volatile". [1]
- The inline assembler instructions used here alter the condition
codes so add them to the clobber list accordingly.
- The inline assembler instructions used here uses output operands
before all input operands are consumed so add appropriate modifiers.
Pointed out by: bde [1]
MFC after: 2 weeks
to global hostname and domainname variables. Where necessary, copy
to or from a stack-local buffer before performing copyin() or
copyout(). A few uses, such as in cd9660 and daemon_saver, remain
under-synchronized and will require further updates.
Correct a bug in which a failed copyin() of domainname would leave
domainname potentially corrupted.
MFC after: 3 weeks
AcpiEvaluateObject() calls, otherwise, we are not able to bring devices
back up (NULL means 0, hence always off).
While there add missing WLAN on/off support.
MFC after: 3 days
Pointy hat to: rpaulo
MPSAFE patches on current@ and stable@. This driver also has a fundamental
issue in that it sleeps when sending commands to the card including in the
if_init/if_start routines (which can be called from interrupt context). As
such, the driver shouldn't be working reliably even on 4.x.
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device
hardware.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
- Remove unused sbsh_watchdog() routine.
- Protect against concurrent attempts to load firmware.
possible to exhaust and garble stack with a packet that contains a couple
of hundreds nested encapsulation levels.
Submitted by: Ming Fu <fming@borderware.com>
Reviewed by: rwatson
PR: kern/85320
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device
hardware.
- Setup interrupt handler after attaching device to network stack.
- Use device_set_desc() rather than device_quiet() plus a manual printf
that simulates the normal probe printf.
- Axe next_sbni_unit and instead just leave room for two sbni devices for
each bus attachment.
- Don't bzero the already-zero'd softc.
- Add a detach method to the PCI driver.
- Add a lock to protect the list of available devices used to chain
interrupt handlers for dual port ISA cards.
- Remove unused watchdog routine.
- If if_alloc() fails, make sbni_attach() return an error rather than
panic'ing.
- Consolidate code to free bus resources into sbni_release_resources().
- Clear IFF_DRV_RUNNING|OACTIVE in stop() routine instead of in callers.
- Let ether_ioctl() handle SIOCSIFMTU.
and stable@. It also is a driver for an older non-802.11 wireless PC card
that is quite slow in comparison to say, wi(4). I know Warner wants this
driver axed as well.
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to lock the softc and device hardware.
- Use a private timer to replace if_watchdog/if_timer.
- Use if_printf() rather than if_xname.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
current@ and stable@ for the locking patches. The driver can always be
revived if someone tests it.
This driver also sleeps in its if_init routine, so it likely doesn't really
work at all anyway in modern releases.
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device
hardware.
- Setup interrupt handler after interface attach.
- Retire 'unit' from softc and use if_printf() instead.
- Don't frob IFF_UP in the driver.
- Use callout_() rather than timeout() and untimeout().
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device
hardware.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
- Use a private timer instead of if_timer/if_watchdog.
- Retire arl_unit from the softc and use if_printf() and device_printf()
instead.
Note that the unpatched driver in 6.x and later does not work with the
hardware, so the one person who had volunteered to test the patch wasn't
able to test it.
dispatched without Giant, and add NETISR_FORCEQUEUE, which allows specific
netisr handlers to always be dispatched via a queue (deferred). Mark the
usb and if_ppp netisr handlers as NETISR_FORCEQUEUE, and explicitly
acquire Giant in those handlers.
Previously, any netisr handler not marked NETISR_MPSAFE would necessarily
run deferred and with Giant acquired. This change removes Giant
scaffolding from the netisr infrastructure, but NETISR_FORCEQUEUE allows
non-MPSAFE handlers to continue to force deferred dispatch so as to avoid
lock order reversals between their acqusition of Giant and any calling
context.
It is likely we will be able to remove NETISR_FORCEQUEUE once
IFF_NEEDSGIANT is removed, as non-MPSAFE usb and if_ppp drivers will no
longer be supported.
Reviewed by: bz
MFC after: 1 month
X-MFC note: We can't remove NETISR_MPSAFE from stable/7 for KPI reasons,
but the rest can go back.
soun->sun_path isn't a null-terminated string. As UNIX(4) states, "the
terminating NUL is not part of the address." Since strlcpy has to return
"the total length of the string [it] tried to create," it walks off the end
of soun->sun_path looking for a \0.
This reverts r105332.
Reported by: Ryan Stone
disabled if one (or more) of the member interfaces does not support it. Always
turn off LRO since we can not bridge a combined frame.
Tested by: Stefan Lambrev
generating an RTM_MISS for every IP packet forwarded making user space
routing daemons unhappy.
PR: kern/123621, kern/124540, kern/122338
Reported by: Paul <paul gtcomm.net>, Mike Tancsa <mike sentex.net> on net@
Tested by: Paul and Mike
Reviewed by: andre
MFC after: 3 days
code is believed to be MPSAFE, and leaving aside the IPv6 route cache in
forwarding, Giant appears not to adequately synchronize the data structures
in the input or forwarding paths.
ceiling as a fraction of the kernel map's size rather than an absolute
quantity. Thus, scaling of the kmem map's size will be automatic with
changes to the kernel map's size.
datagram-only protocols, such as UDP. This version removes use of
sblock(), which is not required due to an inability to interlace data
improperly with datagrams, as well as avoiding some of the larger loops
and state management that don't apply on datagram sockets.
This is experimental code, so hook it up only for UDPv4 for testing; if
there are problems we may need to revise it or turn it off by default,
but it offers *significant* performance improvements for threaded UDP
applications such as BIND9, nsd, and memcached using UDP.
Tested by: kris, ps
there still being some well-known races in mld6 and nd6, running with
Giant over the netisr handler provides little or not additional
synchronization that might cause mld6 and nd6 to behave better.
already commited but with a wrong msleep variant and then
backed out. Note that this changes the semantic a little
as msleep_spin does not let us to specify priority after
wakeup.
Approved by: wkoszek, cognet
Approved by: kib (mentor)
ATM Tx/Rx checksum offload is supported but TSO and jumbo frame is
not yet supported. Because these newer controllers use different
descriptor formats, a flag RL_FLAG_DESCV2 flag was introduced to
handle that case in Tx/Rx handler. Also newer controllers seems to
require to not touch 'enable Tx/Rx bit' in RL_CPLUS_CMD register
so don't blindly try to set that bits.
Note, it seems that there is still power-saving related issue where
driver fails to attach PHY. Rebooting seems to fix that issue but
number of required reboots varys.
Many thanks to users that helped during developement. I really
appreciate their patient and test/feedbacks.
a dedicated flag that represents controller capabilities/events.
This will simplify many part of code that requires different
workaround for each controller revisions and will enhance
readability.
While I'm here move PHY wakeup code up before mii_phy_probe() which
seems to help to wake PHY in some cases.
RL_TXCFG register to identify a device in device probe. Reflect the
fact by modifing device description with general ethernet
controller family.
Note, rl_basetype in struct rl_type is not used and the more
detailed information is provided with rl_hwrev structure.
Previously we reused the space in the request buffer after the request
header to hold config pages during a transaction. This does not work when
reading large pages however. Also, we were already malloc'ing a buffer to
do a copyin/copyout w/o holding locks that was then copied into/out of the
request buffer. Instead, go ahead and use bus dma to alloc a buffer for
each config page request (and RAID actions that have an associated
ActionSGE). This results in fewer data copies and allows for larger sized
requests. For now the maximum size of a request is arbitrarily limited to
16 MB.
MFC after: 2 weeks
locally configured. This is more in line with the behaviour of other popular
bridging implementations and makes bridges more predictable after reboots for
example.
Reviewed by: thompsa
MFC after: 1 week
rather than write locking: while we need to maintain a valid reference
to the inpcb and fix its state, no protocol layer state is modified
during an IPv4 UDP receive -- there are only changes at the socket
layer, which is separately protected by socket locking.
While parallel concurrent receive on a single UDP socket is currently
relatively unusual, introducing read locking in the transmit path,
allowing concurrent receive and transmit, will significantly improve
performance for loads such as BIND, memcached, etc.
MFC after: 2 months
Tested by: gnn, kris, ps
in practice, the error (currently) makes no difference because the computation
performed by KVADDR() hides the error. This revision fixes the error.
Also, eliminate a (now) unused definition.
maximum size of the kmem map can be greater than 4GB, there is little point
in making the kernel virtual address space larger than 6GB.
Tested by: kris@
Now that the pseudo-interface cloner has an internal list of instances,
there is no need to create a softc. The softc only contains a pointer to
the ifp, which means there is no valid reason to keep it. While there,
remove the corresponding malloc-pool.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
Adaptec RAID 2045
Adaptec RAID 2405
Adaptec RAID 2445
Adaptec RAID 2805
Without this change these devices are supported by the driver's family
support, but they then appear as "Adaptec RAID Controller" in boot
messages and the dev.aac.0.%desc sysctl.
This includes hotkeys support and sysctl variables to control camera
and card reader. These new sysctls don't have CTFLAG_ANYBODY set.
While there add entries to devd.conf related to the Eee volume keys.
Reviewed by: phillip
MFC after: 1 week
Also tested by: lme (previous version)
semaphores. Specifically, semaphores are now represented as new file
descriptor type that is set to close on exec. This removes the need for
all of the manual process reference counting (and fork, exec, and exit
event handlers) as the normal file descriptor operations handle all of
that for us nicely. It is also suggested as one possible implementation
in the spec and at least one other OS (OS X) uses this approach.
Some bugs that were fixed as a result include:
- References to a named semaphore whose name is removed still work after
the sem_unlink() operation. Prior to this patch, if a semaphore's name
was removed, valid handles from sem_open() would get EINVAL errors from
sem_getvalue(), sem_post(), etc. This fixes that.
- Unnamed semaphores created with sem_init() were not cleaned up when a
process exited or exec'd. They were only cleaned up if the process
did an explicit sem_destroy(). This could result in a leak of semaphore
objects that could never be cleaned up.
- On the other hand, if another process guessed the id (kernel pointer to
'struct ksem' of an unnamed semaphore (created via sem_init)) and had
write access to the semaphore based on UID/GID checks, then that other
process could manipulate the semaphore via sem_destroy(), sem_post(),
sem_wait(), etc.
- As part of the permission check (UID/GID), the umask of the proces
creating the semaphore was not honored. Thus if your umask denied group
read/write access but the explicit mode in the sem_init() call allowed
it, the semaphore would be readable/writable by other users in the
same group, for example. This includes access via the previous bug.
- If the module refused to unload because there were active semaphores,
then it might have deregistered one or more of the semaphore system
calls before it noticed that there was a problem. I'm not sure if
this actually happened as the order that modules are discovered by the
kernel linker depends on how the actual .ko file is linked. One can
make the order deterministic by using a single module with a mod_event
handler that explicitly registers syscalls (and deregisters during
unload after any checks). This also fixes a race where even if the
sem_module unloaded first it would have destroyed locks that the
syscalls might be trying to access if they are still executing when
they are unloaded.
XXX: By the way, deregistering system calls doesn't do any blocking
to drain any threads from the calls.
- Some minor fixes to errno values on error. For example, sem_init()
isn't documented to return ENFILE or EMFILE if we run out of semaphores
the way that sem_open() can. Instead, it should return ENOSPC in that
case.
Other changes:
- Kernel semaphores now use a hash table to manage the namespace of
named semaphores nearly in a similar fashion to the POSIX shared memory
object file descriptors. Kernel semaphores can now also have names
longer than 14 chars (up to MAXPATHLEN) and can include subdirectories
in their pathname.
- The UID/GID permission checks for access to a named semaphore are now
done via vaccess() rather than a home-rolled set of checks.
- Now that kernel semaphores have an associated file object, the various
MAC checks for POSIX semaphores accept both a file credential and an
active credential. There is also a new posixsem_check_stat() since it
is possible to fstat() a semaphore file descriptor.
- A small set of regression tests (using the ksem API directly) is present
in src/tools/regression/posixsem.
Reported by: kris (1)
Tested by: kris
Reviewed by: rwatson (lightly)
MFC after: 1 month
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
- Each log entry contains a text description in the "description" field of
the entry. The existing decode logic always ended up duplicating
information that was already in the description string. This made the
logs overly verbose. Now we just print out the description string.
- Add some simple parsing of the timestamp and event classes.
Reviewed by: ambrisko, scottl
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Fetch events from the controller in batches of 15 rather than a single
event at a time.
- When fetching events from the controller, honor the event class and
locale settings (via hw.mfi tunables). This also allows the firmware to
skip over unwanted log entries resulting in fewer requests to the
controller if there many unwanted log entries since the last clean
shutdown.
- Don't drop the driver mutex while decoding an event.
- If we get an error other than MFI_STAT_NOT_FOUND (basically EOF for
hitting the end of the event log) then emit a warning and bail on
processing further log entries.
Reviewed by: ambrisko, scottl
MFC after: 2 weeks
to INT_MAX. Otherwise, a process could create a semaphore (or increase
its value via ksem_post()) beyond INT_MAX and sem_getvalue() would return
a negative value. sem_getvalue() is only supposed to return a negative
value if that is the number of waiters for that semaphore.
MFC after: 2 weeks
provides the correct semantics for flock(2) style locks which are used by the
lockf(1) command line tool and the pidfile(3) library. It also implements
recovery from server restarts and ensures that dirty cache blocks are written
to the server before obtaining locks (allowing multiple clients to use file
locking to safely share data).
Sponsored by: Isilon Systems
PR: 94256
MFC after: 2 weeks
Bonus: including kern.mk just to pick kernel warning flags
was an extremely bad idea anyway, because it also picked
up CFLAGS (it probably wasn't the case at the time of CVS
rev. 1.1, I haven't checked). Remove duplicate CWARNFLAGS
from CFLAGS.
so we cannot compile it with -fstack-protector[-all] flags (or
it will self-recurse); this is ensured in sys/conf/files. This
OTOH means that checking for defines __SSP__ and __SSP_ALL__ to
determine if we should be compiling the support is impossible
(which it was trying, resulting in an empty object file). Fix
this by always compiling the symbols in this files. It's good
because it allows us to always have SSP support, and then compile
with SSP selectively.
Repoted by: tinderbox
- It is opt-out for now so as to give it maximum testing, but it may be
turned opt-in for stable branches depending on the consensus. You
can turn it off with WITHOUT_SSP.
- WITHOUT_SSP was previously used to disable the build of GNU libssp.
It is harmless to steal the knob as SSP symbols have been provided
by libc for a long time, GNU libssp should not have been much used.
- SSP is disabled in a few corners such as system bootstrap programs
(sys/boot), process bootstrap code (rtld, csu) and SSP symbols themselves.
- It should be safe to use -fstack-protector-all to build world, however
libc will be automatically downgraded to -fstack-protector because it
breaks rtld otherwise.
- This option is unavailable on ia64.
Enable GCC stack protection (aka Propolice) for kernel:
- It is opt-out for now so as to give it maximum testing.
- Do not compile your kernel with -fstack-protector-all, it won't work.
Submitted by: Jeremie Le Hen <jeremie@le-hen.org>
that modify condition codes (the carry bit, in this case). Without
"__volatile", the compiler might add the inline assembler instructions
between unrelated code which also uses condition codes, modifying the
latter.
This prevents the TCP pseudo header checksum calculation done in
tcp_output() from having effects on other conditions when compiled
with GCC 4.2.1 at "-O2" and "options INET6" left out. [1]
Reported & tested by: Boris Kochergin [1]
MFC after: 3 days
Now that st_rdev is being automatically generated by the kernel, there
is no need to define static major/minor numbers for the iodev and
memdev. We still need the minor numbers for the memdev, however, to
distinguish between /dev/mem and /dev/kmem.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
in_ifaddrhashtbl in in_ifinit because error handler in in_control removes
entries only for AF_INET addresses. If in_ifinit is called for the cloned
inteface that has just been created its address family is not AF_INET and
therefor LIST_REMOVE is not called for respective LIST_INSERT_HEAD and
freed entries remain in in_ifaddrhashtbl and lead to memory corruption.
PR: kern/124384
locked and unlocked completely in userland. by locking and unlocking mutex
in userland, it reduces the total time a mutex is locked by a thread,
in some application code, a mutex only protects a small piece of code, the
code's execution time is less than a simple system call, if a lock contention
happens, however in current implemenation, the lock holder has to extend its
locking time and enter kernel to unlock it, the change avoids this disadvantage,
it first sets mutex to free state and then enters kernel and wake one waiter
up. This improves performance dramatically in some sysbench mutex tests.
Tested by: kris
Sounds great: jeff
problem where Adaptec's arcconf monitoring tool hangs after producing
its expected output.
Submitted by: Adaptec, via driver ver 15317
MFC after: 1 week
from the softc.
- Rework the watchdog timer to match other NIC drivers:
- Start a timer in fe_init() that runs once a second and checks a counter
in the softc that is identical to the deprecated 'if_timer'.
- Just adjust the softc tx timeout value when sending packets instead of
scheduling the timer.
- Use IFQ_SET_MAXLEN().
Tested by: WATANABE Kazuhiro
FIFO, as required by SUSv3. No specific privilege check is performed
in this case, as FIFOs may be created by unprivileged processes
(subject to the normal file system name space restrictions that may be
in place).
Unlike the Apple implementation, we reject requests to create a FIFO
using mknod(2) if there is a non-zero dev argument to the system call,
which is permitted by the Open Group specification ("... undefined
..."). We might want to revise this if we find it causes
compatibility problems for applications in practice.
PR: kern/74242, kern/68459
Obtained from: Apple, Inc.
MFC after: 3 weeks
performed. Otherwise if ruleset is used by given mountpoint and is empty
it's freed by devfs_ruleset_reap and pointer becomes bogus.
Submitted by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com>
PR: kern/124853
some time now so collapse calls accordingly.
o Given that gem_load_txmbuf() is allowed to fail resulting in a packet
drop also for quite some time now implement the functionality of
gem_txcksum() by means of m_pullup(9), which de-obfuscates the code
and allows to always retrieve the correct length of the IP header.
o Add missing BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD when syncing the control DMA maps in
gem_rint() and gem_start_locked().
o Correct some bus_barrier(9) calls to do a read/write barrier as we
do a read after a write. Add some missing ones in gem_mii_readreg()
and gem_mii_writereg().
o According to the Apple GMAC driver, the GEM ASIC specification and
the OpenSolaris eri(7D) the TX FIFO threshold has to be set to 0x4ff
for the Gigabit variants and 0x100 for the ERI in order do avoid TX
underruns.
o In gem_init_locked():
- be conservative and enable the RX and TX MACs,
- don't clear GEM_LINK otherwise we don't ever mark the link as up
again if gem_init_locked() is called from gem_watchdog(),
- remove superfluous setting of sc_ifflags.
o Don't bother to check whether the interface is running or whether its
queue is empty before calling gem_start_locked() in gem_tint(), the
former will check these anyway.
o Call gem_start_locked() in gem_watchdog() in order to try to get
some more packets going.
o In gem_mii_writereg() after reseting the PCS restore its configuration.
GMAC testing: grehan, marcel
MFC after: 2 weeks
on the amd64 architecture. The amd64 architecture requires kernel code and
global variables to reside in the highest 2GB of the 64-bit virtual address
space. Thus, the memory allocated during bootstrap, before the call to
kmem_init(), starts at KERNBASE, which is not necessarily the same as
VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS on amd64.
PowerPC/AIM. Consequently, it should not be used to determine the maximum
number of kernel map entries. Intead, use VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS, which marks
the start of the kernel map on all architectures.
Tested by: marcel@ (PowerPC/AIM)
KERNBASE and VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS are no longer the same, the physical
memory allocated during bootstrap will be offset from the low-end of the
kernel's page table.
address space on the amd64 architecture. The amd64 architecture
requires kernel code and global variables to reside in the highest 2GB
of the 64-bit virtual address space. Thus, KERNBASE cannot change.
However, KERNBASE is sometimes used as the start of the kernel virtual
address space. Henceforth, VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS should be used
instead. Since KERNBASE and VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS are still the same
address, there should be no visible effect from this change (yet).
That said, kris@ has tested crash dumps under the full patch that
increases the kernel virtual address space on amd64 to 6GB.
Tested by: kris@
address space on the amd64 architecture. The amd64 architecture
requires kernel code and global variables to reside in the highest 2GB
of the 64-bit virtual address space. Thus, KERNBASE cannot change.
However, KERNBASE is sometimes used as the start of the kernel virtual
address space. Henceforth, VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS should be used
instead. Since KERNBASE and VM_MIN_KERNEL_ADDRESS are still the same
address, there should be no visible effect from this change (yet).
This is needed for correct behavior when packets are lost or reordered.
PR: kern/123950
Reviewed by: andre@, silby@
Reported by: Yahoo!, Wang Jin
MFC after: 1 week
needed to promote cdev to cdev_priv, the si_priv pointer was followed.
Use member2struct() to calculate address of the wrapping cdev_priv.
Rename si_priv to __si_reserved.
Tested by: pho
Reviewed by: ed
MFC after: 2 weeks
libi386's time(), caused by a qemu bug. The bug might
be present in other BIOSes, too.
qemu either does not simulate the AT RTC correctly or
has a broken BIOS 1A/02 implementation, and will return
an incorrect value if the RTC is read while it is being
updated.
The effect is worsened by the fact that qemu's INT 15/86
function ("wait" a.k.a. usleep) is non-implmeneted or
broken and returns immediately, causing beastie.4th to
spin in a tight loop calling the "read RTC" function
millions of times, triggering the problem quickly.
Therefore, we keep reading the BIOS value until we get
the same result twice. This change fixes beastie.4th's
countdown under qemu.
Approved by: des (mentor)
- only one functino to destroy an SCTP stack sctp_finish()
- Make it so this function also arranges for any threads
created by the image to do a kthread_exit()
of whether NETATALKDEBUG is enabled, so make building it conditional on
NETATALK instead. This problem appears to have been present from the time
that the netatalk implementation was imported.
PR: 124456
Submitted by: Nathan Whitehorn <whitehorn at wisc dot edu>
MFC after: 3 days
sgtty was the original interface to configure terminal attributes on my
UNIX-like operating systems. It has been deprecated by the POSIX termios
interface, which is implemented in almost any modern system.
An advantage of turning this into a binary compatibility interface, is
that we can now eventually remove the COMPAT_43TTY switch from kernel
configurations. This removes many ioctl()'s from the TTY layer.
While there, increase the __FreeBSD_version, which may be useful for the
people working on the Ports tree.
Reviewed by: kib
Approved by: philip (mentor)
- Vimage prep - these are major restructures to move
all global variables to be accessed via a macro or two.
The variables all go into a single structure.
- Asconf address addition tweaks (add_or_del Interfaces)
- Fix rwnd calcualtion to be more conservative.
- Support SACK_IMMEDIATE flag to skip delayed sack
by demand of peer.
- Comment updates in the sack mapping calculations
- Invarients panic added.
- Pre-support for UDP tunneling (we can do this on
MAC but will need added support from UDP to
get a "pipe" of UDP packets in.
- clear trace buffer sysctl added when local tracing on.
Note the majority of this huge patch is all the vimage prep stuff :-)
same as the global variable defined in ip_input.c. Instead, adopt the name
'q' as found in about 1/2 of uses in ip_input.c, preventing a collision on
the name. This is non-harmful, but means that search and replace on the
global works less well (as in the virtualization work), as well as indexing
tools.
MFC after: 1 week
Reported by: julian
before PG_M. This sometimes prevents unnecessary removal of write access
from a PTE. Overall, the net result is fewer demotions and promotion
failures.
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Use a private watchdog timer.
- Setup interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
- Use bus_foo() rather than bus_space_foo() and remove bus space tag and
handle from softc.
Tested by: imp
Now that we got rid of the minor-to-unit conversion and the constraints
on device minor numbers, we can convert the functions that operate on
minor and unit numbers to simple macro's. The unit2minor() and
minor2unit() macro's are now no-ops.
The ZFS code als defined a macro named `minor'. Change the ZFS code to
use umajor() and uminor() here, as it is the correct approach to do
this. Also add $FreeBSD$ to keep SVN happy.
Approved by: philip (mentor), pjd
page table page. The direction of the traversal can matter if
pmap_promote_pde() has to remove write access (PG_RW) from a PTE that hasn't
been modified (PG_M). In general, if there are two or more such PTEs to
choose among, it is better to write protect the one nearer the high end of
the page table page rather than the low end. This is because most programs
access memory in an ascending direction. The net result of this change is a
sometimes significant reduction in the number of failed promotion attempts
and the number of pages that are write protected by pmap_promote_pde().
Except for the case where we use the cloner library (clone_create() and
friends), there is no reason to enforce a unique device minor number
policy. There are various drivers in the source tree that allocate unr
pools and such to provide minor numbers, without using them themselves.
Because we still need to support unique device minor numbers for the
cloner library, introduce a new flag called D_NEEDMINOR. All cdevsw's
that are used in combination with the cloner library should be marked
with this flag to make the cloning work.
This means drivers can now freely use si_drv0 to store their own flags
and state, making it effectively the same as si_drv1 and si_drv2. We
still keep the minor() and dev2unit() routines around to make drivers
happy.
The NTFS code also used the minor number in its hash table. We should
not do this anymore. If the si_drv0 field would be changed, it would no
longer end up in the same list.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
mtx interface for NDIS_LOCK/UNLOCK. This should result in less
CPU utilization on behalf of the ndis driver. Additionally, this
commit also fixes a potential LOR in the ndis_tick code, by
not locking inside the ndis_tick function, but instead delegating
that work to the helpers called through IoQueueWorkItem. The
way that this is currently set up for NDIS prevents us from
simply implementing a callout_init_mtx mechanism.
However, the helper functions that handle the various timeout
cases implement fine-grained locking using the spinlocks provided
by the NDIS-compat layer, and using the mtx that is added with
this commit. This leaves the following ndis_softc members operated
on in ndis_tick in an unlocked context:
* ndis_hang_timer - Only modified outside of ndis_tick once, before
the first callout_reset to schedule ndis_tick
* ifp->if_oerrors - Only incremented in two places, which should be
an atomic op
* ndis_tx_timer - Assigned to 5 (when guaranteed to be 0) or 0
(in txeof), to indicate to ndis_tick what to
do. This is the only member of which I was
suspicious for needing the NDIS_LOCK here. My
testing (and another's) have been fine so far.
* ndis_stat_callout - Only uses a simple set of callout routines,
callout_reset only called by ndis_tick after
the initial reset, and then callout_drain is
used exactly once in shutdown code.
The benefit is that ndis_tick doesn't acquire NDIS_LOCK unless one of
the timeout conditions is flagged, and it still obeys the locking
order semantics that are dictated by the NDIS layer at the moment. I
have been investigating a more thorough s/spinlock/mtx/ of the NDIS
layer, but the simplest naive approach (replace KeAcquireSpinLock
with an mtx implementation) has anti-succeeded for me so far. This
is a good first step though.
Tested by: onemda@gmail.com
Reviewed by: current@, jhb, thompsa
Proposed by: jhb
The while loop that is assumed to initialize the uio_off later, may
be not entered at all, causing uninitialized value to be returned in
uio->uio_offset.
PR: 122925
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
MFC after: 1 weeks
We still use the interrupt filter due to performance problems that show up if
we don't. The main problem seen is that, due to the interrupt being edge
triggered, we occasionally miss interrupts which leads us to not notice that
we can transmit more packets. Using the new approach, which just schedules
a task on a taskqueue, we are guaranteed to have the task run even if the
interrupt arrived while we were already executing. If we were to use an
ithread the system would mask the interrupt while the handler is run and we'd
miss interrupts.
allocated semaphores, so it's wrong to increase it conditionally,
in this case for every over-the-limit semaphore nsegs is decreased
without being previously increased.
PR: kern/123685
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Use a private timer to implement a watchdog for tx timeouts and drive
the timer for auto negotiation.
- Use bus_foo() rather than bus_space_foo() and remove the bus space
tag & handle from the softc.
- Call bus_setup_intr() after ether_ifattach().
Tested by: Florian Smeets flo of kasimir.com
Remove the code which disables port status change interrupts for 1s
when one occured -- this makes that events get lost or delayed until
the next change.
Obtained from: NetBSD
- Fixed a problem on i386 architecture when using split header/jumbo frame
firmware caused by hardware alignment requirements.
- Added #define BCE_USE_SPLIT_HEADER to allow the feature to be enabled/
disabled. Enabled by default.
PR: kern/123696
MFC after: 2 weeks
and nfs requests processing. Lockmgr lock provides the shared locking for
nfs requests, while exclusive mode is used for modifications. The writer
starvation is handled by lockmgr too.
Reported by: kris, pho, many
Based on the submission by: mohan
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 2 weeks
In the FreeBSD base system, there are only two utilities that use struct
tty, namely pstat and sicontrol. The sicontrol utility calls the
TCSI_TTY ioctl(), which copies struct tty back to userspace.
sicontrol should not have this functionality. The same data is already
provided by pstat. If we really want to be able to export these numbers
through a file descriptor to userspace, we can export struct xtty, which
should provide a better abstraction. The ttystat option was only used as
a debugging aid.
This makes sicontrol compile in the mpsafetty branch.
Reviewed by: peter
Approved by: philip (mentor)
newvers.sh is run pwd is actually the obj directory, so "../../.svn"
doesn't exist and the test always fails. The second is that buildkernel
is executed with a restrictive PATH, so unless you have svnversion in
/bin or /usr/bin it can't run.
Fix this by looking for svnversion in /bin, /usr/bin, and /usr/local/bin
in that order. If found, store the location and derive the value of the
source directory. Then run svnversion in the appropriate directory.
There is one possible refinement which would be to add a test for
LOCALBASE!=/usr/local if we don't find svnversion the first time, but
IMO that's not necessary at this time.
is in little endian form. Likewise setting DC_AL_PAR0/DC_AL_PAR1
register expect the address to be in little endian form. For big
endian architectures the address should be swapped to get correct
one.
Change setting/getting ethernet hardware address to big endian
architecture frendly.
Reported by: Robert Murillo ( billypilgrim782001 at yahoo dot com )
Tested by: Robert Murillo ( billypilgrim782001 at yahoo dot com )
some longstanding issues:
o pass the vap since it's now the "coin of the realm" and required
to do things like set initial tx parameters in private node
state for use prior to association
o pass the mac address as cards that maintain outboard station
tables require this to create an entry (e.g. in ibss mode)
o remove the node table reference, we only have one node table
and it's unlikely this will change so this is not needed to
find the com structure
entry in the SMAP is a 20 byte structure and they are queried from the
BIOS via sucessive BIOS calls. Due to an apparent bug in the R900's
BIOS, for some SMAP requests the BIOS overflows the 20 byte buffer
trashing a few bytes of memory immediately after the SMAP structure. As
a workaround, add 8 bytes of padding after the SMAP structure used in
the loader for SMAP queries.
PR: i386/122668
Submitted by: Mike Hibler mike flux.utah.edu, silby
MFC after: 3 days
- Store the softc of the device in the 'si_drv1' of the cdev.
- Lookup the softc via 'si_drv1' in cdev methods rather than using the
minor number as a unit for devclass_get_softc().
- Lookup the device_t via the softc field in cdev methods rather than
using the minor number as a unit for devclass_get_device().
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect 'sc_opened'.
- Remove D_NEEDGIANT as all the smbus drivers are now MPSAFE and this driver
is now MPSAFE.
- Remove some checks for NULL softc pointers that can't happen and don't
bzero the softc during attach.
work. (Moreover, I don't believe that they have ever worked as intended.)
The explanation is fairly simple. Both MADV_DONTNEED and MADV_FREE perform
vm_page_dontneed() on each page within the range given to madvise(). This
function moves the page to the inactive queue. Specifically, if the page is
clean, it is moved to the head of the inactive queue where it is first in
line for processing by the page daemon. On the other hand, if it is dirty,
it is placed at the tail. Let's further examine the case in which the page
is clean. Recall that the page is at the head of the line for processing by
the page daemon. The expectation of vm_page_dontneed()'s author was that
the page would be transferred from the inactive queue to the cache queue by
the page daemon. (Once the page is in the cache queue, it is, in effect,
free, that is, it can be reallocated to a new vm object by vm_page_alloc()
if it isn't reactivated quickly enough by a user of the old vm object.) The
trouble is that nowhere in the execution of either MADV_DONTNEED or
MADV_FREE is either the machine-independent reference flag (PG_REFERENCED)
or the reference bit in any page table entry (PTE) mapping the page cleared.
Consequently, the immediate reaction of the page daemon is to reactivate the
page because it is referenced. In effect, the madvise() was for naught.
The case in which the page was dirty is not too different. Instead of being
laundered, the page is reactivated.
Note: The essential difference between MADV_DONTNEED and MADV_FREE is
that MADV_FREE clears a page's dirty field. So, MADV_FREE is always
executing the clean case above.
This revision changes vm_page_dontneed() to clear both the machine-
independent reference flag (PG_REFERENCED) and the reference bit in all PTEs
mapping the page.
MFC after: 6 weeks
it. Bad imp. Removing us dips us under 10,000 in size too.
o Replace an unconditional 30ms DELAY (yes, busy wait) with a check of the
SIBUSY bit in the SelfST register before accessing the eeprom. This changes
the time to read the EEPROM from 2 * 20 * 30ms (1.2s) to < 20*25us (.0005s)
and make the attach of the card tolerable when ethernet media is present.
Include data from the datasheet about why this works. While this is a 2500x
speed increase, it doesn't really matter at all once the card is probed...
o set dev earlier in softc.
o remove unused fields from softc and args from cs_alloc_irq
o remove some commented code that will never be implemented.
o Don't try to send a packet and see if it worked. We don't
need this anymore, and it doesn't add any value.
o tweaks for BNC and AUI.
o limit possible time hung in the kernel to 4s rather than 40s.
boards. This is enough to net-boot to multiuser.
Also supported is the SMSC LAN91C111 parts used on the netCF, netDUO and netMMC
add-on boards.
I'll be putting some instructions on how to boot this on the Gumstix boards
online soon.
This is still fairly rough and will be refined over time but I felt it was
better to get this out there where other people can help out.
sn(4) driver and also looking at newer drivers. The reason for the rewrite is
to support MII and to try and resolve some performance issues found when trying
to use the sn(4) driver on the Gumstix network boards.
For reference, the SMSC LAN91C111 is a non-PCI ethernet part whose lineage
dates back to Ye Olde Days of ISA. It seems to get some use in the embedded
space these days on parts lacking on-board MACs or on-board PCI controllers,
such as the XScale PXA line of ARM CPUs.
This also includes a driver for the SMSC LAN83C183 10/100 PHY.
Man page to follow.
they can re-added. Remove CS_NAME. Don't whine when there's an
ignored checksum error: User has said STFU, so we should S the FU.
(remove mandated properties).
The CTRL() macro seems to perform character to control-character
conversion (i.e. 'A' to 0x01) to lowercase characters. This is actually
not valid. If we use lowercase characters, conversions such as
CTRL('\\') and CTRL('?') will result to invalid conversions.
Because we must still support old source code that uses CTRL() (bad!),
we make CTRL() accept both forms. When the character is a lowercase
character, we perform the old style conversion.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and the device hardware.
- Add a private timer to manage transmit watchdogs rather than using
if_timer/if_watchdog.
- Setup the interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
Tested by: imp
for this driver is called 'ie'. Otherwise, ifconfig(8) doesn't recognize
any of the modules as being the ie(4) driver and will always try to kldload
the driver even when it is already present in the kernel.
Reported by: Thierry Herbelot
the dm_lock is held while the newly allocated vnode is locked. Since no
other threads may try to lock the new vnode yet, the LOR there cannot
result in the deadlock.
Shut down the witness warning to note this fact.
Tested by: pho
Prodded by: attilio
10BaseT' since it required 10BaseT to have carrier to switch to it.
This chip makes it hard to do proper auto, so we don't do it. We
can't test carrier on things easily.
Don't insist on carrier when we set the media. Don't report failures.
Remove a 1s! delay that appears to not be needed.
With these patches, and John Baldwin's patches, I'm able to pass
packets on my IBM EtherJet card again.
MAC events.
- Use bus_*() rather than bus_space_*() and remove the bus space tag and
handle from the softc.
- Retire unused macros for examining CIS tuples.
o When forced to be 10baseT, don't require that the 10baseT interface
have link to succeed. Still require it for IFM_AUTO, however, since it
appears that there's no way to tell if a specific type of interface
worked. I'm doing a web search for a datasheet now to see if there's
anything obvious.
o Minor incidental formatting nits, including collapsing code of the form
if (foo) {
bar();
} else {
if (baz)
bing();
}
into:
if (foo) {
bar();
} else if (baz) {
bing();
}
to save an indentation level.
o Remove stray reference to 3.x config file syntax.
# I believe John's patches still apply after this...
timer by keeping a once-a-second timer running that decrements a counter
similar to if_timer and reset the chip if it gets down to zero via the
decrement.
- Use IFQ_SET_MAXLEN().
The Giant lock is acquired in two places in tty_tty.c. In both places,
it is unneeded.
There is no reason to specify D_NEEDGIANT on this device node. The
device node has only been designed to return ENXIO when opened. It
doesn't make any sense to lock/unlock Giant, just to return this error.
D_TTY is also unneeded. The unimplemented functions don't need to be
patched by devfs.
We don't need to lock Giant when we want to lookup the proper TTY vnode.
s_ttyvp is already protected by proctree_lock (see devfs_vnops.c).
Approved by: philip (mentor)
systems where the CardBus bridge was connected to a APIC. The case
where the probe routine is told to not setup the IRQ was mishandled
but the error was masked in the case where the IRQ was a valid one
for the card.
MFC after: 1 week
bring it more up to date. The watchdog timer, and its
associated code, is all collapsed into the ndis_tick function
that was implemented for the NDIS-subsystem watchdog. This
implementation is similar to what numerous other drivers use
to implement the watchdog.
Reviewed by: thompsa, jhb
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Add a mutex to the softc to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Don't leak bus resources if if_alloc() fails during attach.
- Setup the interrupt handler after calling ether_ifattach().
- Use a private timer to manage the transmit watchdog.
Tested by: WATANABE Kazuhiro CQG00620 of nifty.ne.jp
- Add a mutex to protect the softc and device hardware.
- Use a callout rather than a callout_handle for the media timer.
- Use a dedicated timer for managing the tx watchdog rather than if_timer.
- Fix some resource leaks if xe_attach() fails.
- Shutdown the device before detaching the driver.
- Setup the interrupt handler after ether_ifattach().
Tested by: Ian FREISLICH ianf of clue.co.za
- Add a mutex to the softc and use it to protect the softc and device.
- Setup the interrupt handler in the common code instead of in each front
end and do it after ether_ifattach().
- Use ie_stop() and ieinit_locked() in iereset() rather than frobbing IFF_UP
and invoking ieioctl().
- Use DELAY() to implement a spin loop on a register with a timeout rather
than scheduling a timeout and then doing a tight spin on the register.
In the non-MPSAFE case this would never have worked because the spinning
code held Giant and the timeout routine would have been blocked on Giant
forever. The same approach would not worke in the MPSAFE case either for
the same reason, hence use a loop around DELAY().
- Clear IFF_DRV_(RUNNING|OACTIVE) in ie_stop() rather than in callers.
- Call ieinit_locked() directly rather than ieioctl(!) from ie_mc_reset().
- Don't leak the rx frame buffer on detach.
Tested by: Thierry Herbelot thierry of herbelot.com
a client reboot, do this check before performing the lock otherwise we
will trash the new lock along with any other old locks the client held
before rebooting.
Make sure nlm_check_idle always returns with nlm_global_lock held.
MFC after: 1 week
template, use an M_TEMP malloc(9) allocation rather than an mbuf
with mtod(9) and dtom(9). This eliminates the last use of
dtom(9) in TCP.
MFC after: 3 weeks
In the mpsafetty branch, Linux sshd seems to work properly inside a
jail. Some small modifications had to be made to the Linux compatibility
layer.
The Linux PTY routines always expect the device major number to be 136
or higher. Our code always set the major/minor number pair to 136:0.
This makes routines like ttyname() and ptsname() fail, because we'll end
up having ambiguous device numbers.
The conversion was not performed on all *stat() routines, which meant in
some cases the numbers didn't get transformed. By pushing the conversion
into linux_driver_get_major_minor(), the transformation will take place
on all calls.
Approved by: philip (mentor), rdivacky
to reduce performance degradation under heavy outgoing scan/flood.
Scalability is now much more important then several kilobytes of RAM.
Remove unneded TCP-specific expiration handeling. Before this connected
TCP sessions could never expire. Now connected TCP sessions will expire
after 24hours of inactivity.
Simplify HouseKeeping() to avoid several mul/div-s per packet. Taking into
account increased LINK_TABLE_OUT_SIZE, precision is still much more then
required.
- to increase performance do not reallocate mbuf when possible,
- to support up to 16K packets (was 2K max) use mbuf cluster of proper size.
This change depends on recent ng_nat and ip_fw_nat changes.
As discussed with Robert Watson and John Baldwin, it would be better if
PTY's are created with proper permissions, turning grantpt() into a
no-op.
Bypassing security frameworks like MAC by passing NOCRED to
VOP_SETATTR() will only make things more complex.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
pretend to be IntelliMouse (which have a few more features than generic mice)
causing the IntelliMouse probe to work and the Synaptics code never to be
called.
This should not break "real" IntelliMouse because the Synaptics detection code
is fairly specific.
PR: kern/120833
Submitted by: Eygene Ryabinkin <rea-fbsd -at- codelabs.ru>
MFC after: 1 week
This fixes packet fragmentation handeling.
Pass really available buffer size to libalias instead of MCLBYTES constant.
MCLBYTES constant were used with believe that m_megapullup() always moves
date into a fresh cluster that sometimes may become not so.
promotion within the kernel's address space. Specifically,
pmap_promote_pde() is only called when the page table page (PTP) that
is referenced by the given PDE has a full "use count", i.e., its
wire_count is 512. Although this guarantees for a user address space
that all 512 PTEs in the PTP hold valid mappings, the same is not true
of the kernel's address space. A kernel PTP always has a use count of
512 regardless of the state of the PTEs. Therefore,
pmap_promote_pde() should not assume (or assert) that the first PTE in
the PTP is valid.
(Don't ask for a vendor import of this yet, we're in the early days of svn)
Instead of using cyclic timers to call the state clean and deadman callbacks,
use a callout on FreeBSD to avoid the deadlock on FreeBSD due to trying to
send interprocessor interrupts with interrupts disabled.
Reported by: ps, jhb, peter, thompsa
In the mpsafetty branch, PTY's are allocated through the posix_openpt()
system call. The controller side of a PTY now uses its own file
descriptor type (just like sockets, vnodes, pipes, etc).
To remain compatible with existing FreeBSD and Linux C libraries, we can
still create PTY's by opening /dev/ptmx or /dev/ptyXX. These nodes
implement d_fdopen(). Devfs has been slightly changed here, to allow
finit() to be called from d_fdopen().
The routine grantpt() has also been moved into the kernel. This routine
is a little odd, because it needs to bypass standard UNIX permissions.
It needs to change the owner/group/mode of the slave device node, which
may often not be possible. The old implementation solved this by
spawning a setuid utility.
When VOP_SETATTR() is called with NOCRED, devfs_setattr() dereferences
ap->a_cred, causing a kernel panic. Change the de_{uid,gid,mode} code to
allow changes when a->a_cred is set to NOCRED.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
whatever frequency it started at instead of always picking the highest
frequency. The first version of this driver attempted to do this, but it
set the speed to the first frequency in the list rather than the value it
had saved.
MFC after: 1 week
Discussed with: rpaulo, phk
clients that have rebooted (or otherwise changed port numbers). If the
client is broken or has no active locks, it won't notify us. Fall back
on the two minute timeout logic used by the userland rpc.lockd code.
MFC after: 1 week
variations from normal 16x50 behaviour however is the the use of a normally
unused bit of IER to control RX timeout interrupts independently of the
generally used RXRDY bit. If this bit is not enabled, we only ever get
interrupts when the FIFO is full, never before. This is not very useful when
the UART is being used as a console.
In order to support this without causing potential problems on more "normal"
16x50 variants, this change introduces two hints for the uart device, ier_mask
and ier_rxbits. These can be used to override which bits get set and cleared
when we're enabling and disabling RX interrupts.
Reviewed by: marcel
some cases, add explicit inpcb locking rather than relying on the global
lock, as we dereference inp_socket, but also allowing us to drop the
global lock more quickly.
MFC after: 1 week
Even though we got rid of device major numbers some time ago, device
drivers still need to provide unique device minor numbers to make_dev().
These numbers are only used inside the kernel. They are not related to
device major and minor numbers which are visible in devfs. These are
actually based on the inode number of the device.
It would eventually be nice to remove minor numbers entirely, but we
don't want to be too agressive here.
Because the 8-15 bits of the device number field (si_drv0) are still
reserved for the major number, there is no 1:1 mapping of the device
minor and unit numbers. Because this is now unused, remove the
restrictions on these numbers.
The MAXMAJOR definition was actually used for two purposes. It was used
to convert both the userspace and kernelspace device numbers to their
major/minor pair, which is why it is now named UMINORMASK.
minor2unit() and unit2minor() have now become useless. Both minor() and
dev2unit() now serve the same purpose. We should eventually remove some
of them, at least turning them into macro's. If devfs would become
completely minor number unaware, we could consider using si_drv0 directly,
just like si_drv1 and si_drv2.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
monitoring UDP connections using sysctls. In some cases, add
previously missing locking of inpcbs, as inp_socket is followed,
which also allows us to drop global locks more quickly.
MFC after: 1 week
clocked at 10x normal speed. That is, when you set it for 9600
baud, it actually does 96000 baud. In order to make it plug and
play with other serial ports, it has to have its clock rate
reduced by a factor of 10.
Discussed with: Marcel Moolenaar
MFC after: 2 weeks
o do not put the chip into full sleep in ath_stop as it gains
nothing and causes many parts to hang in ath_detach because we
may touch the chip during vap teardown; this may also fix issues
with unloading the module
o add a note in ath_detach to explain ath_hal_detach puts the
chip in low power mode; this is useful to know as it means
unloading the module will place a pci device in the lowest
possible power state
o leave an #ifdef notyet marker for powering down the chip when
a device is marked down; we can't do that until we handle all
the ways the driver may be entered and touch the chip
o fix resume by reloading the h/w key cache as it's been clobbered
(for pci) by the socket being powered off; for station mode we
directly stop+init the chip and then simulate a beacon miss to
get the upper layers sync'd up; for other configs we must brute
force stop+start the vaps so they go through the state machine
address specified in the ioctl and for drivers that need the address
to locate a key (e.g. for delete).
Note this changes net80211-private api's but not the driver callback;
may want to change that in the future.
Reviewed by: sephe, thompsa
on amd64. Note the only difference is the iovec32 part so I use the
native structure for everything else.
Also I plan to MFC all the changes in -current to 7-stable and 6-stable
shortly since I've been running them. This does not include the cam
changes.
MFC after: 3 days
o construct a name for the com lock as done for other locks
o pass the device name to IEEE80211_LOCK_INIT so the mtx name
is constructed as foo_com_lock
o introduce *_LOCK_OBJ macro's to hide the lock contents and
minimize redundant code
Right now we perform some of the checks inside the fcntl()'s F_DUPFD
operation twice. We first validate the `fd' argument. When finished,
we validate the `arg' argument. These checks are also performed inside
do_dup().
The reason we need to do this, is because fcntl() should return different
errno's when the `arg' argument is out of bounds (EINVAL instead of
EBADF). To prevent the redundant locking of the PROC_LOCK and
FILEDESC_SLOCK, patch do_dup() to support the error semantics required
by fcntl().
Approved by: philip (mentor)
inlining resulted in constant propagation to the extend that cmpval
was known to the compiler to be URWLOCK_WRITE_OWNER (= 0x80000000U).
Unfortunately, instead of zero-extending the unsigned constant, it
was sign-extended. As such, the cmpxchg instruction was comparing
0x0000000080000000LU to 0xffffffff80000000LU and obviously didn't
perform the exchange.
But, since the value returned by cmpxhg equalled cmpval (when zero-
extended), the _thr_rtld_lock_release() function thought the exchange
did happen and as such returned as if having released the lock. This
was not the case. Subsequent locking requests found rw_state non-zero
and the thread in question entered the kernel and block indefinitely.
The work-around is to zero-extend by casting to uint64_t.
which label mbufs. This leak can occur if one policy successfully allocates
label storage and subsequent allocations from other policies fail.
Spotted by: rwatson
MFC after: 1 week
Because clists are also used outside the TTY layer, rename the file
containing the clist routines to something more accurate.
The mpsafetty TTY layer doesn't use clists. It uses its own buffers,
which also implement the unbuffered copying to userspace. We cannot
simply remove the clist routines then, because this would break various
drivers that are present within the kernel.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
calling destroy_dev() with sleepable malloc(9). The entire opetation
is being serialized through pcm cv from top down, so dropping mutex is
rather safe.
Reported by: delphij
gigabit ethernet and JMC260 fast ethernet controllers. ATM jme(4)
supports all hardware features except RSS and multiple Tx/Rx queue.
In these days most ethernet controller vendors take a ply of
concealing hardware detailes from open source developers. As
contrasted with these vendors JMicron provided all necessary
information needed to write a stable driver during driver writing
and answered many questions I had. They even helped fixing driver
bugs with protocol analyzer. Many thanks to JMicron for their
support of FreeBSD.
H/W donated by: JMicron
Anyway, in the edge case the flushing happens and the while is no more
executed, nfs_flush() (and nfs4_flush()) can return with a wrong
err value of ENOLCK.
Bring it back to 0, as we expect to have for that case.
Reported by: kris
Reviewed by: kib
similar to _WANT_UCRED and _WANT_PRISON and seems to be much nicer than
defining _KERNEL.
It is also needed for my sys/refcount.h change going in soon.
parts relied on the now removed NET_NEEDS_GIANT.
Most of I4B has been disconnected from the build
since July 2007 in HEAD/RELENG_7.
This is what was removed:
- configuration in /etc/isdn
- examples
- man pages
- kernel configuration
- sys/i4b (drivers, layers, include files)
- user space tools
- i4b support from ppp
- further documentation
Discussed with: rwatson, re
context, where the iwn mutex is being held, and
iwn_start assumes that we do not have that mutex held.
Resolve this issue with what we do for other NICs by
splitting the iwn_start procedure into two parts,
iwn_start() do the locking, and iwn_start_locked()
assumes that the mutex is being held. This resolves
panic when WITNESS is enabled.
NET_NEEDS_GIANT. netatm has been disconnected from the build for ten
months in HEAD/RELENG_7. Specifics:
- netatm include files
- netatm command line management tools
- libatm
- ATM parts in rescue and sysinstall
- sample configuration files and documents
- kernel support as a module or in NOTES
- netgraph wrapper nodes for netatm
- ctags data for netatm.
- netatm-specific device drivers.
MFC after: 3 weeks
Reviewed by: bz
Discussed with: bms, bz, harti
refcount interface.
It also introduces the correct usage of memory barriers, as sometimes
fdrop() and fhold() are used with shared locks, which don't use any
release barrier.
entirety of the specified range be mapped. Specifically, it has
returned EINVAL if the entire range is not mapped. There is not,
however, any basis for this in either SuSv2 or our own man page.
Moreover, neither Linux nor Solaris impose this requirement. This
revision removes this requirement.
Submitted by: Tijl Coosemans
PR: 118510
MFC after: 6 weeks
Leave IDTVEC(ill) where it was unless we compile with KDTRACE_HOOKS[1].
Hide the with DTRACE case case under #ifdef KDTRACE_HOOKS.
Suggested by: attilio [1]
Reviewed by: attilio
ip6_savecontrol in preparation for udp_append() to no longer
need an WLOCK as we will no longer be modifying socket options.
Requested by: rwatson
Reviewed by: gnn
MFC after: 10 days
- Use proper synhronization primitives to protect the internal fdesc node cache
used in fdescfs.
- Properly initialize and uninitalize hash.
- Remove unused functions.
Since fdescfs might recurse on itself, adding proper locking to it needed some
tricky workarounds in some parts to make it work. For instance, a descriptor in
fdescfs could refer to an open descriptor to itself, thus forcing the thread to
recurse on vnode locks. Because of this, other race conditions also had to be
fixed.
Tested by: pho
Reviewed by: kib (mentor)
Approved by: kib (mentor)
delete "snapshot" from the persistent mount options list.
This should fix problems with doing a mount -o snapshot of a file system, followed by
an NFS export of the same file system.
PR: 122833
Reported by: Leon Kos <leon.kos lecad fs uni-lj si>,
Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
MFC after: 1 month
here, because we already do them further up in vfs_donmount() in vfs_mount.c
async -> MNT_ASYNC
force -> MNT_FORCE
multilabel -> MNT_MULTILABEL
noatime -> MNT_NOATIME
noclusterr -> MNT_NOCLUSTERR
noclusterw -> MNT_NOCLUSTERW
MFC after: 1 month
Of course I was silly enough to only check LINT for build failures, but not
the userspace bits. In the mpsafetty branch I didn't notice this, because
<sys/clist.h> never got included in userspace.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
Pointy hat to: me :-(
ttyfree(), freeing the tty. Since destroy_dev() may call d_purge()
cdevsw method, that is the ttypurge() for the tty, the code ends up
accessing freed tty structure.
Put the ttyrel() after destroy_dev() in the ttyfree. To prevent the
panic the rev. 1.274 provided fix for, check the TS_GONE in sysctl
handler and refuse to provide information on such tty.
Reported, debugging help and tested by: pho
DIscussed with and reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
in the giant_trick routines after the dev_refthread increments the
si_threadcount. Remove assert, do not perform dev_relthread() for failed
dev_refthread(), and handle failure in the tty_gettp() callers (cdevsw
tty methods).
Before kern_conf.c 1.210 and 1.211, the kernel usually paniced in the
giant_trick routines dereferencing NULL cdevsw, not taking this fault.
Reported by: Vince Hoffman <jhary unsane co uk>
Debugging help and tested by: pho
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
sense to loop trying to vget() the vnode again.
PR: 122977
Submitted by: Arthur Hartwig <arthur.hartwig nokia com>
Tested by: pho
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 week
For some reason, the <sys/tty.h> header file also contains routines of the
clists and console that are used inside the TTY layer. Because the clists
are not only used by the TTY layer (example: various input drivers), we'd
better move the entire clist programming interface into <sys/clist.h>. Also
remove a declaration of nonexistent variable.
The <sys/tty.h> header also contains various definitions for the console
code (tty_cons.c). Also move these to <sys/cons.h>, because they are
not implemented inside the TTY layer.
While there, create separate malloc pools for the clist and console code.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
PIPE_MTX().
Since the pipe_present is cleared before (potentially) sleeping, the
second thread may enter the pipeclose() for the reciprocal pipe end.
The test at the end of the pipeclose() for the pipe_present == 0 would
succeed, allowing the second thread to free the pipe memory. First
threads then accesses the freed memory after being woken up.
Properly track the closing state of the pipe in the pipe_present.
Introduce the intermediate state that marks the pipe as mostly
dismantled but might be sleeping waiting for the knote list to be
cleared. Free the pipe pair memory only when both ends pass that point.
Debugging help and tested by: pho
Discussed with: jmg
MFC after: 2 weeks
monitoring the pipe. The code sets pipe_present = 0 and enters
knlist_cleardel(), where the PIPE_MTX might be dropped when knl->kl_list
cannot be cleared due to influx knotes.
If the following often encountered code fragment
if (!(kn->kn_status & KN_DETACHED))
kn->kn_fop->f_detach(kn);
knote_drop(kn, td); [1]
is executed while the knlist lock is dropped, then the knote memory is freed
by the knote_drop() without knote being removed from the knlist, since
the filt_pipedetach() contains the following:
if (kn->kn_filter == EVFILT_WRITE) {
if (!cpipe->pipe_peer->pipe_present) {
PIPE_UNLOCK(cpipe);
return;
Now, the memory may be reused in the zone, causing the access to the
freed memory. I got the panics caused by the marker knote appearing on
the knlist, that, I believe, manifestation of the issue. In the Peter
Holm test scenarious, we got unkillable processes too.
The pipe_peer that has the knote for write shall be present. Ignore the
pipe_present value for EVFILT_WRITE in filt_pipedetach().
Debugging help and tested by: pho
Discussed with: jmg
MFC after: 2 weeks
the elf files. This is complicated by the fact that the actual CTF
parsing has to be done in CDDL'd code, so the BSD licensed code only
knows about the opaque data which it must be able to free.
to spam all vaps and this won't happen if the frame comes from a station
that is associated to an ap vap (and so has an entry in the table)
Noticed by: Jared Go
Reviewed by: thompsa
Even though single linked lists allow items to be removed at constant time
(when the previous element is known), the queue macro's don't allow this.
Implement new REMOVE_NEXT() macro's. Because the REMOVE() macro's also
contain the same code, make it call REMOVE_NEXT().
The OpenBSD version of SLIST_REMOVE_NEXT() needs a reference to the list
head, even though it is unused. We'd better mimic this. The STAILQ version
also needs a reference to the list. This means the prototypes of both
macro's are the same.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
PR: kern/121117
Our current TTY layer uses a set-uid application called ptchown to
change ownership of a PTY slave device. The new TTY layer implements
this functionality through a new ioctl().
By accident I discovered Darwin's TTY layer also uses this approach.
Because of this, they also have a GID_TTY.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
routines for those modules, rather than in the raw socket code. This
each privilege check to occur in exactly once place and avoids
duplicate checks across layers.
MFC after: 3 weeks
Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc.
argument, call mac_socket_check_connect() on that address before
proceeding with the send. Otherwise policies instrumenting the
connect entry point for the purposes of checking destination
addresses will not have the opportunity to check implicit
connect requests.
MFC after: 3 weeks
Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc.
hard limit of 512 pending mutexes in the witness code and
we can easily have 1 million bucket mutexes initialized before
witness is up and running. Bumping the limit from 512 to 1M
is not really an option here...
the watchdog code. This delta also incorporates some missing PCI
IDs that got added.
PR 122928 - might be fixed by this, no verification at this point.
Change so that we save off a type field for display and
NULL inp just for good measure.
- sctp_output.c - Fix it so in sending to the loopback we use the
src address of the inbound INIT. We don't want
to do this for non local addresses since otherwise
we might be ingressed filtered so we need to use
the best src address and list the address sent to.
Obtained from: time bug - Neil Wilson
MFC after: 1 week
The patch does not change the cdevsw KBI. Management of the data is
provided by the functions
int devfs_set_cdevpriv(void *priv, cdevpriv_dtr_t dtr);
int devfs_get_cdevpriv(void **datap);
void devfs_clear_cdevpriv(void);
All of the functions are supposed to be called from the cdevsw method
contexts.
- devfs_set_cdevpriv assigns the priv as private data for the file
descriptor which is used to initiate currently performed driver
operation. dtr is the function that will be called when either the
last refernce to the file goes away, the device is destroyed or
devfs_clear_cdevpriv is called.
- devfs_get_cdevpriv is the obvious accessor.
- devfs_clear_cdevpriv allows to clear the private data for the still
open file.
Implementation keeps the driver-supplied pointers in the struct
cdev_privdata, that is referenced both from the struct file and struct
cdev, and cannot outlive any of the referee.
Man pages will be provided after the KPI stabilizes.
Reviewed by: jhb
Useful suggestions from: jeff, antoine
Debugging help and tested by: pho
MFC after: 1 month
Directory IO without a VM object will store data in 'malloced' buffers
severely limiting caching of the data. Without this change VM objects for
directories are only created on an open() of the directory.
TODO: Inline test if VM object already exists to avoid locking/function call
overhead.
Tested by: kris@
Reviewed by: jeff@
Reported by: David Filo
- Adds some prepwork (Not all yet) for vimage in particular
support the delete the sctppcbinfo.xx structs. There is
still a leak in here if it were to be called plus we stil
need the regrouping (From Me and Michael Tuexen)
- Adds support for UDP tunneling. For BSD there is no
socket yet setup so its disabled, but major argument
changes are in here to emcompass the passing of the port
number (zero when you don't have a udp tunnel, the default
for BSD). Will add some hooks in UDP here shortly (discussed
with Robert) that will allow easy tunneling. (Mainly from
Peter Lei and Michael Tuexen with some BSD work from me :-D)
- Some ease for windows, evidently leave is reserved by their
compile move label leave: -> out:
MFC after: 1 week
- Bug in CA that does not get us incrementing the PBA properly which
made us more conservative.
- comment updated in sctp_input.c
- memsets added before we log
- added arg to hmac id's
MFC after: 2 weeks
controller. L1 has several threshold/timer registers and they
seem to require careful tuned parameters to get best
performance. Datasheet for L1 is not available to open source
driver writers so age(4) focus on stability and correctness of
basic Tx/Rx operation. ATM the performance of age(4) is far from
optimal which in turn means there are mis-programmed registers or
incorrectly configured registers.
Currently age(4) supports all known hardware assistance including
- MSI support.
- TCP Segmentation Offload.
- Hardware VLAN tag insertion/stripping.
- TCP/UDP checksum offload.
- Interrupt moderation.
- Hardware statistics counter support.
- Jumbo frame support.
- WOL support.
L1 gigabit ethernet controller is mainly found on ASUS
motherboards. Note, it seems that there are other variants of
hardware as known as L2(Fast ethernet) and newer gigabit ethernet
(AR81xx) from Atheros. These are not supported by age(4) and
requires a seperate driver. Big thanks to all people who reported
feedback or tested patches.
Tested by: kevlo, bsam, Francois Ranchin < fyr AT fyrou DOT net >
Thomas Nystroem < thn AT saeab DOT se >
Roman Pogosyan < asternetadmin AT gmail DOT com >
Derek Tattersal < dlt AT mebtel DOT net >
Oliver Seitz < karlkiste AT yahoo DOT com >
which contains all the hook definitions rather than splattering
them all over the header files.
The definitions are only valid when the KDTRACE_HOOKS kernel
option is defined, so other kernel sources have no need to
see them.
and struct proc.
Add a field to struct thread to stash the error variable (or returned
status) from the last syscall so that it is available during a
DTrace probe.
data via ctor and dtor event handlers.
The size of the extra data is allocated opaquely and this file
contains a function which the dtrace module can call to check
that the kernel supports at least the amount of data that it needs.
This file is optionally compiled into nthe kernel if the KDTRACE_HOOKS
kernel option is defined.
This is BSD licensed code written specifically for FreeBSD.
It initialises using SYSINIT so that the SDT provider, probe and
argument description linkage is done whenever a module is loaded,
regardless of whether the DTrace modules are loaded or not.
This file is optionally compiled into the kernel if the KDTRACE_HOOKS
option is defined.
- KDTRACE_HOOKS for the shim layer of hooks which separate BSD licensed
code from CDDL code.
- DDB_CTF for the code that parses the CTF (compact C type format)
data for use by the DTrace Function Boundary Trace
provider and (possibly) ddb if we plan to do that.
devsoftc.async_proc != NULL because the latter might not be true
sometimes.
This way /etc/rc.suspend gets executed.
Reviwed by: njl
Submitted by: Mitsuru IWASAKI <iwasaki at jp.FreeBSD.org>
Tested also by: Andreas Wetzel <mickey242 at gmx.net>
MFC after: 1 week
superpage-aligned virtual address for the mapping. Revision 1.65
implemented an overly simplistic and generally ineffectual method for
finding a superpage-aligned virtual address. Specifically, it rounds
the virtual address corresponding to the end of the data segment up to
the next superpage-aligned virtual address. If this virtual address
is unallocated, then the device will be mapped using superpages.
Unfortunately, in modern times, where applications like the X server
dynamically load much of their code, this virtual address is already
allocated. In such cases, mmap(2) simply uses the first available
virtual address, which is not necessarily superpage aligned.
This revision changes mmap(2) to use a more robust method,
specifically, the VMFS_ALIGNED_SPACE option that is now implemented by
vm_map_find().
physical address of the device's memory. This enables
pmap_align_superpage() to propose a virtual address for mapping the
device memory that permits the use of superpage mappings.
- verified that the ifp->if_snd.ifq_mtx was initalized for
all attached interfaces. This was pointless because it was
initalized for all interfaces in if_attach() so I've removed it.
- Checked that ifp->if_snd.ifq_maxlen is initalized and set it to
ifqmaxlen if unset. This makes more sense in if_attach() so
I moved it there.
- The first call of if_slowtimo(). Delete if_check() and call
if_slowtimo() directly from the SYSINIT().
All shim hooks are defined here. This is the interface between BSD
code in FreeBSD and CDDL code from OpenSolaris.
The hooks defined here are pre-processed out from the source files
when the KDTRACE_HOOKS kernel option isn't defined.
Note that this implementation differs from the one in OpenSolaris, so
it is BSD licensed and can be included anywhere.
The kernel definitions defined here are dependent on the kernel option
KDTRACE_HOOKS so that macros added to the sources are pre-processed
out completely when the DTrace kernel hooks aren't compiled in.
the mentioned PR:
- bounds check time->month as it is used as an array index
- fix usage of time->month as array index (month is 1-12)
- fix calculation based on time->day (day is 1-31)
- fix the speedup code as it doesn't calculate correct timestamps before
the year 2000 and reduce the number of calculation in the year-by-year code
- speedup month calculations by replacing the array content with cumulative
values
- add microseconds calculation
- fix an endian problem
PR: kern/97786
Submitted by: Andriy Gapon <avg@topspin.kiev.ua>
Reviewed by: scottl (earlier version)
Approved by: emax (mentor)
MFC after: 1 week
-It has new hardware support
-It uses a new method of TX cleanup called Head Write Back
-It includes the provisional generic TCP LRO feature contributed
by Myricom and made general purpose by me. This should move into
the stack upon approval but for this driver drop its in here.
-Also bug fixes and etc...
MFC in a week if no serious issues arise.
so the index needs to be translated into an offset. While we
did add the offset (0x10), we forgot to account for the width.
Tested by: Thomas Vogt
MFC after: 3 days
- Obsolete redundant inst_name and unit members of struct sym_hcb.
- Fix three more NULL vs. 0 confusions.
- Use device_set_softc(9) to tell the bus layer that this driver
allocates a instance of struct sym_hcb itself.
(all types) used per socket buffer.
Add support to netstat to print out all of the socket buffer
statistics.
Update the netstat manual page to describe the new -x flag
which gives the extended output.
Reviewed by: rwatson, julian
lock_object, using an unified field called lo_data.
- Replace lo_type usage with the w_name usage and at init time pass the
lock "type" directly to witness_init() from the parent lock init
function. Handle delayed initialization before than
witness_initialize() is called through the witness_pendhelp structure.
- Axe out LO_ENROLLPEND as it is not really needed. The case where the
mutex init delayed wants to be destroyed can't happen because
witness_destroy() checks for witness_cold and panic in case.
- In enroll(), if we cannot allocate a new object from the freelist,
notify that to userspace through a printf().
- Modify the depart function in order to return nothing as in the current
CVS version it always returns true and adjust callers accordingly.
- Fix the witness_addgraph() argument name prototype.
- Remove unuseful code from itismychild().
This commit leads to a shrinked struct lock_object and so smaller locks,
in particular on amd64 where 2 uintptr_t (16 bytes per-primitive) are
gained.
Reviewed by: jhb
- Rename BGE_FLAG_EEPROM to BGE_FLAG_EADDR to underline it's absence means
"there's no chip containing an Ethernet address fitted to the BGE chip
so we have to get it from the firmware instead" rather than "there's no
EEPROM, but maybe NVRAM or something else".
- Don't treat BCM5906[M] generally like chips w/o BGE_FLAG_EADDR set, just
in the two cases really necessary. This gets us line with the original
patch for DragonFlyBSD.
- For sparc64 restore the intended behavior of obtaining the Ethernet
address from the firmware in case BGE_FLAG_EADDR is not set, even for
BCM5906[M].
- Fix some style(9) bugs introduced with rev. 1.208 of if_bge.c
Approved by: jhb
Additional testing by: Thomas Nystroem (BCM5906)
what Linux does. This is because robust futexes are mostly
userspace thing which we cannot alter. Two syscalls maintain
pointer to userspace list and when process exits a routine
walks this list waking up processes sleeping on futexes
from that list.
Reviewed by: kib (mentor)
MFC after: 1 month
Add support for the Apple USB Ethernet adapter.
Work around the "latch in at the first working PHY address hack",
that fails for this adapter because it returns 0xffff when reading
from lower PHY addresses. Also add more debugging printfs
Obtained from: OpenBSD
MFC After: 3 days
o correct mapping of CCK rates to PLCP; was using nonstandard Ralink
values which just happened to also be used by Zydas (so went unnoticed)
o change ieee80211_plcp2rate api to take a phy type instead of a flag
that indicates ofdm/!ofdm
o update drivers to match (restore per-driver code to map rate->PLCP)
Reviewed by: sephe, weongyo, thompsa
o add IEEE80211_C_STA capability to indicate sta mode is supported
(was previously assumed) and mark drivers as capable
o add ieee80211_opcap array to map an opmode to the equivalent capability bit
o move IEEE80211_C_OPMODE definition to where capabilities are defined so it's
clear it should be kept in sync (on future additions)
o check device capabilities in clone create before trying to create a vap;
this makes driver checks unneeded
o make error codes return on failed clone request unique
o temporarily add console printfs on clone request failures to aid in
debugging; these will move under DIAGNOSTIC or similar before release
Instead use the worldwide known MAX() function.
This should fix problems with negative values showing up on
dev.cpu.%d.temperature.
This is slightly different from the fix in the PR.
Submitted by: KOIE Hidetaka <hide at koie.org>
PR: 123542
used to request superpage alignment for the submap.
Request superpage alignment for the kmem_map.
Pass VMFS_ANY_SPACE instead of TRUE to vm_map_find(). (They are currently
equivalent but VMFS_ANY_SPACE is the new preferred spelling.)
Remove a stale comment from kmem_malloc().
support for VMFS_ALIGNED_SPACE, which requests the allocation of an
address range best suited to superpages. The old options TRUE and FALSE
are mapped to VMFS_ANY_SPACE and VMFS_NO_SPACE, so that there is no
immediate need to update all of vm_map_find(9)'s callers.
While I'm here, correct a misstatement about vm_map_find(9)'s return
values in the man page.
hand, it may cause other threads to sleep since kqueue_scan() may mark
some knotes as infux. This could lead to the deadlock.
Before kqueue_scan() sleeps, wakeup the threads that are waiting for the
influx knotes produced by this thread.
Tested by: pho (previous version)
Reviewed by: jmg
MFC after: 2 weeks
closed is the legitimate situation. For instance, filedescriptor with
registered events may be closed in parallel with closing the kqueue.
Properly handle the case instead of asserting that this cannot happen.
Reported and tested by: pho
Reviewed by: jmg
MFC after: 2 weeks
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
syncache that has an invalid SEQ instead of only doing it when we suceed
in mallocing space for the log message.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: sam, bz
for UPA it should have fulfilled its purpose by now and Fireplane-
and JBus-based machines are way to messy in organization to implement
something equivalent.
- Fix a bunch of style(9) bugs.
Handle cases where dma function pointers may be NULL, and where
the max_iosize can't be derived from a DMA data structure. For
the latter, revert to the prior behaviour of using DFLTPHYS for
the max i/o size when there is no other data.
Reviewed by: marcel
No objection by: sos
aligned on an 8 byte boundary. Prior to rev 1.36 this wasn't a problem
because mbuf clusters tend be naturally aligned. The switch to using
split buffers with the first buffer being the embedded data area of the
mbuf has broken this assumption, at least on i386, causing a complete
failure of RX functionality. Fix this for now by using a full cluster for
the first RX buffer. A more sophisticated approach could be done with the
old buffer scheme to realign the m_data pointer with m_adj(), but I'm also
not clear on performance benefits of this old scheme or the performance
implications of adding an m_adj() call to every allocation.
and its children in the form:
"parent","child"
so that head and bottom of an oriented graph can be easilly detected and
various form of diagrams can be build.
The sysctl is called debug.witness.graphs and it is read-only; in order
to get the list of relations, a simple:
#sysctl debug.witness.graphs
will do the trick.
This approach has been choosen in order to support easilly things like
the DOT format and such. Soon, an auto-explicative awk script, which
filters simple informations returned by the sysctl and converts them into
a real DOT script, will be committed to the repository between examples.
Discussed with: rwatson
counter-timer timecounter so the associated SYSCTL nodes don't clash on
machines having multiple U2P and U2S bridges as well as establishing a
clear mapping between these bridges and their timecounter device.
- Don't bother setting up a "nice" name for the IOMMU, just use the name
returned by device_get_nameunit(9), too.
- Fix some minor style(9) bugs.
- Use __FBSDID in counter.c
MFC after: 1 week
VSOCK has been added as cache target. Now they process
not only VDIR but also VSOCK.
- fixed panic issue caused by cache incorrect free process
by "umount -f"
Submitted by: Masanori OZAWA <ozawa@ongs.co.jp>
MFC after: 1 week
perform various operations on a controller. Specifically, for each mpt(4)
device, create a character device in devfs which accepts ioctl requests for
reading and writing configuration pages and performing RAID actions.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: scottl
than checking whether audit is enabled globally, instead check whether
the current thread has an audit record. This avoids entering the audit
code to collect argument data if auditing is enabled but the current
system call is not of interest to audit.
MFC after: 1 week
Sponsored by: Apple, Inc.
method:
- If the last of the child cpufreq drivers returns an error while trying to
fetch its list of supported frequencies but an earlier driver found the
requested frequency, don't return an error to the caller.
- If all of the child cpufreq drivers fail and the attempt to match the
frequency based on 'cpu_est_clockrate()' fails, return ENXIO rather than
returning success and returning a frequency of CPUFREQ_VAL_UNKNOWN.
MFC after: 3 days
PR: kern/121433
Reported by: Eugene Grosbein eugen ! kuzbass dot ru
all cards/modes.
In addition to the intr forcing added with rev. 1.205 adopt the other
places to use the same logic.
We need to exclude a few chips/revisions (5700, 5788) from using the
enhanced version and fall back to the old way as that is the only
method they support.
Tested by: phk
Suggested by: davidch, Broadcom (thanks a lot for the help!)
MFC after: 16 days
- add / remove clients from cxgb_main.c now
- change ifdef TOE_ENABLED to TCP_OFFLOAD_DISABLE
- update copyrights
- fix transmit data mismatch bug caused by not setting SB_NOCOALESCE
on tx sockbuf on passive connections
- fix receive sequence mismatch bug caused by not setting SB_NOCOALESCE
on rx sockbuf on passive connections
- don't sleep without checking SBS_CANTRCVMORE first
- various ddp ordering fixes
Supported by: Chelsio Inc.
ALT_BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER. In addition to "Enter ~ ctrl-B" (to enter the
debugger), there is now "Enter ~ ctrl-P" (force panic) and
"Enter ~ ctrl-R" (request clean reboot, ala ctrl-alt-del on syscons).
We've used variations of this at work. The force panic sequence is
best used with KDB_UNATTENDED for when you just want it to dump and
get on with it.
The reboot request is a safer way of getting into single user than
a power cycle. eg: you've hosed the ability to log in (pam, rtld, etc).
It gives init the reboot signal, which causes an orderly reboot.
I've taken my best guess at what the !x86 and non-sio code changes
should be.
This also makes sio release its spinlock before calling KDB/DDB.
which are also likely to be irrelevant for sun4v (there's no SBus on sun4v
and only some EBus devices). While at it fix some style bugs according to
style.Makefile(5) where appropriate.
MFC after: 3 days
mount fs needing Giant to be held when processing bufobjs.
Use a different subqueue for pending workitems on filesystems requiring
Giant. This simplifies the code notably and also reduces the number of
Giant acquisitions (and the whole processing cost).
Suggested by: jeff
Reviewed by: kib
Tested by: pho
- Limit grabbing the lock to SIOCSIFFLAGS.
- Move ieee80211_start_all() to SIOCSIFFLAGS.
- Remove SIOCSIFMEDIA as it is not useful.
- Limit ether_ioctl to only SIOCGIFADDR. SIOCSIFADDR and SIOCSIFMTU have no
affect as there is no input/output path in the vap parent. The vap code
will handle the reinit of the mac address changes.
- Split off ndis_ioctl_80211 as it was getting too different to wired devices.
This fixes a copyout while locked and a lock recursion.
Reviewed by: sam
to profile outoing packets for a number of mbuf chain
related parameters
e.g. number of mbufs, wasted space.
probably will do with further work later.
Reviewed by: various
10/100 operation and place the mailbox registers at a different offset.
They also do not have an EEPROM, so the MAC address must be read from
NVRAM instead.
MFC after: 1 month
PR: kern/118975
Submitted by: benjsc, Thomas Nyström thn at saeab dot se
Submitted by: sephe (original patch for DragonflyBSD)
o The function is defined unconditionally but depends on SPR_SVR,
which is defined conditionally.
o spr.h defines mfspr() and mtspr(), which is no worse to use.
while holding the socket buffer lock. These leads to an
immediate panic due to recursing the socket buffer lock. This
bug was introduced in uipc_syscalls.c:1.240, but masked by
another bug until that was fixed in uipc_syscalls.c:1.269.
Note that the current fix isn't perfect, but better than
panicking: normally we guarantee that simultaneous invocations
of a system call to write on a stream socket won't be
interlaced, which is ensured by use of the socket buffer sleep
lock. This is guaranteed for the sendfile headers, but not
trailers. In practice, this is likely not a problem, but
should be fixed.
MFC after: 3 days
Pointy hat to: andre (1.240), cperciva (1.269)
Retire pmap_track_modified(). We no longer need it because we do not
create managed mappings within the clean submap. To prevent regressions,
add assertions blocking the creation of managed mappings within the clean
submap.
Approved by: imp
total of 6 interrupt resources for scc(4) on macio(4). This
is 3 per channel, of which the 1st of each channel is the
interrupt associated with the SCC. The other 2 are for DMA
operation.
Change scc_bfe_attach() to accept an argument that's the
number of interrupts per channel (ipc) and change each bus
front-end (bfe) to pass that argument through a wrapper
for the device_attach method.
For now, we only allocate the 1st interrupt of each channel
to perserve behaviour.
by the parent for interrupt resources. This corrects parsing of
the interrupts property.
With parsing of the property fixed, add all interrupts to the
resource list. Bump the max. number of interrupts from 5 to 6
as scc(4) attached to macio(4) has 6 interrupts (3 per channel).
Submitted by: Nathan Whitehorn <nathanw@uchicago.edu>
- detect number of LAWs in run time and initalize accordingly
- introduce decode windows target IDs used in MPC8572
- other minor updates
Obtained from: Freescale, Semihalf
doesn't require parts of the Expansion ROM to be copied around,
for obtaining the MAC address on !OFW platforms.
- Don't unnecessarily cache bus space tag and handle nor RIDs
in the softcs of the front-ends.
- Don't use function calls in initializers.
- Let the SBus front-end depend on sbus(4).
info about all currently mounted file systems. When an address is given
as an argument, prints detailed info about the given mount point.
MFC after: 2 weeks
infrastructure. Its only consumer ever was sio(4) and thus was
unused on sparc64 since removing the last traces of sio(4) in
sparc64 configuration files in favor for uart(4) over three
years ago. If similar functionality is required again it should
be brought back as an MD intr_pending() which works for all
busses by using for example interrupt controller hooks.
when creating the parent bus DMA tag. While at it correct the style
and a nearby comment.
- Take advantage of m_collapse(9) for performance reasons.
MFC after: 2 weeks
PR 122839 is fixed in both em and in igb
Second, the issue on building modules since the static kernel
build changes is now resolved. I was not able to get the fancier
directory hierarchy working, but this works, both em and igb
build as modules now.
Third, there is now support in em for two new NICs, Hartwell
(or 82574) is a low cost PCIE dual port adapter that has MSIX,
for this release it uses 3 vectors only, RX, TX, and LINK. In
the next release I will add a second TX and RX queue. Also, there
is support here for ICH10, the followon to ICH9. Both of these are
early releases, general availability will follow soon.
Fourth: On Hartwell and ICH10 we now have IEEE 1588 PTP support,
I have implemented this in a provisional way so that early adopters
may try and comment on the functionality. The IOCTL structure may
change. This feature is off by default, you need to edit the Makefile
and add the EM_TIMESYNC define to get the code.
Enjoy all!!
assumptions about the state of the cooling devices. Instead, switch them
off on init and, only after that, we are in TZ_ACTIVE_NONE.
Submited by: Andriy Gapon <avg at icyb.net.ua>
Reviewed by: njl
from idle over the next tick.
- Add a new MD routine, cpu_wake_idle() to wakeup idle threads who are
suspended in cpu specific states. This function can fail and cause the
scheduler to fall back to another mechanism (ipi).
- Implement support for mwait in cpu_idle() on i386/amd64 machines that
support it. mwait is a higher performance way to synchronize cpus
as compared to hlt & ipis.
- Allow selecting the idle routine by name via sysctl machdep.idle. This
replaces machdep.cpu_idle_hlt. Only idle routines supported by the
current machine are permitted.
Sponsored by: Nokia
o Add CTASSERTs ensuring that HME_NRXDESC and HME_NTXDESC are set to
legal values.
o Use appropriate maxsize, nsegments and maxsegsize parameters when
creating DMA tags and correct some comments related to them.
o The FreeBSD bus_dmamap_sync(9) supports ored together flags for quite
some time now so collapse calls accordingly.
o Add missing BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD when syncing the control DMA maps in
hme_rint() and hme_start_locked().
o Keep state of the link state and use it to enable or disable the MAC
in hme_mii_statchg() accordingly as well as to return early from
hme_start_locked() in case the link is down.
o Introduce a sc_flags and use it to replace individual members like
sc_pci.
o Add bus_barrier(9) calls to hme_mac_bitflip(), hme_mii_readreg(),
hme_mii_writereg() and hme_stop() to ensure the respective bit
has been written before we starting polling on it and for the right
bits to change.
o Rather just returning in case hme_mac_bitflip() fails and leaving us
in an undefined state report the problem and move on; chances are
the requested configuration will become active shortly after.
o Don't call hme_start_locked() in hme_init_locked() unconditionally
but only after calls to hme_init_locked() when it's appropriate, i.e.
in hme_watchdog().
o Add a KASSERT which asserts nsegs is valid also to hme_load_txmbuf().
o In hme_load_txmbuf():
- use a maximum of the newly introduced HME_NTXSEGS segments instead
of the incorrect HME_NTXQ, which reflects the maximum TX queue
length, for loading the mbufs and put the DMA segments back onto
the stack instead of the softc as 16 should be ok there.
- use the common errno(2) return values instead of homegrown ones,
- given that hme_load_txmbuf() is allowed to fail resulting in a
packet drop for quite some time now implement the functionality of
hme_txcksum() by means of m_pullup(9), which de-obfuscates the code
and allows to always retrieve the correct length of the IP header, [1]
- also add a KASSERT which asserts nsegs is valid,
- take advantage of m_collapse(9) instead of m_defrag(9) for
performance reasons.
o Don't bother to check whether the interface is running or whether its
queue is empty before calling hme_start_locked() in hme_tint(), the
former will check these anyway.
o In hme_intr() call hme_rint() before hme_tint() as gem_tint() may
take quite a while to return when it calls hme_start_locked().
o Get rid of sc_debug and just check if_flags for IFF_DEBUG directly.
o Add a shadow sc_ifflags so we don't reset the chip when unnecessary.
o Handle IFF_ALLMULTI correctly. [2]
o Use PCIR_BAR instead of a homegrown macro.
o Replace sc_enaddr[6] with sc_enaddr[ETHER_ADDR_LEN].
o Use the maximum of 256 TX descriptors for better performance as using
all of them has no additional static cost rather than using just half
of them.
Reported by: rwatson [2]
Suggested by: yongari [1]
Reviewed by: yongari
MFC after: 1 month
in order to get rid of bus space handle and tag in struct sym_hcb.
- Remove unused members related to bus addresses in struct sym_hcb.
- sym(4) takes care of allocating an instance of struct sym_hcb
itself so don't let newbus allocate it as an unused softc also.
- Add basic MPSAFE locking. This includes changing the sym(4) CCBs
to be allocated up-front instead of on demand as needed. Besides
making these allocations more likely to succeed, this also solves
the problem of calling bus_dmamap_create(9) with the SIM mutex
held.
Reviewed by: scottl
MFC after: 1 month
- Remove superfluous returns in functions returning void.
- In sym_alloc_lcb_tags() return directly instead of jumping
to a label which just returns.
- Fix some spelling in comments.
- Remove trailing whitespace.
exit requires entering the audit code. The result is much the same,
but they mean different things.
MFC afer: 3 days
Submitted by: Diego Giagio <dgiagio at gmail dot com>
the method for the (indent == NULL) case (i.e. the kern.geom.conftxt
sysctl). The purpose is to extend the conftxt output with scheme-
specific fields which can be used by libdisk. In particular, have
the schemes dump the xs and xt fields, which contain the backward
compatible values for class type and partition type. This allows
libdisk to work with the legacy slicers as well as with gpart and
helps/promotes migration.
don't send and EOI which works like on amd64/i386 and blocks all
interrupts on the relevant interrupt controller.
o Replace the post_filter and post_inthread hooks registered when
creating the interrupt events with just ic_clear as on sparc64 we
don't need to do any disable->EOI->enable dance to unblock all but
the relevant interrupt while running the filter or handler; just
not clearing the interrupt already has the same effect.
o Merge from amd64/i386:
- Split the intr_table_lock into an sx lock used for most things,
and a spin lock to protect intrcnt_index.
- Add support for binding interrupts to CPUs, including for the
bus_bind_intr(9) interface, a assign_cpu hook and initially
shuffling interrupts arround in a round-robin fashion.
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 1 month
for better structure.
Much of this is related to <sys/clock.h>, which should really have
been called <sys/calendar.h>, but unless and until we need the name,
the repocopy can wait.
In general the kernel does not know about minutes, hours, days,
timezones, daylight savings time, leap-years and such. All that
is theoretically a matter for userland only.
Parts of kernel code does however care: badly designed filesystems
store timestamps in local time and RTC chips almost universally
track time in a YY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS format, and sometimes in local
timezone instead of UTC. For this we have <sys/clock.h>
<sys/time.h> on the other hand, deals with time_t, timeval, timespec
and so on. These know only seconds and fractions thereof.
Move inittodr() and resettodr() prototypes to <sys/time.h>.
Retain the names as it is one of the few surviving PDP/VAX references.
Move startrtclock() to <machine/clock.h> on relevant platforms, it
is a MD call between machdep.c/clock.c. Remove references to it
elsewhere.
Remove a lot of unnecessary <sys/clock.h> includes.
Move the machdep.disable_rtc_set sysctl to subr_rtc.c where it belongs.
XXX: should be kern.disable_rtc_set really, it's not MD.
communicate between two parts of this one function. This was causing
problems with shared lookups as each would trash the ino value in the
inode.
- Remove the unused i_ino field from the inode structure.
receiving or transmitting.
With IPv6 raw sockets, read lock rather than write lock the inpcb when
receiving. Unfortunately, IPv6 source address selection appears to
require a write lock on the inpcb for the time being.
MFC after: 3 months
interrupt. So, add a new function pointer, arm_post_filter, which defaults
to NULL, and which will be used as the post_filter arg for
intr_event_create(). Set it properly for the AT91, so that it boots again.
Reported by: hps
Note this includes changes to all drivers and moves some device firmware
loading to use firmware(9) and a separate module (e.g. ral). Also there
no longer are separate wlan_scan* modules; this functionality is now
bundled into the wlan module.
Supported by: Hobnob and Marvell
Reviewed by: many
Obtained from: Atheros (some bits)
A lot of testing has shown that the problem people were seeing was due
to invalid padding after the end of option list option, which was corrected
in tcp_output.c rev. 1.146.
Thanks to: anders@, s3raphi, Matt Reimer
Thanks to: Doug Hardie and Randy Rose, John Mayer, Susan Guzzardi
Special thanks to: dwhite@ and BitGravity
Discussed with: silby
MFC after: 1 day
So if we have channel 0..3 devclass_get_maxunit is 4.
It's never been a problem as devclass_get_device() has
catched a possibly bad input.
Discussed with: scottl
when reading credential data from sockets.
Teach pf to unlock the pcbinfo more quickly once it has acquired an
inpcb lock, as the inpcb lock is sufficient to protect the reference.
Assert locks, rather than read locks or write locks, on inpcbs in
subroutines--this is necessary as the inpcb may be passed down with a
write lock from the protocol, or may be passed down with a read lock
from the firewall lookup routine, and either is sufficient.
MFC after: 3 months
deserves its own internet memes). The trick is to force all available,
unused pins (that being advertised as "speaker") to behave as microphone
pins instead.
Reported / Tested by: Dmitry Kutsenko <kutsenko.truebsd.org>
MFC after: 3 days
we're certain the allocation will entierly succeed. This fixes a leak in a
fairly unlikely case.
Reported by: vijay singh <vijjus at rocketmail dot com>
MFC after: 1 week
noise from sio per unit. sio likes to probe if interrupts are configured
correctly by looking at the pending bits of the atpic in order to put a
non-fatal warning on the console. I think I'd rather read the pending
bits from the apics, but I'm not sure its worth the hassle.
move most offload functionality from NIC to TOE
factor out all socket and inpcb direct access
factor out access to locking in incpb, pcbinfo, and sockbuf
as the former is becoming deprecated and exhibits some extraneous
Giant-locking. The new callout(9) is declared MPSAFE, so it may
improve concurrency.
Tested by: matteo
Silence from: wpaul
MFC after: 1 month
explicitly select write locking for all use of the inpcb mutex.
Update some pcbinfo lock assertions to assert locked rather than
write-locked, although in practice almost all uses of the pcbinfo
rwlock main exclusive, and all instances of inpcb lock acquisition
are exclusive.
This change should introduce (ideally) little functional change.
However, it lays the groundwork for significantly increased
parallelism in the TCP/IP code.
MFC after: 3 months
Tested by: kris (superset of committered patch)
done by understandable macros.
Fix the bug that prevented the system from responding on interfaces with
link local addresses assigned.
PR: 120958
Submitted by: James Snow <snow at teardrop.org>
MFC after: 2 weeks
have separate configuration spaces so by definition they implement
different PCI domains. Thus change psycho(4) to use PCI domains
instead of reenumerating all PCI busses so they have globally unique
bus numbers and drop support for reenumerating busses in the OFW PCI
code.
According to CVS history reenumeration was also required in order to
get some E450 to boot but given that no other open source kernel
changes the PCI bus numbers assigned by the firmware I believe the
real problem was that the old code used the bus number as the device
number for the PCI busses and unlike most of the other machines the
firmwares of the problematic ones don't use disjoint PCI bus numbers
across the host-PCI-bridges.
MFC after: 1 month
This avoids calling busdma in the request processing path which caused a traumatic performance degradation.
Allocation has be postponed to after we know how many devices we possible can have on portmulitpliers to save some space.
two ticks by counting the number of switches and the load when
sched_clock() is called.
- If the busy metric exceeds a threshold allow the idle thread to spin
waiting for new work for a brief period to avoid using IPIs. This
reduces the cost on the sender and receiver as well as reducing wakeup
latency considerably when it works.
Sponsored by: Nokia
variables and sysctl nodes.
- In reset walk the children of kern_sched_stats and reset the counters
via the oid_arg1 pointer. This allows us to add arbitrary counters to
the tree and still reset them properly.
- Define a set of switch types to be passed with flags to mi_switch().
These types are named SWT_*. These types correspond to SCHED_STATS
counters and are automatically handled in this way.
- Make the new SWT_ types more specific than the older switch stats.
There are now stats for idle switches, remote idle wakeups, remote
preemption ithreads idling, etc.
- Add switch statistics for ULE's pickcpu algorithm. These stats include
how much migration there is, how often affinity was successful, how
often threads were migrated to the local cpu on wakeup, etc.
Sponsored by: Nokia
the fact that we have a 1:1 mapping by virtue of the BATs.
Eliminate the now unused moea_rkva_alloc(), moea_pa_map() and
moea_pa_unmap() functions.
Pointed out by: grehan.
rev. 1.149 rework.
It allows to save several percents of CPU time on SMP by using UMA's
internal per-CPU allocation limits instead of own global variable
each time updated with atomics.
Tested with: Netperf cluster
deals with the usual __opendir2() calls, and the rest part with an interface
translator to expose fdopendir(3) functionality. Manual page was obtained from
kib@'s work for *at(2) system calls.
filesystem-specific vnode data to the struct vnode. Provide the
default implementation for the vop_advlock and vop_advlockasync.
Purge the locks on the vnode reclaim by using the lf_purgelocks().
The default implementation is augmented for the nfs and smbfs.
In the nfs_advlock, push the Giant inside the nfs_dolock.
Before the change, the vop_advlock and vop_advlockasync have taken the
unlocked vnode and dereferenced the fs-private inode data, racing with
with the vnode reclamation due to forced unmount. Now, the vop_getattr
under the shared vnode lock is used to obtain the inode size, and
later, in the lf_advlockasync, after locking the vnode interlock, the
VI_DOOMED flag is checked to prevent an operation on the doomed vnode.
The implementation of the lf_purgelocks() is submitted by dfr.
Reported by: kris
Tested by: kris, pho
Discussed with: jeff, dfr
MFC after: 2 weeks
- reorder structures fields (XX_refs) a bit to group fields modified
same time together. According to my tests it gives up to 10%
SMP performance benefit on real workload due to reduced inter-CPU
cache trashing.
- change q_flags from long to int as long is not really needed there and
it's usage with atomics is argued by some people.
- move NGF_WORKQ flag into the separate field q_flags2 as it protected by
queue mutex instead of node writer protection used by the rest of flags.
- move nd_work queue entry to ng_queue structure to which it is more
related and make it STAILQ instead of TAILQ as now it is a classic FIFO.
- remove q_node pointer from ng_queue structure as it is not really needed.
- reimplement item queue using STAILQ instead of own equal implementation.
As soon as BT subsystem has own item queues using ng_item.el_next update
it also.
- change depth field in ng_item from uintptr_t to u_int. It was made
uintptr_t to keep ABI compatibility.
Reviewed by: julian, emax
Tested with: Netperf cluster
inittodr() and resettodr(). Have nexus double as the clock device,
because it's the firmware that provides RTC services. We could
create a special (pseudo-) device for it, but that wasn't superior
enough to actually do it. Maybe later...
Requested by: phk
so credit its authors with contributions to this file. Remove
prototype copyright notice, although one might be warranted if someone
wanted to claim it badly enough.
Noticed by: Simon Burge.
routines in this file. Remove 'place holder' copyright since the
amount that's actually original is small relative to the length of the
file. The contents of this file appear to have originated at DECWRL
by way of NetBSD.
Noticed by: Simon Burge
o Implement IPI_PREEMPT,
o Set td_lock for the thread being switched out,
o For ULE & SMP, loop while td_lock points to blocked_lock for
the thread being switched in,
o Enable ULE by default in GENERIC and SKI,
clearing MSI enable bit for MSI capable hardwares resulted in Tx
problems. MSI enable bit is set only when MSI is requested from
user.
Tested by: remko
(i.e. fixed delivery) to SAPIC_DELMODE_LOWPRI. While the commit
log doesn't mention the change in behaviour, it is believed to be
deliberate. In the last 5.5 years this hasn't been a problem. Nor
do I think did it make any difference, but who knows. However, I
do know that it break SMP support for Montecito-based machines.
Switch back to fixed-CPU delivery so that SMP works again. This
gives me some time to look more closely at the problem, as well
as make sure the I-cache validation as it's implemented currently
is sufficient in SMP configurations...
mips32r2 and mips64r2 (and close relatives) processors. There
presently is support for ADMtek ADM5120, A mips 4Kc in a malta board,
the RB533 routerboard (based on IDT RC32434) and some preliminary
support for sibtye/broadcom designs. Other hardware support will be
forthcomcing.
This port boots multiuser under gxemul emulating the malta board and
also bootstraps on the hardware whose support is forthcoming...
Oleksandr Tymoshenko, Wojciech Koszek, Warner Losh, Olivier Houchard,
Randall Stewert and others that have contributed to the mips2 and/or
mips2-jnpr perforce branches. Juniper contirbuted a generic mips port
late in the life cycle of the misp2 branch. Warner Losh merged the
mips2 and Juniper code bases, and others list above have worked for
the past several months to get to multiuser.
In addition, the mips2 work owe a debt to the trail blazing efforts of
the original mips branch in perforce done by Juli Mallett.
mips32r2 and mips64r2 (and close relatives) processors. There
presently is support for ADMtek ADM5120, A mips 4Kc in a malta board,
the RB533 routerboard (based on IDT RC32434) and some preliminary
support for sibtye/broadcom designs. Other hardware support will be
forthcomcing.
This port boots multiuser under gxemul emulating the malta board and
also bootstraps on the hardware whose support is forthcoming...
Oleksandr Tymoshenko, Wojciech Koszek, Warner Losh, Olivier Houchard,
Randall Stewert and others that have contributed to the mips2 and/or
mips2-jnpr perforce branches. Juniper contirbuted a generic mips port
late in the life cycle of the misp2 branch. Warner Losh merged the
mips2 and Juniper code bases, and others list above have worked for
the past several months to get to multiuser.
In addition, the mips2 work owe a debt to the trail blazing efforts of
the original mips branch in perforce done by Juli Mallett.
mips32r2 and mips64r2 (and close relatives) processors. There
presently is support for ADMtek ADM5120, A mips 4Kc in a malta board,
the RB533 routerboard (based on IDT RC32434) and some preliminary
support for sibtye/broadcom designs. Other hardware support will be
forthcomcing.
This port boots multiuser under gxemul emulating the malta board and
also bootstraps on the hardware whose support is forthcoming...
Oleksandr Tymoshenko, Wojciech Koszek, Warner Losh, Olivier Houchard,
Randall Stewert and others that have contributed to the mips2 and/or
mips2-jnpr perforce branches. Juniper contirbuted a generic mips port
late in the life cycle of the misp2 branch. Warner Losh merged the
mips2 and Juniper code bases, and others list above have worked for
the past several months to get to multiuser.
In addition, the mips2 work owe a debt to the trail blazing efforts of
the original mips branch in perforce done by Juli Mallett.
merged juniper and mips2 code base. This represents the work of
Juniper Engineers, plus Oleksandr Tymoshenko, Wojciech Koszek, Warner
Losh, Olivier Houchard, Randall Stewert and others that have
contributed to the mips2 and/or mips2-jnpr perforce branches.
The original code from KAME did not take care of address
aliases or multiple ip addresses that have the same
prefix.
Reviewed by: rwatson, gnn, sam, kmacy, julian
(ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion
is disallowed. For example,
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1
route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2
The second route insertion will trigger an error message of
"add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table"
Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat
output:
default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 =>
default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0
When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires
a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would
be displayed. For example,
route delete default
would fail and trigger the following error message:
"route: writing to routing socket: No such process"
"delete net default: not in table"
On the other hand,
route delete default 10.2.5.2
would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2"
One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single
route for a particular destination.
I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple
interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it
stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP
code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro.
Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration
to enable this feature.
Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
public namespace for WITNESS as they are only used internally so just
move them in the private namespace for the subsystem (with all related
supporting definitions).
Make clock_if.m and subr_rtc.c standard on i386
Add hints for "atrtc" driver, for non-PnP, non-ACPI systems.
NB: Make sure to install GENERIC.hints into /boot/device.hints in these!
Nuke MD inittodr(), resettodr() functions.
Don't attach to PHP0B00 in the "attimer" dummy driver any more, and remove
comments that no longer apply for that reason.
Add new "atrtc" device driver, which handles IBM PC AT Real Time
Clock compatible devices using subr_rtc and clock_if.
This driver is not entirely clean: other code still fondles the
hardware to get a statclock interrupt on non-ACPI timer systems.
Wrap some overly long lines.
After it has settled in -current, this will be ported to amd64.
Technically this is MFC'able, but I fail to see a good reason.
under bootverbose.
Struct ct is used for setting/reading real time clocks and I'm about
to Do Things to some of those, so a bit of preemptive debugging is
in order.
Remove a pointless __inline.
the only one difference is that lockmgr*() functions now accept
LK_NOWITNESS flag which skips ordering for the instanced calling.
- Remove an unuseful stub in witness_checkorder() (because the above check
doesn't allow ever happening) and allow witness_upgrade() to accept
non-try operation too.
- Fix speaker issues with Dell Vostro 1500 (GPIO0)
Tested by: John Wright <jwright.gmail.com>
- Apply ridiculous quirk on Asus A8X series (A8JC, A8M, A8xx, etc). These
different laptop series share simmilar pci id, hardware codecs, etc.
but works differently. A slight difference in connection type for
widget #26 is used to differentiate it.
Tested by: eric baumbach <embaumbach.gmail.com>
- Apply GPIO0 quirk for ASUS G2K laptop
- Sort ASUS ids accordingly.
Submitted by: jkim
MFC after: 3 days
TX traffic to sit in the send chain until a received packet kick
started the interrupt handler. This would cause extremely slow
performance when used with NFS over UDP.
- Removed untested polling code.
- Updated copyright year in the file header.
- Removed inadvertent ^M's created by DOS text editor.
MFC after: 2 weeks
be handled by chn_abort() and chn_start() alone. This should fix
few issues with single duplex hardware (mostly) or pre virtual record
(RELENG 6) under WINE emulation and possibly others that using
SNDCTL_DSP_SETTRIGGER.
MFC after: 3 days
The problem is that the PM support is part of a much larger WIP here, but due to popular demand I decided to get some of it imported.
Also I forgot the mention:
HW sponsored by: Vitsch Electronics / VEHosting
may be held for the duration of the various dirhash operations which
avoids many complex unlock/lock/revalidate sequences.
- Permit shared locks on lookup. To protect the ip->i_dirhash pointer we
use the vnode interlock in the shared case. Callers holding the
exclusive vnode lock can run without fear of concurrent modification to
i_dirhash.
- Hold an exclusive dirhash lock when creating the dirhash structure for
the first time or when re-creating a dirhash structure which has been
recycled.
Tested by: kris, pho
indexes so directory lookup becomes shared lock safe. In the modifying
cases an exclusive lock is held here so the commit routine may
rely on the state of i_offset.
- Similarly handle i_diroff by fetching at the start and setting only once
the operation is complete. Without the exclusive lock these are only
considered hints.
- Assert that an exclusive lock is held when we're preparing for a commit
routine.
- Honor the lock type request from lookup instead of always using exclusive
locking.
Tested by: pho, kris
I've taken a slightly different approach than is used with the ICH8 controllers
in that each controller is not identified individually (eg USB A, USB B, etc).
Instead I've given then same description to each one even though the device ID
differs. This can easily be changed if desired, or ICH8 (and any others using
that approach) can be made to work as this does.
lookup hard interrupt events by number. Ignore the irq# for soft intrs.
- Add support to cpuset for binding hardware interrupts. This has the
side effect of binding any ithread associated with the hard interrupt.
As per restrictions imposed by MD code we can only bind interrupts to
a single cpu presently. Interrupts can be 'unbound' by binding them
to all cpus.
Reviewed by: jhb
Sponsored by: Nokia
2/4MB page from a PDE. Specifically, change it to use PG_PS_FRAME,
not PG_FRAME, to extract the physical address of a 2/4MB page from a
PDE.
Change the last argument passed to pmap_pv_insert_pde() from a
vm_page_t representing the first 4KB page of a 2/4MB page to the
vm_paddr_t of the 2/4MB page. This avoids an otherwise unnecessary
conversion from a vm_paddr_t to a vm_page_t in pmap_copy().
Support is working on the Silicon Image SiI3124/3132.
Support is working on some AHCI chips but far from all.
Remember this is WIP, so test reports and (constructive) suggestions are welcome!
received frame under certain conditions. wpaul said the length
0xfff0 is special meaning that indicates hardware is in the
process of copying a packet into host memory. But it seems
there are other cases that hardware is busy or stuck in bad
situation even if the received frame length is not 0xfff0.
To work-around this condition, add a check that verifys that
recevied frame length is in valid range. If received length is out
of range reinitialize hardware to recover from stuck condition.
Reported by: Mike Tancsa ( mike AT sentex DOT net )
Tested by: Mike Tancsa
Obtained from: OpenBSD
MFC after: 1 week
no longer needed, but for now we still want to be consistent with other
similar checks in the tree.
- Call ASSERT_VOP_ELOCKED() only when vget() returns 0.
Reviewed by: jeff
o create a private task queue thread that sets up root and current
directories (hooking mountroot event as needed); this is necessary
because task queue threads are parented from proc0 and it does not
have a reference to rootvnode (lost when / mounting moved to init)
o bounce image load + unload requests through the private task q so
we can load images even when the request is made from a thread that
does not have sufficient context (e.g. task q thread)
o add a check in the task q thread to fail requests before root is
mounted (just in case)
Reviewed by: jhb, mlaier, luigi (glance)
MFC after: 1 month
and linux_openat(). Instead just pass AT_FDCWD into linux_common_open()
for the linux_open() case. This prevents passing -1 as a dirfd to
openat() from succeeding which is wrong.
Suggested by: rwatson, kib
Approved by: kib (mentor)
ICMP unreach, frag needed. Up to now we only looked at the
interface MTU. Make sure to only use the minimum of the two.
In case IPSEC is compiled in, loop the mtu through ip_ipsec_mtu()
to avoid any further conditional maths.
Without this, PMTU was broken in those cases when there was a
route with a lower MTU than the MTU of the outgoing interface.
PR: kern/122338
Tested by: Mark Cammidge mark peralex.com
Reviewed by: silence on net@
MFC after: 2 weeks
so that all implemented variants have proper prototypes. The 8-bit,
16-bit and 64-bit variants are not implemented.
This really fixes the current build breakages caused by type casting
and struct aliasing rules.
commands can be written to /dev/psm%d and status can be read back from it.
- Reflect the change in psm(4) and bump version for ports.
MFC after: 1 week
Because of this we were not getting further interrupts for link state
changes, thus never went into iface UP state and thus could not transmit.
The only way out of this was an incoming packet generating an rx interrupt
and making us call into bge_link_upd.
Up to rev. 1.101, in bge_start_locked, we only returned instantly
if there was 'no link AND nothing queued for tx'. So with a packet queued
for tx, we hit the register scrubbing at the end of bge_start_locked
and were out fine. We simply lost a packet or two but got the interrupts
need to get into UP state.
With rev. 1.102 this was turned into 'if there is no link OR there is
nothing to send' (correct behaviour) and as long as there is no link
we never hit the register scrubbing and consequently never got the link UP.
What we do now is force an interrupt at the end of bge_ifmedia_upd_locked
so we will call bge_link_upd, clear the link state attention and get
further interrupts.
This helps to get the iface UP on an idle network or at least to get
it UP faster not depending on an rx intr anymore.
In case you could not get a DHCP lease or it took very long,
it was because of this.
It is unknown which chips are affected by this. ASIC rev. 0x2003 was the
most popular trouble candidate.
At least the fiber cards should have been working fine.
Which register to scrub is currently under discussion. The comitted
solution was tested and found to work for a lot of setups. It might
not help with MSI.
The reason why we end up in such a situation is entirely unknown.
PR: kern/111804
Tested by: phk, scottl at Y!
MFC after: 14 days
was changed in rev. 1.161 of tcp_var.h. All option now test for sufficient
space in TCP header before getting added.
Reported by: Mark Atkinson <atkin901-at-yahoo.com>
Tested by: Mark Atkinson <atkin901-at-yahoo.com>
MFC after: 1 week
bit in order to allow per-bit checks on the options flag, in particular
in the consumers code [1]
- Re-enable the check against TDP_DEADLKTREAT as the anti-waiters
starvation patch allows exclusive waiters to override new shared
requests.
[1] Requested by: pjd, jeff
buffer kernel descriptors, which is used to allow the buffer
currently in the BPF "store" position to be assigned to userspace
when it fills, even if userspace hasn't acknowledged the buffer
in the "hold" position yet. To implement this, notify the buffer
model when a buffer becomes full, and check that the store buffer
is writable, not just for it being full, before trying to append
new packet data. Shared memory buffers will be assigned to
userspace at most once per fill, be it in the store or in the
hold position.
This removes the restriction that at most one shared memory can
by owned by userspace, reducing the chances that userspace will
need to call select() after acknowledging one buffer in order to
wait for the next buffer when under high load. This more fully
realizes the goal of zero system calls in order to process a
high-speed packet stream from BPF.
Update bpf.4 to reflect that both buffers may be owned by userspace
at once; caution against assuming this.
state transitioning flags and of msleep(9) callings.
Use, instead, an algorithm very similar to what sx(9) and rwlock(9)
alredy do and direct accesses to the sleepqueue(9) primitive.
In order to avoid writer starvation a mechanism very similar to what
rwlock(9) uses now is implemented, with the correspective per-thread
shared lockmgrs counter.
This patch also adds 2 new functions to lockmgr KPI: lockmgr_rw() and
lockmgr_args_rw(). These two are like the 2 "normal" versions, but they
both accept a rwlock as interlock. In order to realize this, the general
lockmgr manager function "__lockmgr_args()" has been implemented through
the generic lock layer. It supports all the blocking primitives, but
currently only these 2 mappers live.
The patch drops the support for WITNESS atm, but it will be probabilly
added soon. Also, there is a little race in the draining code which is
also present in the current CVS stock implementation: if some sharers,
once they wakeup, are in the runqueue they can contend the lock with
the exclusive drainer. This is hard to be fixed but the now committed
code mitigate this issue a lot better than the (past) CVS version.
In addition assertive KA_HELD and KA_UNHELD have been made mute
assertions because they are dangerous and they will be nomore supported
soon.
In order to avoid namespace pollution, stack.h is splitted into two
parts: one which includes only the "struct stack" definition (_stack.h)
and one defining the KPI. In this way, newly added _lockmgr.h can
just include _stack.h.
Kernel ABI results heavilly changed by this commit (the now committed
version of "struct lock" is a lot smaller than the previous one) and
KPI results broken by lockmgr_rw() / lockmgr_args_rw() introduction,
so manpages and __FreeBSD_version will be updated accordingly.
Tested by: kris, pho, jeff, danger
Reviewed by: jeff
Sponsored by: Google, Summer of Code program 2007
contigmalloc(9) as a last resort to steal pages from an inactive,
partially-used superpage reservation.
Rename vm_reserv_reclaim() to vm_reserv_reclaim_inactive() and
refactor it so that a separate subroutine is responsible for breaking
the selected reservation. This subroutine is also used by
vm_reserv_reclaim_contig().
allows all the INTR_FILTER #ifdef's to be removed from the MD interrupt
code.
- Rename the intr_event 'eoi', 'disable', and 'enable' hooks to
'post_filter', 'pre_ithread', and 'post_ithread' to be less x86-centric.
Also, add a comment describe what the MI code expects them to do.
- On amd64, i386, and powerpc this is effectively a NOP.
- On arm, don't bother masking the interrupt unless the ithread is
scheduled in the non-INTR_FILTER case to match what INTR_FILTER did.
Also, don't bother unmasking the interrupt in the post_filter case if
we never masked it. The INTR_FILTER case had been doing this by having
arm_unmask_irq for the post_filter (formerly 'eoi') hook.
- On ia64, stray interrupts are now masked for the non-INTR_FILTER case.
They were already masked in the INTR_FILTER case.
- On sparc64, use the a NULL pre_ithread hook and use intr_enable_eoi() for
both the 'post_filter' and 'post_ithread' hooks to match what the
non-INTR_FILTER code did.
- On sun4v, retire the ithread wrapper hack by using an appropriate
'post_ithread' hook instead (it's what 'post_ithread'/'enable' was
designed to do even in 5.x).
Glanced at by: piso
Reviewed by: marius
Requested by: marius [1], [5]
Tested on: amd64, i386, arm, sparc64
part of detecting the media. Explicitly ensure that we don't send it to
bpf(4) as bpf(4) isn't setup yet. This worked by accident before the bpf
interface stuff was reworked to avoid other races (bpf_peers_present, etc.)
but now it needs an explicit check to avoid a panic.
MFC after: 3 days
PR: kern/120915
UMA_SLAB_KERNEL for consistency with its sibling UMA_SLAB_KMEM.
(UMA_SLAB_KMAP met its original demise in revision 1.30 of
vm/uma_core.c.) UMA_SLAB_KERNEL is now required by the jumbo frame
allocators. Without it, UMA cannot correctly return pages from the
jumbo frame zones to the VM system because it resets the pages' object
field to NULL instead of the kernel object. In more detail, the jumbo
frame zones are created with the option UMA_ZONE_REFCNT. This causes
UMA to overwrite the pages' object field with the address of the slab.
However, when UMA wants to release these pages, it doesn't know how to
restore the object field, so it sets it to NULL. This change teaches
UMA how to reset the object field to the kernel object.
Crashes reported by: kris
Fix tested by: kris
Fix discussed with: jeff
MFC after: 6 weeks
spinning when readers hold a lock. This spinning is speculative because,
unlike the write case, we can not test whether the owners are running.
- Add speculative read spinning for readers who are blocked by pending
writers while a read lock is still held. This allows the thread to
spin until the write lock succeeds after which it may spin until the
writer has released the lock. This prevents excessive context switches
when readers and writers both hold the lock for brief periods.
Sponsored by: Nokia
the fdesc_allocvp(). The caller of the fdesc_allocvp() expects that the
returned vnode is not reclaimed. Do lock the vnode exclusive and drop
the lock after.
Reported by: pho
Reviewed by: jeff
fixed pri boost with '1' or any priority less than the current thread's
priority with a value greater than two. Default the boost to
PRI_MIN_TIMESHARE to prevent regular user-space threads from starving
threads in the kernel. This prevents these user-threads from also
being scheduled as if they are high fixed-priority kernel threads.
- Restore the setting of lowpri in tdq_choose(). It has to be either here
or in sched_switch(). I accidentally removed it from both places.
Tested by: kris
do this either. Simply check P_NOLOAD. It'd be nice if this was
in a thread flag so we didn't have an extra cache miss every time we
add and remove a thread from the run-queue.
- Pull all the code to deal with the trampoline stuff into one
centeralized place and use it from everywhere.
- Some minor style tidiness
Reviewed by: tinguely
platform, so use the latter in preference to the former. This makes
the fake_preload setup be the same between kb920x_machdep.c and
avila_machdep.c....
and the igb driver static in the kernel. But it also reflects
some other bug fixes in my development stream at Intel.
PR 122373 is also fixed in this code.
- Move callout thread creation from kern_intr.c to kern_timeout.c
- Call callout_tick() on every processor via hardclock_cpu() rather than
inspecting callout internal details in kern_clock.c.
- Remove callout implementation details from callout.h
- Package up all of the global variables into a per-cpu callout structure.
- Start one thread per-cpu. Threads are not strictly bound. They prefer
to execute on the native cpu but may migrate temporarily if interrupts
are starving callout processing.
- Run all callouts by default in the thread for cpu0 to maintain current
ordering and concurrency guarantees. Many consumers may not properly
handle concurrent execution.
- The new callout_reset_on() api allows specifying a particular cpu to
execute the callout on. This may migrate a callout to a new cpu.
callout_reset() schedules on the last assigned cpu while
callout_reset_curcpu() schedules on the current cpu.
Reviewed by: phk
Sponsored by: Nokia
given pmap is never NULL, and therefore pmap_pml4e() can never return
NULL. The pervasive use of these inline functions throughout the pmap
makes these simple changes worthwhile.
to trip a bug causing the latter to return a zeroed struct
aac_adapter_info. This causes two issues. One is cosmetic only --
a verbose boot prints information about the controller, and shows all
zero:
aac0: Unknown processor 0MHz, 0MB memory (0MB cache, 0MB execution),
unknown battery platform
The second problem is that the firmware version information is stored
away for aac_rev_check, for userland tools (like aaccli) to query via
the FSACTL_MINIPORT_REV_CHECK and FSACTL_LNX_MINIPORT_REV_CHECK ioctls.
When aaccli encounters this issue it prints
Command Error: <The current AFAAPI.DLL is too old to work with the
current controller software.>
Move the RequestSupplementAdapterInfo call after RequestAdapterInfo,
which seems to fix both problems.
These functions try the specified operation (rlocking and wlocking) and
true is returned if the operation completes, false otherwise.
The KPI is enriched by this commit, so __FreeBSD_version bumping and
manpage updating will happen soon.
Requested by: jeff, kris
abstraction as the RAID and CAM modules, making it nearly impossible
for enough initialization to be done in time for the RAID module to
know whether to attach. On top of this, no reset was being done on
the controller on attach, in violation of the spec. Additionally,
the port enable step was being deferred to the end of the attach
process, long after it should have been done to ensure reliable
operation from the controller. Fix all of these with a few hacks
to force the "attach" and "enable" steps of the core module early
on, and ensure that a reset and port enable also happens early on.
In the future, the driver needs to be refactored to eliminate the
core module abstraction, clean up withe reset/enable steps, and
defer event messages until all of the modules are available to
recieve them.
openat(2), faccessat(2), fchmodat(2), fchownat(2), fstatat(2),
futimesat(2), linkat(2), mkdirat(2), mkfifoat(2), mknodat(2),
readlinkat(2), renameat(2), symlinkat(2)
syscalls.
Based on the submission by rdivacky,
sponsored by Google Summer of Code 2007
Reviewed by: rwatson, rdivacky
Tested by: pho
openat() and the related syscalls.
Based on the submission by rdivacky,
sponsored by Google Summer of Code 2007
Reviewed by: rwatson, rdivacky
Tested by: pho
to protect the v_lock pointer. Removing the interlock acquisition
here allows vn_lock() to proceed without requiring the interlock
at all.
- If the lock mutated while we were sleeping on it the interlock has
been dropped. It is conceivable that the upper layer code was
relying on the interlock and LK_NOWAIT to protect the identity or
state of the vnode while acquiring the lock. In this case return
EBUSY rather than trying the new lock to prevent potential races.
Reviewed by: tegge
Keeping the lockmgr lock valid allows us to switch the v_lock pointer
in snapshot vnodes between the embedded lockmgr lock and snapdata
lock without needing the vnode interlock to protect against races
- Keep unused snapdata structures in a list.
- Add a function to lock the devvp and allocate a snapdata to it or
acquire a new one without races. The old function was safe from
creation races because we set the mount flag when creating snapshots
and thus serializing them. However, it might have been subject to
destroying races.
Reviewed by: tegge
was a kluge. This implementation matches the behaviour on powerpc
and sparc64.
While on the subject, make sure to invalidate the I-cache after
loading a kernel module.
MFC after: 2 weeks
incompatible with existing bindings.
- Try to copyout the setid in cpuset() before migrating the proc to the
setid in case the user has supplied a bad buffer.
- Rename cpuset_root() and cpuset_base() to cpuset_ref{root,base} to
be more descriptive and free cpuset_root to be used as a different
type of symbol.
- Make cpuset_root the cpuset_t set of all cpus in the system. This
should contain the same bitmask as all_cpus presently.
- Add a CPU_CMP() macro to compare two sets.
- Do not check destination hook presence, it will be done by netgraph.
- Use u_int instead of int in some places to simplify type conversions.
- Use NG_SEND_DATA_ONLY() macro instead of selfmade equivalent.
which simply want a reference should use vref(). Callers which want
to check validity need to hold a lock while performing any action
based on that validity. vn_lock() would always release the interlock
before returning making any action synchronous with the validity check
impossible.
SI_SUB_DRIVERS) to avoid loading schemes before all the GEOM
classes have been loaded and initialized. Otherwise we may
end up using mutexes that haven't been initialized (due to
g_retaste() posting an event).
vm_object_reference(). This is intended to get rid of vget()
consumers who don't wish to acquire a lock. This is functionally
the same as calling vref(). vm_object_reference_locked() already
uses vref.
Discussed with: alc
and netgraph in gernal). This also allows to add queues for an interface
that is not yet existing (you have to provide the bandwidth for the
interface, however).
PR: kern/106400, kern/117827
MFC after: 2 weeks
dropped after the call to lockmgr() so just revert this approach using
something similar to the precedent one:
BUF_LOCKWAITERS() just checks if there are waiters (not the actual number
of them) and it is based on newly introduced lockmgr_waiters() which
returns if the lockmgr has waiters or not. The name has been choosen
differently by old lockwaiters() in order to not confuse them.
KPI results enriched by this commit so __FreeBSD_version bumping and
manpage update will be happening soon.
'struct buf' also changes, so kernel ABI is disturbed.
Bug found by: jeff
Approved by: jeff, kib
allows the class to create a different GEOM for the same provider
as well as avoid that we end up with multiple GEOMs of the same
class with the same name.
For example, when a disk contains a PC98 partition table but
only MBR is supported, then the partition table can be treated
as a MBR. If support for PC98 is later loaded as a module, the
MBR scheme is pre-empted for the PC98 scheme as expected.
offload bugs by manual padding for short IP/UDP frames. Unfortunately
it seems that these workaround does not work reliably on newer PCIe
variants of RealTek chips.
To workaround the hardware bug, always pad short frames if Tx IP
checksum offload is requested. It seems that the hardware has a
bug in IP checksum offload handling. NetBSD manually pads short
frames only when the length of IP frame is less than 28 bytes but I
chose 60 bytes to safety. Also unconditionally set IP checksum
offload bit in Tx descriptor if any TCP or UDP checksum offload is
requested. This is the same way as Linux does but it's not
mentioned in data sheet.
Obtained from: NetBSD
Tested by: remko, danger
src/cddl and src/sys/cddl directories per the core@ decision following
the license review.
This change modifies the affected Makefiles to reference the sources
in their new location.
will never exit ngintr(), while there is some ready requests on the queue.
It was made years ago with hope of parallel queue processing by several
net threads. But even if we have several threads sometimes, we have no
rights to process queue in parallel as it will break original requests
serialization that is critically important for some setups.
from clearing the IFF_NEEDSGIANT flag on Giant-locked interfaces.
In particular, wpa_supplicant was doing this on USB interfaces,
causing panics when Giant-locked code was then called without Giant.
Submitted by: Alexey Popov
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 3 days
to detect (or load) kernel NLM support in rpc.lockd. Remove the '-k'
option to rpc.lockd and make kernel NLM the default. A user can still
force the use of the old user NLM by building a kernel without NFSLOCKD
and/or removing the nfslockd.ko module.
1. Add support for automatic promotion of 4KB page mappings to 2MB page
mappings. Automatic promotion can be enabled by setting the tunable
"vm.pmap.pg_ps_enabled" to a non-zero value. By default, automatic
promotion is disabled. Tested by: kris
2. To date, we have assumed that the TLB will only set the PG_M bit in a
PTE if that PTE has the PG_RW bit set. However, this assumption does
not hold on recent processors from Intel. For example, consider a PTE
that has the PG_RW bit set but the PG_M bit clear. Suppose this PTE
is cached in the TLB and later the PG_RW bit is cleared in the PTE,
but the corresponding TLB entry is not (yet) invalidated.
Historically, upon a write access using this (stale) TLB entry, the
TLB would observe that the PG_RW bit had been cleared and initiate a
page fault, aborting the setting of the PG_M bit in the PTE. Now,
however, P4- and Core2-family processors will set the PG_M bit before
observing that the PG_RW bit is clear and initiating a page fault. In
other words, the write does not occur but the PG_M bit is still set.
The real impact of this difference is not that great. Specifically,
we should no longer assert that any PTE with the PG_M bit set must
also have the PG_RW bit set, and we should ignore the state of the
PG_M bit unless the PG_RW bit is set.
frequency generation and what frequency the generated was anyones
guess.
In general the 32.768kHz RTC clock x-tal was the best, because that
was a regular wrist-watch Xtal, whereas the X-tal generating the
ISA bus frequency was much lower quality, often costing as much as
several cents a piece, so it made good sense to check the ISA bus
frequency against the RTC clock.
The other relevant property of those machines, is that they
typically had no more than 16MB RAM.
These days, CPU chips croak if their clocks are not tightly within
specs and all necessary frequencies are derived from the master
crystal by means if PLL's.
Considering that it takes on average 1.5 second to calibrate the
frequency of the i8254 counter, that more likely than not, we will
not actually use the result of the calibration, and as the final
clincher, we seldom use the i8254 for anything besides BEL in
syscons anyway, it has become time to drop the calibration code.
If you need to tell the system what frequency your i8254 runs,
you can do so from the loader using hw.i8254.freq or using the
sysctl kern.timecounter.tc.i8254.frequency.
The timer_spkr_*() functions take care of the enabling/disabling
of the speaker.
Test on the existence of timer_spkr_*() functions, rather than
architectures.
zero-copy to the store buffer position on the BPF descriptor,
and the 'b' buffer as the free buffer in order to fill them in
the order documented in bpf(4).
MFC after: 4 months
Suggested by: csjp
(such as 'atime' vs 'noatime'). The filesystems will always see either
'nofoo' or 'nonofoo', never plain 'foo'. As such, their list of valid
mount options should include 'nofoo' instead of 'foo'. With this fix,
you can do 'mount -u -o atime' on a FFS filesystem that isn't marked as
noatime without getting an error. You can also update a noatime FFS
filesystem mounted via mount(2) (e.g. 6.x /sbin/mount binary) to 'atime'
using nmount(2) (e.g. 7.x /sbin/mount binary).
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: crodig
these days, so de-generalize the acquire_timer/release_timer api
to just deal with speakers.
The new (optional) MD functions are:
timer_spkr_acquire()
timer_spkr_release()
and
timer_spkr_setfreq()
the last of which configures the timer to generate a tone of a given
frequency, in Hz instead of 1/1193182th of seconds.
Drop entirely timer2 on pc98, it is not used anywhere at all.
Move sysbeep() to kern/tty_cons.c and use the timer_spkr*() if
they exist, and do nothing otherwise.
Remove prototypes and empty acquire-/release-timer() and sysbeep()
functions from the non-beeping archs.
This eliminate the need for the speaker driver to know about
i8254frequency at all. In theory this makes the speaker driver MI,
contingent on the timer_spkr_*() functions existing but the driver
does not know this yet and still attaches to the ISA bus.
Syscons is more tricky, in one function, sc_tone(), it knows the hz
and things are just fine.
In the other function, sc_bell() it seems to get the period from
the KDMKTONE ioctl in terms if 1/1193182th second, so we hardcode
the 1193182 and leave it at that. It's probably not important.
Change a few other sysbeep() uses which obviously knew that the
argument was in terms of i8254 frequency, and leave alone those
that look like people thought sysbeep() took frequency in hertz.
This eliminates the knowledge of i8254_freq from all but the actual
clock.c code and the prof_machdep.c on amd64 and i386, where I think
it would be smart to ask for help from the timecounters anyway [TBD].
user-mode lock manager, build a kernel with the NFSLOCKD option and
add '-k' to 'rpc_lockd_flags' in rc.conf.
Highlights include:
* Thread-safe kernel RPC client - many threads can use the same RPC
client handle safely with replies being de-multiplexed at the socket
upcall (typically driven directly by the NIC interrupt) and handed
off to whichever thread matches the reply. For UDP sockets, many RPC
clients can share the same socket. This allows the use of a single
privileged UDP port number to talk to an arbitrary number of remote
hosts.
* Single-threaded kernel RPC server. Adding support for multi-threaded
server would be relatively straightforward and would follow
approximately the Solaris KPI. A single thread should be sufficient
for the NLM since it should rarely block in normal operation.
* Kernel mode NLM server supporting cancel requests and granted
callbacks. I've tested the NLM server reasonably extensively - it
passes both my own tests and the NFS Connectathon locking tests
running on Solaris, Mac OS X and Ubuntu Linux.
* Userland NLM client supported. While the NLM server doesn't have
support for the local NFS client's locking needs, it does have to
field async replies and granted callbacks from remote NLMs that the
local client has contacted. We relay these replies to the userland
rpc.lockd over a local domain RPC socket.
* Robust deadlock detection for the local lock manager. In particular
it will detect deadlocks caused by a lock request that covers more
than one blocking request. As required by the NLM protocol, all
deadlock detection happens synchronously - a user is guaranteed that
if a lock request isn't rejected immediately, the lock will
eventually be granted. The old system allowed for a 'deferred
deadlock' condition where a blocked lock request could wake up and
find that some other deadlock-causing lock owner had beaten them to
the lock.
* Since both local and remote locks are managed by the same kernel
locking code, local and remote processes can safely use file locks
for mutual exclusion. Local processes have no fairness advantage
compared to remote processes when contending to lock a region that
has just been unlocked - the local lock manager enforces a strict
first-come first-served model for both local and remote lockers.
Sponsored by: Isilon Systems
PR: 95247 107555 115524 116679
MFC after: 2 weeks
the owner of a queue to block and unblock execution of the tasks in the
queue while allowing tasks to continue to be added queue. Combining this
with taskqueue_drain() allows a queue to be safely disabled. The unblock
function may run (or schedule to run) the queue when it is called, just as
calling taskqueue_enqueue() would.
Reviewed by: jhb, sam
Removed dead code that assumed that M_TRYWAIT can return NULL; it's not true
since the advent of MBUMA.
Reviewed by: arch
There are ongoing disputes as to whether we want to switch to directly using
UMA flags M_WAITOK/M_NOWAIT for mbuf(9) allocation.
bpf_canfreebuf() in order to avoid potentially calling a non-inlinable
but trivial function in zero-copy buffer mode for every packet
received when we couldn't free the buffer anyway.
MFC after: 4 months
of pptpgre and ksocket nodes for all calls between two peers. This patch
modifies node's API by adding new "session_%04x" hook names support, while
keeping backward compatibility.
Together with appropriate user-level support (by latest mpd5) it gives
huge performance benefits for case of multiple active calls between
two peers because of avoiding data duplication and extra socket processing.
On my benchmarks I have got more then 10 times speedup for the 200
simultaneous PPTP calls between two peers.
In conclusion, it allows now to build effective "clients <=> PAC <=> PNS"
setups.
o sort mbuf flags together and extend values to 32 bits
o write M_COPYFLAGS in terms of M_PROTOFLAGS
o move M_COPYFLAGS and M_PROTOFLAGS up to be together with flag defs
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 3 weeks
- Take advantage of m_collapse(9).
- Sync with other NIC drivers and prepend a TX mbuf if the first attempt
to load it fails with an error other than EFBIG and stop trying instead
of freeing it and keeping on trying to enqueue more mbufs. Also ensure
the driver queue isn't empty before trying to enqueue mbufs in order to
reduce locking operations.
- In xl_ifmedia_upd() add a missing XL_UNLOCK(). [1]
- Const'ify the xl_devs array.
- Remove an outdated comment.
PR: 113406 [1]
MFC after: 1 month
- Correct the maxsize parameter when creating the mbufs busdma tag to
reflect the actual requirement of dc(4).
- Move the KASSERT in dc_newbuf() to the right spot.
- Also convert the TX side to take advantage of bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9).
- Move the comment regarding dc_start_locked() to the right spot.
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Resource allocation in aac_alloc (moved from from aac_init)
- Interrupt setup in aac_setup_intr (from aac_attach)
- Container probing in aac_get_container_info (from aac_startup and
aac_handle_aif)
- Firmware status check moved to aac_check_firmware from aac_init
In case of "new SA", we must check the hard lifetime of the old SA
to find out if it is not permanent and we can delete it.
Submitted by: sakane via gnn
MFC after: 3 days
overhead of packet capture by allowing a user process to directly "loan"
buffer memory to the kernel rather than using read(2) to explicitly copy
data from kernel address space.
The user process will issue new BPF ioctls to set the shared memory
buffer mode and provide pointers to buffers and their size. The kernel
then wires and maps the pages into kernel address space using sf_buf(9),
which on supporting architectures will use the direct map region. The
current "buffered" access mode remains the default, and support for
zero-copy buffers must, for the time being, be explicitly enabled using
a sysctl for the kernel to accept requests to use it.
The kernel and user process synchronize use of the buffers with atomic
operations, avoiding the need for system calls under load; the user
process may use select()/poll()/kqueue() to manage blocking while
waiting for network data if the user process is able to consume data
faster than the kernel generates it. Patchs to libpcap are available
to allow libpcap applications to transparently take advantage of this
support. Detailed information on the new API may be found in bpf(4),
including specific atomic operations and memory barriers required to
synchronize buffer use safely.
These changes modify the base BPF implementation to (roughly) abstrac
the current buffer model, allowing the new shared memory model to be
added, and add new monitoring statistics for netstat to print. The
implementation, with the exception of some monitoring hanges that break
the netstat monitoring ABI for BPF, will be MFC'd.
Zerocopy bpf buffers are still considered experimental are disabled
by default. To experiment with this new facility, adjust the
net.bpf.zerocopy_enable sysctl variable to 1.
Changes to libpcap will be made available as a patch for the time being,
and further refinements to the implementation are expected.
Sponsored by: Seccuris Inc.
In collaboration with: rwatson
Tested by: pwood, gallatin
MFC after: 4 months [1]
[1] Certain portions will probably not be MFCed, specifically things
that can break the monitoring ABI.
references to a vnode with VI_OWEINACT set will force the vinactive()
call. The kernel makes no guarantees about which reference was the
last to close a file or when the actual inactive processing will
happen. The previous code was designed to preserve existing semantics
in the face of shared locks, however, this was unnecessary.
Discussed with: mckusick
is requested. Handle this case specially before the while loop.
- Use the held vnode lock to check for VI_DOOMED. The vnode lock and
interlock must both be held to set VI_DOOMED so either one held, even
shared, is sufficient to check it.
No objection by: kib
are mixed. Some pure context switch microbenchmarks show up to 29%
improvement. Pipe based context switch microbenchmarks show up to 7%
improvement. Real world tests are far less impressive as they are
dominated more by actual work than switch overheads, but depending on
the machine in question, workload, kernel options, phase of moon, etc, a
few percent gain might be seen.
Summary of changes:
- don't reload MSR_[FG]SBASE registers when context switching between
non-threaded userland apps. These typically cost 120 clock cycles each
on an AMD cpu (less on Barcelona/Phenom). Intel cores are probably no
faster on this.
- The above change only helps unthreaded userland apps that tend to use
the same value for gsbase. Threaded apps will get no benefit from this.
- reorder things like accessing the pcb to be in memory order, to give
prefetching a better chance of working. Operations are now in increasing
memory address order, rather than reverse or random.
- Push some lesser used code out of the main code paths. Hopefully
allowing better code density in cache lines. This is probably futile.
- (part 2 of previous item) Reorder code so that branches have a more
realistic static branch prediction hint. Both Intel and AMD cpus
default to predicting branches to lower memory addresses as being
taken, and to higher memory addresses as not being taken. This is
overridden by the limited dynamic branch prediction subsystem. A trip
through userland might overflow this.
- Futule attempt at spreading the use of the results of previous operations
in new operations. Hopefully this will allow the cpus to execute in
parallel better.
- stop wasting 16 bytes at the top of kernel stack, below the PCB.
- Never load the userland fs/gsbase registers for kthreads, but preserve
curpcb->pcb_[fg]sbase as caches for the cpu. (Thanks Jeff!)
Microbenchmarking this code seems to be really sensitive to things like
scheduling luck, timing, cache behavior, tlb behavior, kernel options,
other random code changes, etc.
While it doesn't help heavy userland workloads much, it does help high
context switch loads a little, and should help those that involve
switching via kthreads a bit more.
A special thanks to Kris for the testing and reality checks, and Jeff for
tormenting me into doing this. :)
This is still work-in-progress.
PTE if that PTE has the PG_RW bit set. However, this assumption does
not hold on recent processors from Intel. For example, consider a PTE
that has the PG_RW bit set but the PG_M bit clear. Suppose this PTE
is cached in the TLB and later the PG_RW bit is cleared in the PTE,
but the corresponding TLB entry is not (yet) invalidated.
Historically, upon a write access using this (stale) TLB entry, the
TLB would observe that the PG_RW bit had been cleared and initiate a
page fault, aborting the setting of the PG_M bit in the PTE. Now,
however, P4- and Core2-family processors will set the PG_M bit before
observing that the PG_RW bit is clear and initiating a page fault. In
other words, the write does not occur but the PG_M bit is still set.
The real impact of this difference is not that great. Specifically,
we should no longer assert that any PTE with the PG_M bit set must
also have the PG_RW bit set, and we should ignore the state of the
PG_M bit unless the PG_RW bit is set. However, these changes enable
me to remove a work-around from pmap_promote_pde(), the superpage
promotion procedure.
(Note: The AMD processors that we have tested, including the latest,
the Phenom, still exhibit the historical behavior.)
Acknowledgments: After I observed the problem, Stephan (ups) was
instrumental in characterizing the exact behavior of Intel's recent
TLBs.
Tested by: Peter Holm
vnodes belonging to the mountpoint. Also, yield when in the
softdep_process_worklist() even when we are not going to sleep due to
buffer drain.
It is believed that the ULE fixed the problem [1], but the yielding
seems to be needed at least for the 4BSD case.
Discussed: on stable@, with bde
Reviewed by: tegge, jeff [1]
MFC after: 2 weeks
The overflow causes the wraparound with consequent corruption of the
(almost) whole address space mapping.
As Alan noted, pmap_copy() does not require the wrap-around checks
because it cannot be applied to the kernel's pmap. The checks there are
included for consistency.
Reported and tested by: kris (i386/pmap.c:pmap_remove() part)
Reviewed by: alc
MFC after: 1 week
multi-descriptor transmission attempt. Datasheet said nothing about
this requirements. This should fix a long-standing VLAN hardware
tagging issues with re(4).
Reported by: Giulio Ferro ( auryn AT zirakzigil DOT org )
Tested by: Giulio Ferro ( auryn AT zirakzigil DOT org )
to declaring a proper module. The module event handler is part of the
gpart core and will add the scheme to an internal list on module load
and will remove the scheme from the internal list on module unload.
This makes it possible to dynamically load and unload partitioning
schemes.
to it for tasting. This is useful when the class, through means outside
the scope of GEOM, can claim providers previously unclaimed.
The g_retaste() function posts an event which is handled by the
g_retaste_event().
Event suggested by: phk
exhaustion is encountered. There was a fix made previously for this
problem but the solution (breaking out of the receive loop) does not
seem to work. mbuf reuse strategy is already adopted by other drivers
such as if_bge. The problem was recreated and the patch is also
verified in the same test environment.
layouts different than the defaults:
o hint.npe.0.mac="A", "B", etc. specifies the window for MAC register accesses
o hint.npe.0.mii="A", "B", etc. specifies PHY registers
o hint.npe.1.phy=%d specifies the PHY to map to a port
This allows devices like NSLU to be setup w/o code changes and will
also be used for forthcoming support for more Avila boards.
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after 1 week
BO_LOCK/UNLOCK/MTX when manipulating the bufobj.
- Create a new lock in the bufobj to lock bufobj fields independently.
This leaves the vnode interlock as an 'identity' lock while the bufobj
is an io lock. The bufobj lock is ordered before the vnode interlock
and also before the mnt ilock.
- Exploit this new lock order to simplify softdep_check_suspend().
- A few sync related functions are marked with a new XXX to note that
we may not properly interlock against a non-zero bv_cnt when
attempting to sync all vnodes on a mountlist. I do not believe this
race is important. If I'm wrong this will make these locations easier
to find.
Reviewed by: kib (earlier diff)
Tested by: kris, pho (earlier diff)
code.
The bug:
There exists a race condition for timeout/untimeout(9) due to the
way that the softclock thread dequeues timeouts.
The softclock thread sets the c_func and c_arg of the callout to
NULL while holding the callout lock but not Giant. It then drops
the callout lock and acquires Giant.
It is at this point where untimeout(9) on another cpu/thread could
be called.
Since c_arg and c_func are cleared, untimeout(9) does not touch the
callout and returns as if the callout is canceled.
The softclock then tries to acquire Giant and likely blocks due to
the other cpu/thread holding it.
The other cpu/thread then likely deallocates the backing store that
c_arg points to and finishes working and hence drops Giant.
Softclock resumes and acquires giant and calls the function with
the now free'd c_arg and we have corruption/crash.
The fix:
We need to track curr_callout even for timeout(9) (LOCAL_ALLOC)
callouts. We need to free the callout after the softclock processes
it to deal with the race here.
Obtained from: Juniper Networks, iedowse
Reviewed by: jhb, iedowse
MFC After: 2 weeks.
around the check for the BV_BKGRDINPROG in the brelse() and bqrelse().
See the comment for the explanation why it is safe.
Tested by: pho
Submitted by: jeff
ffs_extread() when setting the IN_ACCESS flag by checking whether the
IN_ACCESS is already set. The possible race there is admissible.
Tested by: pho
Submitted by: jeff
to enter thread_suspend_check().
- Set TDF_ASTPENDING along with TDF_NEEDSUSPCHK so we can move the
thread_suspend_check() to ast() rather than userret().
- Check TDF_NEEDSUSPCHK in the sleepq_catch_signals() optimization so
that we don't miss a suspend request. If this is set use the
expensive signal path.
- Set NEEDSUSPCHK when creating a new thread in thr in case the
creating thread is due to be suspended as well but has not yet.
Reviewed by: davidxu (Authored original patch)
lock in the 8259A drivers as these drivers are only used on UP systems.
This slightly reduces the penalty of an SMP kernel (such as GENERIC) on
a UP x86 machine.
resource to a CPU. The default method is to pass the request up to the
parent similar to BUS_CONFIG_INTR() so that all busses don't have to
explicitly implement bus_bind_intr. A bus_bind_intr(9) wrapper routine
similar to bus_setup/teardown_intr() is added for device drivers to use.
Unbinding an interrupt is done by binding it to NOCPU. The IRQ resource
must be allocated, but it can happen in any order with respect to
bus_setup_intr(). Currently it is only supported on amd64 and i386 via
nexus(4) methods that simply call the intr_bind() routine.
Tested by: gallatin
putting the correct size in the fib header. Presumably the older firmware
silently ignored a bad size field.
(This change tested with a 3805 controller. Passthrough devices were
created when running firmware build 12814, but not 15323 or later. With
this change they're created for both old and new firmware versions.)
Submitted by: Adaptec
FSACTL_LNX_SEND_LARGE_FIB, and FSACTL_LNX_SEND_RAW_SRB, and correct size
checks on FIBs passed in from userspace. Both changes were obtained from
Adaptec's driver build 15317. Adaptec's commandline RAID tool arcconf uses
these ioctls when creating a RAID-10 array (and probably other operations
too).
so the annoying message is not printed.
o Don't warn about FUTEX_FD not being implemented
and return ENOSYS instead of 0 (eg. success).
o Clear FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG as we actually implement
only private futexes so there is no reason to
return ENOSYS when app asks for a private futex.
We don't reject shared futexes because they worked
just fine with our implementation so far.
Approved by: kib (mentor)
Tested by: bsam
MFC after: 1 week
work on architectures with a write-back cache as the PIO writes end up
in the cache which the sync(BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD) in usb_transfer_complete
then discards; compensate in the xfer methods that do PIO by pushing the
writes out of the cache before usb_transfer_complete is called.
This fixes USB on xscale and likely other places.
Sponsored by: hobnob
Reviewed by: cognet, imp
MFC after: 1 month
obtain the reference. In particular, this fixes the panic reported in
the PR. Remove the comments stating that this needs to be done.
PR: kern/119422
MFC after: 1 week
all uses) involve a read but usbd_start_transfer only does a PREWRITE; change
this to BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD | BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE as I'm not sure if any
users do write+read.
Reviewed by: cognet, imp
MFC after: 1 month
rqindex back in struct thread.
- Compile kern_switch.c independently again and stop #include'ing it from
schedulers.
- Remove the ts_thread backpointers and convert most code to go from
struct thread to struct td_sched.
- Cleanup the ts_flags #define garbage that was causing us to sometimes
do things that expanded to td->td_sched->ts_thread->td_flags in 4BSD.
- Export the kern.sched sysctl node in sysctl.h
This one line change makes the following code found in many ethernet device drivers
(at least em, igb, ixgbe, and cxgb) gratuitous
case SIOCSIFADDR:
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET) {
/*
* XXX
* Since resetting hardware takes a very long time
* and results in link renegotiation we only
* initialize the hardware only when it is absolutely
* required.
*/
ifp->if_flags |= IFF_UP;
if (!(ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING)) {
EM_CORE_LOCK(adapter);
em_init_locked(adapter);
EM_CORE_UNLOCK(adapter);
}
arp_ifinit(ifp, ifa);
} else
error = ether_ioctl(ifp, command, data);
break;
thread_fini(). The schedulers initialize themselves properly during
sched_fork_thread() anyhow. fini is only called when we're returning
the memory to the allocator which surely doesn't care what state the
memory is in.
is only used by 4bsd.
- Create a new runq_choose_fuzz() function rather than polluting runq_choose()
with 4BSD specific code.
- Move the fuzz sysctl into sched_4bsd.c
- Remove some dead code from kern_switch.c
maxsockets limit, not maxfiles limit. The question remains why those
limits are handled differently (with error code for maxfiles but with
sleep for maxsokets), but those would be addressed in a separate commit
if necessary.
Requested by: rwhatson, jeff
before doing the very expensive cursig() and related locking. NEEDSIGCHK
is updated whenever our signal mask change or when a signal is delivered and
should be sufficient to avoid the more expensive tests. This eliminates
another source of PROC_LOCK contention in multithreaded programs.
- In the last revision the code was changed to use maxfilesperproc rather than
the per-process file limit to restrict the size of the poll array. This
eliminates a significant source of process lock contention in multithreaded
programs and is cheaper. This had been committed with the wrong batch of
changes.
a simple (wmesg, count) tuple in a hash to keep track of how many times
we sleep at each wait message. We hash on message and not channel. No
line number information is given as typically wait messages are not used in
more than one place. Identical strings defined at different addresses will
show up with seperate counters.
- Use debug.sleepq.enable to enable, .reset to reset, and .stats dumps stats.
- Do an unsynchronized check in sleepq_switch() prior to switching before
calling sleepq_profile() which uses a global lock to synchronize the hash.
Only sleeps which actually cause a context switch are counted.
1.38 in 2001. Break out of the FOREACH_THREAD_IN_PROC loop when we've
discovered a new proc in the chain.
- Increment i and check for maxlockdepth once per matching process not
once per thread. This didn't properly terminate the loop before.
- Fix a bug which has existed potentially since rev 1.1. waitblock->lf_next
can be NULL when a thread has been woken-up but not yet scheduled. Check
for this condition rather than blindly dereferencing.
Found by: libMicro
requiring the per-process spinlock to only requiring the process lock.
- Reflect these changes in the proc.h documentation and consumers throughout
the kernel. This is a substantial reduction in locking cost for these
fields and was made possible by recent changes to threading support.
2's compliment.
The 2's compliment transform is done so a "count down" sampling interval
can be converted into a "count up" PMC value. a 2's complimented 'count down'
value is written to the PMC counter; then the read-back counter is reverted
via another 2's compliment.
PR: kern/121660
Reviewed by: jkoshy
Approved by: jkoshy
MFC after: 1 week
vm/vm_contig.c, vm/vm_page.c, and vm/vm_pageq.c. Today, vm/vm_pageq.c
has withered to the point that it contains only four short functions,
two of which are only used by vm/vm_page.c. Since I can't foresee any
reason for vm/vm_pageq.c to grow, it is time to fold the remaining
contents of vm/vm_pageq.c back into vm/vm_page.c.
Add some comments. Rename one of the functions, vm_pageq_enqueue(),
that is now static within vm/vm_page.c to vm_page_enqueue().
Eliminate PQ_MAXCOUNT as it no longer serves any purpose.
- Always include the ie_disable and ie_eoi methods in 'struct intr_event'
and collapse down to one intr_event_create() routine. The disable and
eoi hooks simply aren't used currently in the !INTR_FILTER case.
- Expand 'disab' to 'disable' in a few places.
- Use function casts for arm and i386:intr_eoi_src() instead of wrapper
routines since to trim one extra indirection.
Compiled on: {arm,amd64,i386,ia64,ppc,sparc64} x {FILTER, !FILTER}
Tested on: {amd64,i386} x {FILTER, !FILTER}
the referenced data is only obtained/changed in the device open handler,
and the ioctl handler can only run after the open handler. Also fix a
few nearby style issues.
Submitted by: Matt Jacob
drivers.
In the giant_XXX wrappers for the device methods of the D_NEEDGIANT
drivers, do not dereference the cdev->si_devsw. It is racing with
the destroy_devl() clearing of the si_devsw. Instead, use the
dev_refthread() and return ENXIO for the destroyed device. [1]
The check for the D_INIT in the prep_cdevsw() was not synchronized with
the call of the fini_cdevsw() in destroy_devl(), that under rapid device
creation/destruction may result in the use of uninitialized cdevsw [2].
Change the protocol for the prep_cdevsw(), requiring it to be called
under dev_mtx, where the check for D_INIT is done.
Do not free the memory allocated for the gianttrick cdevsw while holding
the dev_mtx, put it into the free list to be freed later. Reuse the
d_gianttrick pointer to keep the size and layout of the struct cdevsw
(requested by phk). Free the memory in the dev_unlock_and_free(), and do
all the free after the dev_mtx is dropped (suggested by jhb).
Reported by: bsdimp + many [1], pho [2]
Reviewed by: phk, jhb
Tested by: pho
MFC after: 1 week
for a configurable number of seconds, spin the disk down. Spin it back
up on the next request.
Notice that the timeout is only armed by a request, so to spin down a
disk you may have to do:
atacontrol spindown ad10 5
dd if=/dev/ad10 of=/dev/null count=1
To disable spindown, set timeout to zero:
atacontrol spindown ad10 0
In order to debug any trouble caused, this code is somewhat noisy on the
console.
Enabling spindown on a disk containing / or /var/log/messages is not
going to do anything sensible.
Spinning a disk up and down all the time will wear it out, use sensibly.
Approved by: sos
10 microseconds is too short.
Always set the cpu to the highest frequency so that we get through
boot and don't handicap cpus where powerd(8) is not used.
10 microseconds is too short.
Always set the cpu to the highest frequency so that we get through
boot and don't handicap cpus where powerd(8) is not used.
monitor mode. This solves a problem that sometimes mangled frames
are passed.
Submitted by: Werner Backes <werner_at_bit-1.de>
Tested by: Werner Backes <werner_at_bit-1.de>
PR: kern/121608
Approved by: thompsa (mentor)
will have a special section, named .PPC.EMB.apuinfo, which will
tell GDB that a BookE processor is targeted and which will
result in GDB using a different register definition. In order
to support remote GDB for BookE, we need the GDB stub in the
kernel look for that section and use the BookE definitions.
uidinfo structure. This entirely removes contention observed on the
ui_mtxp mutex (as it is now gone).
- Convert the uihashtbl_mtx mutex to a rwlock, as most of the time we just
need to read-lock it.
Reviewed by: jhb, jeff, kris & others
Tested by: kris
this means that it no longer grabs the lagg rwlock. Use two port table arrays
which list the active ports for Tx and switch between them with an atomic op.
Now the lagg rwlock is only exclusively locked for management (ioctls) and
queuing of lacp control frames isnt needed.
a jail, etc. by simply calling setpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, <PID>, 0) and
checking the return value: 0 means that the process exists and -1 that
it doesn't exist.
Reviewed by: rwatson
MFC after: 1 week
Instead of checking each page for PG_UNMANAGED, perform a one-time
check whether the object is OBJT_PHYS. (PG_UNMANAGED pages only
belong to OBJT_PHYS objects.)
with style(9) recommendation that macros not contain the
terminating ';', leaving that to the invoker. All SYSINIT()
consumers must now provide a trailing ';'.
Unlike the change to remove the ';'s from callers, this change
shouldn't be MFC'd unless we don't mind requiring source changes
to third party modules that might still depend on SYSINIT()
providing its own ';'.
after each SYSINIT() macro invocation. This makes a number of
lightweight C parsers much happier with the FreeBSD kernel
source, including cflow's prcc and lxr.
MFC after: 1 month
Discussed with: imp, rink
Otherwise the parameter is no-op, since zone by default limits number
of descriptors to some 12K entries. Attempt to allocate more ends up
sleeping on zonelimit.
MFC after: 2 weeks
all. The reference in ia64 code is due to cutNpaste in its history
and can safely be removed.
Revired by: cognet, raj, marcel, jhb and maybe one other whom I'm forgetting
- Add a new intr_event method ie_assign_cpu() that is invoked when the MI
code wishes to bind an interrupt source to an individual CPU. The MD
code may reject the binding with an error. If an assign_cpu function
is not provided, then the kernel assumes the platform does not support
binding interrupts to CPUs and fails all requests to do so.
- Bind ithreads to CPUs on their next execution loop once an interrupt
event is bound to a CPU. Only shared ithreads are bound. We currently
leave private ithreads for drivers using filters + ithreads in the
INTR_FILTER case unbound.
- A new intr_event_bind() routine is used to bind an interrupt event to
a CPU.
- Implement binding on amd64 and i386 by way of the existing pic_assign_cpu
PIC method.
- For x86, provide a 'intr_bind(IRQ, cpu)' wrapper routine that looks up
an interrupt source and binds its interrupt event to the specified CPU.
MI code can currently (ab)use this by doing:
intr_bind(rman_get_start(irq_res), cpu);
however, I plan to add a truly MI interface (probably a bus_bind_intr(9))
where the implementation in the x86 nexus(4) driver would end up calling
intr_bind() internally.
Requested by: kmacy, gallatin, jeff
Tested on: {amd64, i386} x {regular, INTR_FILTER}
In that case return an continue processing the packet without IPsec.
PR: 121384
MFC after: 5 days
Reported by: Cyrus Rahman (crahman gmail.com)
Tested by: Cyrus Rahman (crahman gmail.com) [slightly older version]
"Fast IPsec: Initialized Security Association Processing." printf.
People kept asking questions about this after the IPsec shuffle.
This still is the Fast IPsec implementation so no worries that it would
be any slower now. There are no functional changes.
Discussed with: sam
MFC after: 4 days
No need to compile 'dead' code.
I am leaving it in because we will have to review the concept and
should use the common function in various places.
MFC after: 5 days
receivers from being given interrupts if any CPUs in the system were not
tagged as interrupt receivers that I introduced when switching the x86
interrupt code to track CPUs via FreeBSD CPU IDs rather than local APIC
IDs. In practice this only affects systems with Hyperthreading (though
disabling HTT in the BIOS would workaround the issue) as that is the only
case currently where one can have CPUs that aren't tagged as interrupt
receivers. On a Dell SC1425 test box with 2 x Xeon w/ HTT (so 4 logical
CPUs of which 2 were interrupt receivers) the result was that all
device interrupts were sent to CPU 0.
MFC after: 1 week
Pointy hat to: jhb
different "platforms" on x86 machines. The existing code already handles
having two platforms: ACPI and legacy. However, the existing approach was
rather hardcoded and difficult to extend. These changes take the approach
that each x86 hardware platform should provide its own nexus(4) driver (it
can inherit most of its behavior from the default legacy nexus(4) driver)
which is responsible for probing for the platform and performing
appropriate platform-specific setup during attach (such as adding a
platform-specific bus device). This does mean changing the x86 platform
busses to no longer use an identify routine for probing, but to move that
logic into their matching nexus(4) driver instead.
- Make the default nexus(4) driver in nexus.c on i386 and amd64 handle the
legacy platform. It's probe routine now returns BUS_PROBE_GENERIC so it
can be overriden.
- Expose a nexus_init_resources() routine which initializes the various
resource managers so that subclassed nexus(4) drivers can invoke it from
their attach routine.
- The legacy nexus(4) driver explicitly adds a legacy0 device in its
attach routine.
- The ACPI driver no longer contains an new-bus identify method. Instead
it exposes a public function (acpi_identify()) which is a probe routine
that the MD nexus(4) drivers can use to probe for ACPI. All of the
probe logic in acpi_probe() is now moved into acpi_identify() and
acpi_probe() is just a stub.
- On i386 and amd64, an ACPI-specific nexus(4) driver checks for ACPI via
acpi_identify() and claims the nexus0 device if the probe succeeds. It
then explicitly adds an acpi0 device in its attach routine.
- The legacy(4) driver no longer knows anything about the acpi0 device.
- On ia64 if acpi_identify() fails you basically end up with no devices.
This matches the previous behavior where the old acpi_identify() would
fail to add an acpi0 device again leaving you with no devices.
Discussed with: imp
Silence on: arch@
callout_* API (e.g. callout_init_mtx(9)). This was one of the numerous
items on the http://wiki.freebsd.org/SMPTODO list.
Reviewed by: imp, obrien, jhb
MFC after: 1 week
virtual 86 mode to query the BIOS directly. This is needed for certain
HP machines whose BIOS only provide an SMAP when invoked from real mode.
On such machines the loader will be able to query the SMAP successfully
due to the recent BTX changes, but the kernel will not.
One thing I'm not sure of is if we can skip the INT 12h probe altogether
if we have the SMAP from the loader as it seems that we do the INT 12h
probe to setup enough state so we can use vm86 to call the BIOS.
MFC after: 1 week
failing to load on a kernel that has "nodevice mem" in the config. It will
now properly bring in the mem(4) module.
Submitted by: antoine
Reviewed by: imp
MFC after: 1 week
ABI and the direction flag, that is it now assumes that the direction
flag is cleared at the entry of a function and it doesn't clear once
more if needed. This new behaviour conforms to the i386/amd64 ABI.
Modify the signal handler frame setup code to clear the DF {e,r}flags
bit on the amd64/i386 for the signal handlers.
jhb@ noted that it might break old apps if they assumed DF == 1 would be
preserved in the signal handlers, but that such apps should be rare and
that older versions of gcc would not generate such apps.
Submitted by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien aurel32 net>
PR: 121422
Reviewed by: jhb
MFC after: 2 weeks
- Close a sleepqueue signal race by interlocking with the per-process
spinlock. This was mistakenly omitted from the thread_lock patch and
has been a race since.
MFC After: 1 week
PR: bin/117603
Reported by: Danny Braniss <danny@cs.huji.ac.il>
PhysMask fields based on the number of physical address bits supported
by the current CPU. The old code assumed 36 bits on i386 and 40 bits on
amd64. In truth, all Intel CPUs up until recently used 36 bits (a newer
Intel CPU uses 38 bits) and all the Opteron CPUs used 40 bits.
In at least one case (the new Intel CPU) having the size of the mask field
wrong resulted in writing questionable values into the MTRR registers on
the application processors (BSP as well if you modify the MTRRs via
memcontrol or running X, etc.). The result of the questionable physmask
was that all of memory was apparently treated as uncached rather than
write-back resulting in a very significant performance hit.
Fix this by constructing a run-time mask for the PhysBase and PhysMask
fields based on the number of physical address bits supported by the CPU.
All 64-bit capable CPUs provide a count of PA bits supported via the
0x80000008 extended CPUID feature, so use that if it is available. If that
feature is not available, then assume 36 PA bits.
While I'm here, expand the (now-unused) macros for the PhysBase and
PhysMask fields to the current largest possible value (52 PA bits).
MFC after: 1 week
PR: i386/120516
Reported by: Nokia
hangs (one at boot, one at shutdown) in recent machines. First, only try
to take ownership of the EHCI controller if the BIOS currently owns the
controller. On a HP DL160 G5, the machine hangs when we try to take
ownership. Second, don't bother trying to give up ownership of the
controller during shutdown. It's not strictly required and a Dell DCS S29
hangs on shutdown after the config write.
Both of these changes match the behavior of the Linux EHCI driver. I also
think both of these hangs are caused by bugs in the BIOS' SMM handler
causing it to get stuck in an infinite loop in SMM.
MFC after: 1 week
accept a mouse using the boot subclass. Instead, restore the original
hid_is_collection() test and fallback to testing the interface class,
subclass, and protocol if that fails.
MFC after: 1 week
PR: usb/118670
might be currently programmed into the registers.
Underlying firmware (U-Boot) would typically program MAC address into the
first unit only, and others are left uninitialized. It is now possible to
retrieve and program MAC address for all units properly, provided they were
passed on in the bootinfo metadata.
Reviewed by: imp, marcel
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
We're now more robust against cases of non-sorted and/or non-continuous
numbering of those entries.
Reviewed by: imp, marcel
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
This was introduced as a workaround long time ago for some Alpha firmware
(which is now gone), and actually prevented net_close() to ever be
called.
Certain firmwares (U-Boot) need local shutdown operations to be performed on a
network controller upon transaction end: such platform-specific hooks are
supposed to be called via netif_close() (from within net_close()).
This change effectively reverts the following CVS commit:
sys/boot/common/dev_net.c
revision 1.7
date: 2000/05/13 15:40:46; author: dfr; state: Exp; lines: +2 -1
Only probe network settings on the first open of the network device.
The alpha firmware takes a seriously long time to open the network device
the first time.
Also suppress excessive output while netbooting via loader, unless debugging.
While there, make sys/boot/uboot more style(9) compliant.
Reviewed by: imp
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
While the KSE project was quite successful in bringing threading to
FreeBSD, the M:N approach taken by the kse library was never developed
to its full potential. Backwards compatibility will be provided via
libmap.conf for dynamically linked binaries and static binaries will
be broken.
sched_sleep(). This removes extra thread_lock() acquisition and
allows the scheduler to decide what to do with the static boost.
- Change the priority arguments to cv_* to match sleepq/msleep/etc.
where 0 means no priority change. Catch -1 in cv_broadcastpri() and
convert it to 0 for now.
- Set a flag when sleeping in a way that is compatible with swapping
since direct priority comparisons are meaningless now.
- Add a sysctl to ule, kern.sched.static_boost, that defaults to on which
controls the boost behavior. Turning it off gives better performance
in some workloads but needs more investigation.
- While we're modifying sleepq, change signal and broadcast to both
return with the lock held as the lock was held on enter.
Reviewed by: jhb, peter
Before this patch callback returned result of the last finished call chain.
Now it returns last nonzero result from all call chain results in this request.
As soon as this improvement gives reliable error reporting, it is now possible
to remove dirty workaround in ng_socket, made to return ENOBUFS error statuses
of request-response operations. That workaround was responsible for returning
ENOBUFS errors to completely unrelated requests working at the same time
on socket.
set a default name. If the IRQ is added as a consequence of
configurating the IRQ without there ever being a handler
assigned to it, we will not have a name. This breaks the
fragile intrcnt/intrnames logic.
state change and reliable error recovery.
o Moved vr_softc structure and relevant macros to header file.
o Use PCIR_BAR macro to get BARs.
o Implemented suspend/resume methods.
o Implemented automatic Tx threshold configuration which will be
activated when it suffers from Tx underrun. Also Tx underrun
will try to restart only Tx path and resort to previous
full-reset(both Rx/Tx) operation if restarting Tx path have failed.
o Removed old bit-banging MII interface. Rhine provides simple and
efficient MII interface. While I'm here show PHY address and PHY
register number when its read/write operation was failed.
o Define VR_MII_TIMEOUT constant and use it in MII access routines.
o Always honor link up/down state reported by mii layers. The link
state information is used in vr_start() to determine whether we
got a valid link.
o Removed vr_setcfg() which is now handled in vr_link_task(), link
state taskqueue handler. When mii layer reports link state changes
the taskqueue handler reprograms MAC to reflect negotiated duplex
settings. Flow-control changes are not handled yet and it should
be revisited when mii layer knows the notion of flow-control.
o Added a new sysctl interface to get statistics of an instance of
the driver.(sysctl dev.vr.0.stats=1)
o Chip name was renamed to reflect the official name of the chips
described in VIA Rhine I/II/III datasheet.
REV_ID_3065_A -> REV_ID_VT6102_A
REV_ID_3065_B -> REV_ID_VT6102_B
REV_ID_3065_C -> REV_ID_VT6102_C
REV_ID_3106_J -> REV_ID_VT6105_A0
REV_ID_3106_S -> REV_ID_VT6105M_A0
The following chip revisions were added.
#define REV_ID_VT6105_B0 0x83
#define REV_ID_VT6105_LOM 0x8A
#define REV_ID_VT6107_A0 0x8C
#define REV_ID_VT6107_A1 0x8D
#define REV_ID_VT6105M_B1 0x94
o Always show chip revision number in device attach. This shall help
identifying revision specific issues.
o Check whether EEPROM reloading is complete by inspecting the state
of VR_EECSR_LOAD bit. This bit is self-cleared after the EEPROM
reloading. Previously vr(4) blindly spins for 200us which may/may
not enough to complete the EEPROM reload.
o Removed if_mtu setup. It's done in ether_ifattach().
o Use our own callout to drive watchdog timer.
o In vr_attach disable further interrupts after reset. For VT6102 or
newer hardwares, diable MII state change interrupt as well because
mii state handling is done by mii layer.
o Add more sane register initialization for VT6102 or newer chips.
- Have NIC report error instead of retrying forever.
- Let hardware detect MII coding error.
- Enable MODE10T mode.
- Enable memory-read-multiple for VT6107.
o PHY address for VT6105 or newer chips is located at fixed address 1.
For older chips the PHY address is stored in VR_PHYADDR register.
Armed with these information, there is no need to re-read
VR_PHYADDR register in miibus handler to get PHY address. This
saves one register access cycle for each MII access.
o Don't reprogram VR_PHYADDR register whenever access to a register
located at a PHY address is made. Rhine fmaily allows reprogramming
PHY address location via VR_PHYADDR register depending on
VR_MIISTAT_PHYOPT bit of VR_MIISTAT register. This used to lead
numerous phantom PHYs attached to miibus during phy probe phase and
driver used to limit allowable PHY address in mii register accessors
for certain chip revisions. This removes one more register access
cycle for each MII access.
o Correctly set VLAN header length.
o bus_dma(9) conversion.
- Limit DMA access to be in range of 32bit address space. Hardware
doesn't support DAC.
- Apply descriptor ring alignment requirements(16 bytes alignment)
- Apply Rx buffer address alignment requirements(4 bytes alignment)
- Apply Tx buffer address alignment requirements(4 bytes alignment)
for Rhine I chip. Rhine II or III has no Tx buffer address
alignment restrictions, though.
- Reduce number of allowable number of DMA segments to 8.
- Removed the atomic(9) used in descriptor ownership managements
as it's job of bus_dmamap_sync(9).
With these change vr(4) should work on all platforms.
o Rhine uses two separated 8bits command registers to control Tx/Rx
MAC. So don't access it as a single 16bit register.
o For non-strict alignment architectures vr(4) no longer require
time-consuming copy operation for received frames to align IP
header. This greatly improves Rx performance on i386/amd64
platforms. However the alignment is still necessary for
strict-alignment platforms(e.g. sparc64). The alignment is handled
in new fuction vr_fixup_rx().
o vr_rxeof() now rejects multiple-segmented(fragmented) frames as
vr(4) is not ready to handle this situation. Datasheet said nothing
about the reason when/why it happens.
o In vr_newbuf() don't set VR_RXSTAT_FIRSTFRAG/VR_RXSTAT_LASTFRAG
bits as it's set by hardware.
o Don't pass checksum offload information to upper layer for
fragmented frames. The hardware assisted checksum is valid only
when the frame is non-fragmented IP frames. Also mark the checksum
is valid for corrupted frames such that upper layers doesn't need
to recompute the checksum with software routine.
o Removed vr_rxeoc(). RxDMA doesn't seem to need to be idle before
sending VR_CMD_RX_GO command. Previously it used to stop RxDMA
first which in turn resulted in long delays in Rx error recovery.
o Rewrote Tx completion handler.
- Always check VR_TXSTAT_OWN bit in status word prior to
inspecting other status bits in the status word.
- Collision counter updates were corrected as VT3071 or newer
ones use different bits to notify collisions.
- Unlike other chip revisions, VT86C100A uses different bit to
indicate Tx underrun. For VT3071 or newer ones, check both
VR_TXSTAT_TBUFF and VR_TXSTAT_UDF bits to see whether Tx
underrun was happend. In case of Tx underrun requeue the failed
frame and restart stalled Tx SM. Also double Tx DMA threshold
size on each failure to mitigate future Tx underruns.
- Disarm watchdog timer only if we have no queued packets,
otherwise don't touch watchdog timer.
o Rewrote interrupt handler.
- status word in Tx/Rx descriptors indicates more detailed error
state required to recover from the specific error. There is no
need to rely on interrupt status word to recover from Tx/Rx
error except PCI bus error. Other event notifications like
statistics counter overflows or link state events will be
handled in main interrupt handler.
- Don't touch VR_IMR register if we are in suspend mode. Touching
the register may hang the hardware if we are in suspended state.
Previously it seems that touching VR_IMR register in interrupt
handler was to work-around panic occurred in system shutdown
stage on SMP systems. I think that work-around would hide
root-cause of the panic and I couldn't reproduce the panic
with multiple attempts on my box.
o While padding space to meet minimum frame size, zero the pad data
in order to avoid possibly leaking sensitive data.
o Rewrote vr_start_locked().
- Don't try to queue packets if number of available Tx descriptors
are short than that of required one.
o Don't reinitialize hardware whenever media configuration is
changed. Media/link state changes are reported from mii layer if
this happens and vr_link_task() will perform necessary changes.
o Don't reinitialize hardware if only PROMISC bit was changed. Just
toggle the PROMISC bit in hardware is sufficient to reflect the
request.
o Rearrganed the IFCAP_POLLING/IFCAP_HWCSUM handling in vr_ioctl().
o Generate Tx completion interrupts for every VR_TX_INTR_THRESH-th
frames. This reduces Tx completion interrupts under heavy network
loads.
o Since vr(4) doesn't request Tx interrupts for every queued frames,
reclaim any pending descriptors not handled in Tx completion
handler before actually firing up watchdog timeouts.
o Added vr_tx_stop()/vr_rx_stop() to wait for the end of active
TxDMA/RxDMA cycles(draining). These routines are used in vr_stop()
to ensure sane state of MAC before releasing allocated Tx/Rx
buffers. vr_link_task() also takes advantage of these functions to
get to idle state prior to restarting Tx/Rx.
o Added vr_tx_start()/vr_rx_start() to restart Rx/Tx. By separating
Rx operation from Tx operation vr(4) no longer need to full-reset
the hardware in case of Tx/Rx error recovery.
o Implemented WOL.
o Added VT6105M specific register definitions. VT6105M has the
following hardware capabilities.
- Tx/Rx IP/TCP/UDP checksum offload.
- VLAN hardware tag insertion/extraction. Due to lack of information
for getting extracted VLAN tag in Rx path, VLAN hardware support
was not implemented yet.
- CAM(Content Addressable Memory) based 32 entry perfect multicast/
VLAN filtering.
- 8 priority queues.
o Implemented CAM based 32 entry perfect multicast filtering for
VT6105M. If number of multicast entry is greater than 32, vr(4)
uses traditional hash based filtering.
o Reflect real Tx/Rx descriptor structure. Previously vr(4) used to
embed other driver (private) data into these structure. This type
of embedding make it hard to work on LP64 systems.
o Removed unused vr_mii_frame structure and MII bit-baning
definitions.
o Added new PCI configuration registers that controls mii operation
and mode selection.
o Reduced number of Tx/Rx descriptors to 128 from 256. From my
testing, increasing number of descriptors above than 64 didn't help
increasing performance at all. Experimentations show 128 Rx
descriptors seems to help a lot reducing Rx FIFO overruns under
high system loads. It seems the poor Tx performance of Rhine
hardwares comes from the limitation of hardware. You wouldn't
satuarte the link with vr(4) no matter how fast CPU/large number of
descriptors are used.
o Added vr_statistics structure to hold various counter values.
No regression was reported but one variant of Rhine III(VT6105M)
found on RouterBOARD 44 does not work yet(Reported by Milan Obuch).
I hope this would be resolved in near future.
I'd like to say big thanks to Mike Tancsa who kindly donated a Rhine
hardware to me. Without his enthusiastic testing and feedbacks
overhauling vr(4) never have been possible. Also thanks to Masayuki
Murayama who provided some good comments on the hardware's internals.
This driver is result of combined effort of many users who provided
many feedbacks so I'd like to say special thanks to them.
Hardware donated by: Mike Tancsa (mike AT sentex dot net)
Reviewed by: remko (initial version)
Tested by: Mike Tancsa(x86), JoaoBR ( joao AT matik DOT com DOT br )
Marcin Wisnicki ( mwisnicki+freebsd AT gmail DOT com )
Stefan Ehmann ( shoesoft AT gmx DOT net )
Florian Smeets ( flo AT kasimir DOT com )
Phil Oleson ( oz AT nixil DOT net )
Larry Baird ( lab AT gta DOT com )
Milan Obuch ( freebsd-current AT dino DOT sk )
remko (initial version)
